2008 Audi TT Roadster 71989

2008 Audi TT Roadster
Owner's Manual
Introduction
Thank you for choosing an Audi TT Roadster - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi TT Roadster incorporates the newest techno logy as wel l as numerous features
designed for yo ur comfort, convenience and safety . We recommend you read your Owner 's Manual
thoroughly so that you can quickly become acquainted with your Audi.
In addition to explaining how the different features work, we also give you many useful tips and
information concer ning your safety and that of your passengers, how to care for your vehic le and
maintain your vehicle's value.
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi TT Roadster and we wish you safe and pleasant motoring.
AUDI AG
Table of contents
Table of contents
Vehicle literature ....... .. 5 Ant i-theft a larm system ..... . .. . 56 Cruise control .... ... .. ..... . ... 1 1O
Power w in dows . .. . .. .... .. .. . 57 Audi magnetic r ide .. ... .... .. .. 1 12
Folding top ................ . .. . 60 Transm1ss1on ................... 113
About this Owner's Folding top . .. .. . .... . ..... .. . . 60 Manua l transmiss ion .. .... ... ... 1 13
Manual ..... . ........ . ..... . . 6 W ind Deflector ........... . .. . . . 64 S t ron ic t ra n smission .. ... ... ... 1 13
Emerge n cy Ope rat ion of the Fold ing Home l ink® . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . 121
Top ........... . ........... ... . 64
Universa l remote control ....... . 121
Clear vision . . .. . ........... .... 69
Lights .. ..... ... .. ... .... ... .. . 69
In t er io r lights . . ..... .. . .. . .. . . . 77
V is ion ..................... . .. . 77
W iper and washer system ... . .. . 78
Mirrors .. . .. . .............. . .. . 82
Controls and Digital compass ............ . .. . 85
equipment . . .. . . . . .. . . . ... . . 9 Seats and storage .. . ...... .... 87
Genera l recommendat ions .... . . 87 Safety first .. ............. .. 127
Cockpi t ... . ......... . ..... .. . . . . 11 Ad j usting front seats manua ll y .. 88
Genera l ill ustration ............. . 11 Powe r seats .. . .. .. . .... .. .. ... 89 Driving Safely . ... . . . ... . ..... .. 128
Lumbar support . . ............. . 91 General notes .. . . . . . ...... . .. . . 128
Instruments and
Head restraints ............ • ... 92 Prope r occupan t seating pos it ions 130
warning/indica to r lig h ts ....... . 12
Luggage compartment ........ . 93 D r iver and passenger side footwe ll 13 4
Instruments .............. .. ... . 12
Cup h o lder . .. . . .... . .. .. . . . .. . 94 Peda l a r ea . . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . .... . 13 4
Warning/indicator lights ........ . 16
As h tray ................... . .. . 94 Stow ing luggage .............. . 135
Driver informa t ion system .. . .. . 22
Cigarette lighter /soc ket ..... . .. . 95 Report ing s a fety defects ... . .. . . 136
Introduction ............... . ... . 22 Storage ...... . . .... . ...... . .. . 95 Safety belts ................... . 137
On-Board Diagnostic system (080) 26
Warm and cold ..... . ......... . 98 General notes ................. . 137
Menu display ...... .. . . ........ . 27
Clima te controls ....... . .. . • .. . 98 Why safe t y be lts? .............. . 138
Au t o-Check Control . .. . .. . . . . . . . 29
Rear window defogger Qlil ..••.•• 103 Safety belts ................... . 141
Speed warn ing system . . .. .. . .. . 37
Hea te d sea t s .. ..... ..... . .... . 104 Safety belt tensioners .......... . 14 4
Trip computer ................. . 39
T ire pressure monitoring system .. 41 On the road . . .. .. . . ........ . .. . 105 A ir bag system . . . ... . ..... . ... . . 146
Steering ...................... . 105 Important th ings to know .... .. . 146
Opening and closing . ......... . 47
Ign it ion lock an d ignition sw itch . 106 F ron t air. b ags ........ . ...... . .. 150
Keys .......................... . 47
Starting and stopping the engine 107 Monito r ing the Advanced Airbag
Powe r lock ing system ..... .. ... . 50
Park ing brake ................. . 108 System ....................... . 157
Rear li d / tr u nk lid .. . ........... . . 55
Acoustic pa r king system .... .. . . 109
Table of c ontents
Knee airbags .. ... ... .... .. ... . 161

Side airbags ... ... .•. .... .. ... . 164
Child Safe t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Important things to know . ... . .. 168
Important safety instruct ions for
using child safety seats ...... . . . 171
Child safety seats .. . ..... .. . . .. 173
Insta lli ng a ch il d safety seat .... . 177
Vehicle care .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 199 Do-it-yourself service ... 261
Add it ional Information .... . .. . . . 180
C leaning and protection ... . .. . 200 What do I do now? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
General inf o r mation 200 Trunk escape handle . . .. .. .. .. .. 262
Care of exterior ......... . .. . ... . 200 Veh icle tool kit . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .. 262
Care of interior . . .. . . .... . .. . . . . 208 T ire repair .... ... ... . .. .... . .. .. 263
Fue l supply and filling your fuel What should I be aware of when
changing a tire? .... . .. .... . .. .. 267
tank . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..... .. .. . . . . 214
Gasoline . ... . ..... .... .. . . •. ... 2 14 Fuses and bulbs .... . ........... 273
Fuel tank ..................... . 2 15 Fuses . ... .... ... ... ... ... .. .... 273
Bu lbs ......... . . . .. . ... . .. .. ... 277
Vehicle operation ....... . 183 Checking and filling ... ... . . . . . . 2 19
Eng in e h ood ... .. . . .... . ...... . 219 Emergency situations . . . . . . . . . . 278
Intel l igent technology ......... . 184 Engine compartment ...... . ... . 221 Genera l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Notice about da t a recorded by Engine oil . ....... . .. . ..... .... . 222 Starting by pushing or towing .. . . 278
veh icle contro l modules ....... . 184 Engine cooling system ..... . ... . 227 Starting with jumper cables .. .. . . 278
Electronic Stab il izat ion Program Brake fluid . . ... . . . .. . . . . . .•. . . . 230 Use of jumper cables ... ... .. .. . . 279
(ESP) . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . .... .. ... . 184 Battery . .. . . .. . . .. . . ........ . .. 231 Emergency towing with commercial
Rear spoiler ... . .............. . 187 W indshield/headlight washer tow truck . ... ... .... . .. ... ... .. 281
Braking .................... .. . 188 conta iner . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . 236 Lif t ing vehicle .... .. .... .. .. .. .. 283
El ectro - mechanical power ass is t . 190
Tires and whee ls .. .... ..... . .. . 238
Driving with your quattro® .... .. 191
T ir es . . ........... .... .. · · , · · · · 238
Driving and environment .. .. . . 192 Run -flat tires ...... . . . ... . . .. .. . 257
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and
afterwards .. ... ... ... ... .. .... 192
Cata lytic converter ... .... .. ... . 193
Avoid damaging the vehicle .. .. . 194
Operate your vehicle economically
and minimize pollution ... .. .... 194 Technical data 287
Trailer towing .. ... .... .. .... .. . 196
General information 288
Explanation of technical data 288
Vehic le identif ication .. ... ... .... 288
Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Table of contents
Displaying Vehicle Ident ifica t ion

Number in the Driver Information
display .. .... ... ... ... ... .. .... 289
Weights ... ... ... .. .. .. ... ... .. . 289
Dimensions . ... ... .. .. ... ... .. . 290
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
200 hp, 2.0 liter 4 -cy l. turbo engine 291
250 hp, 3.2 lit e r 6-cyl. engine . ... . 292
Consumer In formation . . . . . . . . . 293
Warranty coverages . ... ... ... .. . 293
Reporting safety defects .. .... .. . 293
Operating your ve hi c le outs ide the
U.S.A. or Canada . ... ... .. .... .. . 293
Audi Service Repair M anua ls and
Li t erature ... ... ... .... .. .... .. . 29 4
Maintenance . ... ... ... ...•.. .. . 294
Add it ional accessor ie s ,
mod if icat ions and parts
replacement .. ... ... ... ... ... .. . 296
Alphabetical index .. . . .. 299

Vehicle literature
Vehicle literature
In addition to this Owner ' s Manual, your Audi comes with a Mainte- If you change your address or if you bought this
nance & Warranty booklet . Audi used
Moreover, depending on the model and the equipment. there may be sure to send in a "Notice of Address Change"/ "Notice of Used
be additional instruction booklets delivered with your vehicle (for Car Purchase" post card. This card can be found in the Maintenance
example, Operating Instructions for your Sound System, Navigation & Warranty booklet or obtained from your authorized Audi dealer.
Syst em et c.).
It is in your own interest that we are able to contact you should the
If you are missing one of these publications, or if you believe that need arise. •
the information is not complete , contact your authorized Audi
dealer for assistance .
The Maintenance & Warranty booklet

explains how you can keep your Audi in top driving condition by
having it serviced regularly and contains detailed information about
the warranties covering your Audi. Always have the booklet with you
when you take you r vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer for service .
Your Audi Service Adviser will record each scheduled service and
can answer any questions you may have regarding how to maintain
your vehicle.
In Canada,
the vehicle literature is also available in French. To obtain a copy,
contact your dealer or write to :
Au Canada , on peut se procurer un exemplaire en frarn;ais de ce
document aupres du concessionnaire ou de:
Volkswagen Canada, Inc.
Client Assistance
Assistance a la Clientele
777 Bayly Street , West,
Ajax, Ontario L1S 7G7
If you sell your Audi

all literature should be left in the vehicle to make the Warranty terms
as well as all operating, safety and maintenance information avail-
able to the next owner.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
About thi s Own e r's M a nu a l
About this Owner's Manual

This owner's manual contains important information, tips, sugges-
tions, and warnings for the use of your vehicle. & WARNING
Make sure that this owner's manual is always located in the vehicle . Text w ith thi s symbol cont ains impo rt ant inform ation on safety
This is especial ly important if you allow other people to drive the and how to reduce the risk of personal injury or death .
veh icle, or if you sell it.
This owner's manua l describes the equipment range specified for
this model at the editorial deadline date. Some of the equipment
0 Note
Text with this symbol draws your attention to potent ial sources of
descr ibed here will only be availab le at a later date, or only in
damage to your veh icle.
specific markets.
Some sections in this owner's manual do not apply to all veh icles.
In that case, the range of appl icability is giv e n at the beginning of W For th e sake of the environment
the section, e.g . "Appl ies to veh icles : with Audi Parking System". In Text with this symbol contains in f or mation about the environment
addition, optional equipment is indicated by an asterisk" *" . and how you can he lp protect it.
The deta ils in the illustrations may be different from those in your
veh icle, and are intended to be viewed as a basic guide . [i ]Tips
You wil l find a table of content s at the beginning of this book, which Text with this symbol contains specia l tips and other information
displays all topics descr ibed in this manua l in order of appearance . about getting the most out of your vehicle and it s features . •
You wil l find an alphabetical index at the end of t his book.
All direction s, such as "left", "right", "front", "back", are re lative to
the direction of trave l.
* opt iona l equipment
.,. This section continues on the next page .
a Indicates the end of a section .
® Registered tradema rks are identified with a®. If this symbol is
m issing, it is no guarantee that the terms can be used freely.
=>&. Cross-reference to a "WARN ING!" within a section . For indi -
cation with a page number, the corresponding "WARN ING!" can be
found outside of the section .
About this Owner's Manual
ment
-------- - --------
Controls
~
and equipment
Cockpit
- -- -- ~~=@
--
--
-- --
-- ~~-----t17
--
-- I @
@
J
~-F--!f-----:-'@--------
---------v, ar\
Fig. 1 Some of the equipment or features shown in the general illustration may be standard equipment on your vehicle or may be optional equipment depending on your
model. Always ask your authorized Audi dealer if you have a question about your vehicle .
Co c kpit
Cockpit
General illustration - Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) . . . . . .. . .. . 184

- Emerge ncy flasher . .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . 75
G) Power window switches 57 - Retractab le rear spoiler .. .. .. . ... . ... . ... . ... . . 187
0 Door handle - Tire pressure mon itor ing system .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . . 41
© Power locking switc h 53 @ Sw itc h f or wind deflector . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. . . 64
© Adjus t er contro l fo r ou t sid e mirro rs .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 83 @) Switch for automatic f olding top .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. . . 62
© Air o utlets .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 102 @ Cup hold er .. .. ... . . .. .. . ... .. .. . ...... ... .. . . . 94
© Light switch .. .. .. .. . ... . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . 69 @ Parking brak e lever . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... . . 108
0 Turn signa l and high beam 76 @ St eeri ng lock/igniti o n/sta rter sw it ch (in t h e st eer in g
© Multifunc t ion steering wheel with: whee l column) . .. .. . . . . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 106
- Horn @ Adjus t ab le steering co lu m n .. .. . ... . . . . . ... . .. .. . 105
- Driver's airbag .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . 150 @ Cruise contro l . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . ... . .. .. . . 110
- Shift buttons . .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. . . 119 @ Hood release . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 219
@ Data Link Connect o r (DLC) for On Board Diag nostics
® Instr u men t cluster . .. . ... . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. . 12
(OBD Ill . ... . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . ... . .. .. ... . ... . 26
@ Switches f or
- Windshield wipe r/wash er . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . 78
@ Daytim e running l ights (DRU* . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. . . 71
@ Instrumen t lighting .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. .. .. . . . . 74
- M enu d isplay .. . ... . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. .. . . 27
@ Switc hes f o r
- Trip computer .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ...... .. . 39
- Fuel filler flap release .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. . . 216
@ Depending on options : Radio or navigation syst em
- Rear lid release 55
@ Glove compa rtmen t (loc kab le) . .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . 96
@ Front passenger 's airbag .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 150
@ Rear window defogger switch .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 103 [i ] Tip s
@ Climate controls .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ... . .. . . . 98 A separate brochure is provided f or your factory -insta lled audio
@ Ashtray wi t h cigare tt e lighter ... . ... . ........... . 94 system and/or the Aud i Nav igation System . •
@ Gear sh ift lever or selector lever (automatic transmis -
sion)
- Manual transm ission ......................... 113
- S tr onic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
@ Switches f or
- Aud i magnetic ride 112
Controls and equip - I • •

ment
In st rum e nt s a nd warning / indi ca t o r lig hts
Instruments and warning/indicator lights
Instruments - trip odometer 14

- Service indicator 25
Instrument cluster and controls
The instrument cluster is your central source of informa- [i ]Tip s
tion . The illumination for the instrument cluster lights up whenever you
switch on the ign ition with the vehicle headlight s off. As the
~ daylight fades, the instrument cluster illumination likewise dims
"'
N
9 automatically and wil l go out completely when the outside light is
i very low. This feature is meant to remind you to switch on th e head -
lights when outside light conditions become poor. •
Tachometer (engine rev counter)

The tachometer indicates the engine RPM (revolutions per
minutes) .
The tachometer 0 ~ fig . 2 is the left of the two large clock-type
displays.
The engine turns at a speed 1,000 times the single digit in the
display, e.g. if th e needle is pointing at the "2" t he engine is t urning
at 2,000 RPM.
6
If engine RPM drops below 1,500, you should downshif t to the next
Fig. 2 Overview of the instr ument cluster lower gear . The red area at the end of th e scale indica t es maximum
permissible engine RPM after the break- in period. Before reaching
0 Tachometer with time and date display ...... • ..... 12, 13 th is area, shift into the next higher gear (manua l transmission),
0 Warning/indicator lights .. . .. . .... . .. .. ...... ... 16 move the selec t or lever to position "D (Drive)" (automatic) or ease
0 Coolant temperature gaug e .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . ... . . . 13 your f oot off the accelerator pedal.
© Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
©
©
Speedome t er with odometer
Set/Chec k button
. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . .. ... ..... .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .
14
15
0 Note
The tachometer need le should not move into the red range . If it
G) Driver information display 22 does, then on ly for a very short period of time . You could damage
© Reset but t on for your engine by driving at high RPM. ...
Instruments and warning / indicator lights
To hide or display the date

<£>
For the sake of the environment
- Pull the knob as many times as necessary until the date
Upshifting early saves fuel and reduces engine noise. •
display flashes .
- Turn the knob to the left or right.
Digital clock with date display
Your vehicle is equipped with a quartz controlled digital When the date display stops blinking, this means the time and date
have been successfully stored.
clock.
With the ignition off, pushing or pulling the Set/Check button
~ page 12, fig. 2 ©- depending on the instrument cluster configu -
ration - can turn on the display field li ghting for a few seconds . •
Engine coolant temperature gauge
The engine coolant gauge~ page 12, fig . 2 © only works when the
Fig. 3 Instrument
ignition is on. To preven t damage to your engine, please note the
cluste r with th e digital following important points:
clock
Engine cold
To set the hour As long as the needle remains at the left end of the gauge, the
engine still has not reached it s operating temperature . Avoid high
- Pull the knob (hour display flashes) and turn it to the left engine speeds, heavy engine loads and heavy throttle.
or right.
Normal temperature
To set the minutes When the engine has reached its operating temperature, the needle
- Pull the knob as many times as necessa ry until the wi ll move into the middle of the gauge and remain there. If the
min ute display flashes. engine is working hard at high outside temperatures, the needle
may turn further to the right. This is no cause for concern as long as
- Turn the knob to the left or right. the - ~- warning light in the instrument cluster does not illuminate.
When the _J_ warning light starts to flash, this can mean one of two
To set the date things: either the coolant temperature is too high , or the coolant
- Pull the knob as many times as necessary until the day, level is too low ~ page 32. ~
month or year display flashes .
- Turn the knob to the left or righ t.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
system. The catalytic converter could then overheat and be

& WARNING damag ed. •
• Always observe the warning in =;, page 2 12, "Engine compart -
ment" before opening the engine hood and checking the engine
Speedometer with odometer
coolant level.
• Never open the engine hood if you see or hear steam , or if you The speedometer shows you the vehic le speed, and the
see engine coolant dripping from the engine compartment . You odome ter sho w s you ho w ma ny miles (kilo m eters) you
could burn yourself. Let the engine cool off first so that you cannot have dri ven.
hear or see any steam or engine coolant .
0 Note
• Mounting additiona l lights or accessories in front of the ai r inlets
reduces the cool ing effect of the radiat o r. At high o utside tempera -
tures or high engi ne load, the eng ine could overheat.
• The fron t spoile r has been d esigned t o pro perly dis tr ib ut e the
coo ling air w hen the veh icle is mov ing . If the spo iler is damaged, Fig. 4 Speedomete r
this could red uce the coo ling effect and the engine coul d then over- close-up: odomet er
heat. Ask y our authorized Audi deale r f o r assistance. • display
The od om eter and trip odo met er are locate d insid e t he spe edom-
Fuel gauge eter .
• USA model s - Miles
The fue l gauge wor ks only when the ignition is on .
• Canada mode ls - Kilometers
When the needle reaches the red area, the warning light in the
i nstrument cluster w i ll i llum inat e =;, page 35 . This means yo u Lower odometer
have approx imate ly 1.9 gallons (7 litres) of fuel left in the t ank. Time The lower odometer shows the total number of miles (kilometers)
to refuel! d riven.
The tota l tank capacity of your vehicle is listed in=;, page 297. Be Upper odometer (trip odometer )
awa re of t he diffe rent ta n k capaci ti es of front -wheel and q uattr o®
all-w h eel dri ve models . The upper od ometer shows the tota l n umber of mi les (kilom et ers)
driven since you last reset the odometer bac k to zero. You can use
thi s odomete r w hen you want to keep track of how ma ny mil es (kil o-
0 Note meters) you have driven for a single trip or errand. The last digit indi -
cates 1/10 of a m ile (100 mete rs). You can set t he tr ip odo meter b ack
Never run the tank comple t ely dry! An irre gular suppl y of fuel can
cause engine m isfiring and fuel could enter into the exhaust to zero by pressing the reset button =;, fig . 4. ..,,
With the ignition off, pushing of the Set/Check button~ page 12, The button performs the following functions:
fig. 2© can turn on the display field lighting for a few seconds .
Switching on the clock and odometer
Malfunction message With the ignition turned off, the odometer reading and the digital
If there is a malfunction somewhere in the instrument cluster, dEF clock with date display can be switched on for about 30 seconds by
will appear in the trip odometer and will stay on. Contact your pressing the button ~ fig. 5.
authorized Audi dealer to have the problem corrected.
Starting the Auto -Check sequence
Immobilizer The Auto -Check system ~ page 29 constantly monitors certain indi -
When the ignition is switched on, the data on the ignition key are v idual functions and components of the vehicle when the ignition is
scanned automatically. turned on and when the vehicle is moving.
If an unauthorized key was used , SAFE is displayed continuously in With the ignition t urned on, you can start the "Auto -Check
the odometer display field. The vehicle cannot be operated sequence" by pressing the button. You can perform an Auto-Check
~ page 49. sequence when the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is turned
on or when the vehicle is moving not faster than 3 mph (5 km/h).
[i ] Tips Calling up the driver information

• The digital clock and the odometer are turned on for about 30 A yellow or red symbol appears in the instrument cluster display,
seconds when the driver's door is opened. usually with a driver message. The driver message display disap -
• When the ignition is turned off, the odometer reading and the pears after about 5 seconds. The driver message can be displayed
digital clock with date display can be switched on for about again by briefly pressing the button.
30 seconds by pressing the Set/Check button ~ page 12, fig . 2 @. •
Setting the speed warning
By press ing the button brief ly, you can set threshold 1 of the speed
Set / Check button warning while you are driving~ page 38. By maintaining pressure
on the button, you delete t he warning threshold. •
Fig. 5 Section of
instrument cluster:
Set/Check button

ment
In st rum e nt s a nd warning / indi ca t o r lig hts
Warning / indicator lights USA model s: =>page 18

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU
Ov e rview
-
Canada mod els:Malfunction lndica - => page 18
The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions tor Lamp (MIU
or a possible malfunction. High beam => page 18
D
Rear spoiler => page 18
¢ Left turn signa l => page 19
~ Right turn signal => page 19
CRUISE
USA model s:
Cruis e control activated
=> page 19
012 Canada mod els: =>page 19

Cruis e control activated
AIR USA mod els: =>page 19
BAG Airbag system
.o.
e::=-
-!J
Canada models:
Airbag system
=> page 19
Generator => page 19

Fig. 6 Instrum ent cluste r w it h warning/ indicator lights LJ
- -
Audi magnetic ride => page 17 4 Safety belt => page 19
II=>page 20
Tire pressure too low => page 17 BRAKE
USA model s: Brake system, parking
brake set
Electronic power control =>page 17 Canad a model s: Brake system, park - =>page 20
<CD
> ing brake set
Fold ing top => page 18
-
II
Electronic Stabi lization Program (ESP) =>page 18
Instruments and warning/indicator lights
USA models: anti-lock brake system

(ABS) defective
~ page 20
[i] Tips
- If the indicator lamp illuminates while you are driving, there is a
Canada models: anti-lock brake sys- ~ page 20 malfunction in the vehicle damping. The chassis should be
tern (ABS) defective inspected immediately by an authorized Audi dealer. •
/@ Electro -mechanical power assist => page 21
Tire pressure monitoring system - telltale
& WARNING indicator lamp C.
• Failure to heed warning lights and other important vehicle The warning/indicator light appears in the event of a
information may result in serious personal injury or vehicle significant loss of air pressure.
damage .
The warning/indicator light illuminates for a few seconds after
• Whenever stalled or stopped for repair, move the vehicle a safe the ignition is turned on as function check and then goes out.
distance off the road, stop the engine, and turn on the emergency
flasher =>page 75. If the symbol appears, pressure is too low in at least one tire .
• The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially When the system d etects a malfunction, the warning/indicator light
hazardous area. Before you check anything in the engine compart- will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continu-
ment, stop the engine and let it cool down. Always exercise ously illuminated . This sequence will continue upon subsequent
extreme caution when working under the hood ~ page 212, vehicle starts up as long as the malfunction exists. Contact your
"Engine compartment" authori zed Audi dealer and have the malfunction corrected.
For more information => page 43. •
[i] Tips
Many functions are moni t ored by the Auto -Check system
=> page 29. Malfunctions or faults will be identified either with a red
Electronic power control "
symbol (priority 1 - Danger!) or with a yellow symbol (prior ity 2 - This warning/indicator light monitors the electronic
Warning). • power control.
The warning/indicator light (Electronic Power Control) illumi -
Ap plies to vehicles : wi th Audi magn et ic r id e nates when you switch on the ignition as a function check .
Audi magnetic ride
The indicator light monitors vehicle damping. [i] Tips
If this warning/indicator light illuminates while you are driving , then
The indicator ligh t illuminat es when th e ignition is switched on as
there is a malfunction in the engine electronics. Have the malfunc -
a function check .
tion corrected as soon as possible by your authorized Audi dealer or
qualified workshop. •

ment
In st rum e nts and w a rnin g/ indi c at o r lig h ts
Folding top ,....· For more information about the ESP => page 184. •
The warning/indic ator light monitors the folding top func-

I
tion. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) •
The warning/indicator light illuminates when you switch on the
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU is part of the On-Board Diag-
ignit ion for about 2 seconds as a check and then goes out. The
n ostic (OBD II) system . The symbol li ghts up when the ignition is
warning/indicator light has the following functions:
turned on and will turn off after the engine has started and has
• The light illuminates when the folding top opens or closes . sett led at constant id le speed. This indicates tha t the MIL is working
• It flashes if one of the conditions for automatically lowering or properly.
raising the folding top is not met and the switch to actuate the The warning light il luminates when there is a malfunction in the
folding top is pressed . engine electronic system. Contact your authorized Audi dealer and
• The ligh t illuminates when the folding top is opened or closed have the malfunction corrected.
incompletely. • An imprope rly closed fuel filler cap may also cause the MIL light to
illumi nate => page 216.
Electronic stabilization program (ESP) ~ For more information => page 26. •
The warning/indicator light monitors the electronic stabi-

lization program . High beam ~D
The warning/indicator light has the following functions:
The @:Dwarning/indicator light illuminates when the high beams are
• It blinks while you are driving, when the ESP is working. on or when you use the headlight flasher. For more information
• It illuminates when you switch on the ignition for approximately about using the high beams, see => page 76. •
2 seconds as a function check.
• It illuminates when there is a malfunction in the ESP. Rear spoiler J
• It illuminates continuously when the ESP is switched off.
The warning/indicator light monitors the electrically
• It illuminates if there is a malfunction in the ABS, since the ESP
is part of the ABS system.
retrac table rear spoiler.
If the ESPwarning/indicator light illuminates and stays on after you The warning/indicator light ~ has the following functions :
have started t he engine, this may mean that the control system has • It comes on for about 3 seconds as a function check when the
temporari ly switched off the ESP.If this is case, you can reactivate ignition is switched on.
the ESP by switching the ign ition off and then on again. The
• It comes on if there is a malfunction in the electrical ly retractab le
warning/indicator light should go out to show that the system is
rear spoiler . _,,,
ful ly functional again.
Instruments and warning / indi ca tor lights
Additional information about the electrical ly retractable rear spoiler

=:>page 187. • & WARNING
If you have a malfunction in the airbag system, contact your autho-
rized Audi dealer immediately. Otherwise the airbag or the belt
Turn signals ¢ Q
tensioner may not work properly in an accident. •
The indicator light blinks when you use either turn signal.
Whenever you use the left ¢ or the right c::::>
turn signal, the indicator Generator 0
light blinks. When you use the emergency flasher, both indicator
lights flash . This warning/indicator light detects a malfunction in the
generator or in the vehicle's electrical system.
If one of the turn signa l light bu lbs burn out, the turn signal will
blink twice as fast as normal. The D warning/indicator light illuminates when you switch on the
Additiona l information on the turn signals :::::>
page 76. • ignition and must go out after the engine has started.
If the D warning/indicator light illuminates while you are driving,
you should contact your authorized Audi deale r. Since the vehicle
Cruise control battery is discharging, you should switch off any unnecessary elec -
CRUISE(USA models )/ (')<>(Canada models) trical consumers (for example, the air conditioner).
The CRU ISEwarning/indicator

control is activated. •
light illuminates when the cruise
0 Note
If the - ~- warning/indicator light (malfunction in the engine cooling
page 32, stop
system) in the instrument cluster shou ld illuminate :::::>
Airbag system the vehicle and t urn off the engine . The coolant pump is not working
~~ (USA models) / !_~· (Canada models) - this can cause engine damage! •
This warning/indicator light monitors the airbag and the

Ap pli es to veh icles: w ith safety belt warning light
tensioner systems .
Safety belt warning light 4
The ti (USA models) !! 'tr(Canada models) warning light illuminates
for a few seconds each time you switch on the ignition . The warning light is a reminder to fasten safety belts.
If the m (USA mode ls) /Jq· (Canada models) warning light does not The warning light 4 comes on for a few seconds after the ignition
go out, or if it illuminates whi le you are driving, or if it starts to blink, is switched on as a reminder to fasten your safety belt.
then there is a malfunction somewhere in the system. If the light
Additional information on safety belts:::::>page 137. •
does not illuminate when you switch on the ignition, this also
means there is a malfunction.

ment
Brake system BRAKE

(USA)/ (CD)(Canada) & WARNING (continued)
This wa rning/i ndi cator light illumina tes w hen the brake driving , the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir is too low . If you
fluid level is too lo w or w hen there is a ma lfuncti on in the believe that it is safe to do so, proceed immediately at low speed
ABS, or w hen the pa rkin g br ake is set. to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop and
have the brake system inspected.
The ligh t il lu m i nat es w hen th e igniti on is t ur ned on . It goes out aft er
• Please be very careful and always keep in mind that after
th e engine has been started and the parking brake is fu lly released.
several brake applications, you will need greater pressure on the
Th is indicates that t he b ra ke w ar ning ligh t is f u ncti o n ing pr o per ly.
brake pedal to stop your vehicle . Consequently , you must allow for
If the brake warning light does not light up when the engine is increased braking distances. Trying to brake as qui ckly as usual
cranking or the parking brake is applied , there may be a malfunction could lead to an acc ident . •
in the electrical system. In thi s case , contact your Audi dealer.
When the li ght com es on, an acoustic warn ing signa l will sound .
Anti-lock brake system 8 (USA)/
Parking brake set ~ (Canada)
The BRAKE warning/indicator light illuminates when the parking This w arni ng/i nd ic ator light moni tors the ABS and the
brak e is set :::::,& .
electronic differenti al lock (EDL).
& WARNING The l ight will come on for a few seconds when the ignition is
switched on. The light wil l go out after an automatic check sequence
• USA model s.~ If both , the BRAKE warning light and the ~ is completed.
warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could
lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes
There is a malfunction in the ABS when :
can cause loss of vehicle control and an accident . Have your • Th e war ning/i n d icat or lig ht do es no t il lu m i nat e when you swi tch
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a on the ignition .
qualified workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake • The warn in g/i ndi cator lig ht does not go ou t aft er a f ew seconds .
application. • The warning/indicator light il luminates whi le driving.
• Canada models : If both , the b rake warning light ((j))and the ABS
The brake system will still respond even without the assistance of
the ABS system. See your authorized Audi dealer as soon as
lock up first under hard brak ing . Lock -up of the rear wheel brakes
possible to restore full braking performance . For more in f or m ati o n
can cause loss of vehicle control and an accident. Have your
regarding t he ABS=> page 189.
vehi cle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a
qualified workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden , hard brake The ABS warning light and the brake warning light come on
application together . The ABS will not work and you will notice a change in
• If the brake warning / indicator light does not go out after a few braking response and performance .
seconds and the parking brake released , or lights up while you are
Instruments and warning / indi c ator lights
Malfun c tion in the brak e system Electro-mechanical power assist t / @

USA models: If bot h, th e BRAKE rs
wa rn ing ligh t a nd the .... wa rning
light come on~ page 20when the parking brake is released, there If the i ndicator light il luminates while y ou are driving, there is a
may be a ma lfunction in the ABS, and there may also be a malfunc - m alf unc ti on in th e elect ro -m echa ni cal ste er in g . If t he ind icat o r lig ht
t ion in t he brake syst em it self ~ &- is show i ng ~, there may be a reduction in power steering ass ist. If
Canada models: If both, the brake warning light (Q))and the ABS t he indi cat or lig ht is showing ~ ' t he re may be a t ot al loss of pow er
wa rni ng light co me on ~ page 20w hen the par king bra ke is steerin g assist . The steerin g must be inspected immediately by a
released, there may be a ma lfunction in the ABS, and there may also quali fied wor kshop ~ 6, . W it h the engine n ot ru nning (e.g. w hen
be a ma lf un cti o n in the brake sys t em itsel f ~ &- th e car is being tow ed), there is also no power assist avai lable .
Malfunction in the electronic differential

The two syst em s EDL and ABS wor k together. The ~
lock (EDL )
warning li gh t
& WARNING
wi ll come on if there is a malfunct ion in the EDL system~ page 186. If there is a malfunction , the indicator light for the electro -mechan -
See yo u r auth or ized Aud i dea ler as soon as po ssibl e. ical power assist illuminates . Seek professional assistance. •
& WARNING
• If the P • warning light does not go out, or if it comes on while
driving , the ABS system is not working properly . The vehicle can
then be stopped only with the brakes operating without ABS
support . You will not have the protection ABS provides . Contact
your Audi dealer as soon as possible .
• USA models : If both , the BRAKE warning light and the
lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes
vehi cle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a
qualified workshop. Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake
application .
• Canada models: If both, the brake warning light (Cl)and the ABS
warning light ""' come on at the same time , the rear wheels could
lock up first under hard braking. Lock -up of the rear wheel brakes
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a
qualified workshop. Drive slowly and avoid sudden , hard brake
appli cation •

ment
Dri ve r inf o rmation sy st e m
Driver information system
Introduction The Driver Information System provides the following functions:
General notes
Sound system display =>page 23
Outside air temperature =>page23
The driver information display inside the instrument
cluster provides you, the driver, with important informa- Door open indicator =>page 24
tion. Service interval display =>page25
Auto Check system =>page29
=>page30
Speed limiter =>page 26
=>page 39
Selector lever (S t ronic) =>page 115
Fig. 7 Instrument [i ] Tips

cluster : center display • If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, the various
display contents will appear only after you have moved the selector
The driver information display is located in the center of the instru- lever into R, D or S.
ment cluster => fig . 7. • In the event of a malfunction, either a red or yellow icon appears
The driver information system updates important information in the in the display. Red symbols indicate Danger => page 31. Yellow
center display in clear view of the driver. In an easy to understand symbols indicate a Warning => page 34. •
format, the display tells you how your vehicle is functioning at t he
current m oment . For example, the display can tell you how many
miles (kilometers) you can still drive until it is time to bring your
vehicle to your authorized Audi dealer for a scheduled Maintenance
Service . This feature helps preventing costly repairs. It is just one of
many different items of information availab le for recall. The display
also gives you a "status report" whenever the sound system , tel e-
phone, and navigation systems are being used.
Detailed instructions for operating the Audi Navigation System* are
provided in separate manuals .
Dri ve r in f orm a ti o n s yst e m
Sound system display outside t emperature will appear in the display only after you have
moved the selector lever into a gear (for example, when yo u shift
into "D").
The snowflake symbo l also appears when the outs i de temperature
is below 41 °F (+5 °C). This is to warn you, the driver, to be extra
cautious becaus e the road surfaces may be icy. If the vehicle is at a
standstil l, or if you are driving at a very low speed, the temperature
shown in the display might be sligh t ly high er than t he act ual
outside temperature . This is caused by the heat being radiated from
the engine .
Fig. 8 Cente r display:
Remember , if your vehicle is equipped with air conditioning and you
sound system
change the display from °F (Fahrenhei t ) to °C (Centigrade) , then the
outside temperature will automatical ly be displayed in °C (Centi -
If priority 1 or priority 2 faults ar e not shown by th e Au t o Check
grade) .
Control, the name of the radio station you are tuned to or the
frequency and t he reception range are shown in t he upper area of
t he display . & WARNING
When the CD is in use, t he title of the track being p layed is shown . • Never rely exclusively on th e out side t em perature display to
Th e number of t h e CD (CD1 to CD6) curr ently being played is also determin e if a road surface is icy or not. Keep in mind that road
shown. • surface s, especially bridge s and overpa sses, could be ice covered
and slippery even at an out side temper ature above 41 °F 1+5 °CI.
Outside temperature display • Alwa ys remembe r, even if th e "snowflak e" symbol lice
wa rning) does not app ear in the display, black ice could be on the
road.
• Alway s reduce your speed and drive w ith special care in cold
wea th er condition s w hen the chance of encount ering icy road
surfaces increases.
[i ] Tips
When using the navigation system f eature "Destination", the
outside temperature is also displayed . •
Fig. 9 Center display:
outside t em peratur e
The outside tempe rat ure wil l be displayed when you switch on the
ignition~ fig . 9. If your vehic le has an automa t ic transmiss ion , t he

ment
Digital speedometer If the engine hood or trunk lid are not closed, the display will flash.
As soon as all the doors and lids are proper ly closed, the warning
goes out .
You can switch off the open -door -or-lid warning display by brief ly
pressing t he On Board computer control buttons => page 40. The
open door or trunk warning wil l, however, illuminate again as soon
as there is a change in the position of the doors, eng ine hood or
trunk lid. •
Fig. 10 Display: Digital Fuel filler cap not closed properly

speedom et er
Current speed appears in the disp lay. Speed is shown in 1 mph

measures (USA models) or 1 km/h measures (Canada mode ls). •
Warning : engine hood , door or rear lid open

The pictogram alerts you when doors or the rear lid have
been left open.
Fig. 12 Center display:
fuel filler cap open
A message CLOSEFUELTANK CAP ! in the driver informa t ion display

wi ll come on if the f uel f iller cap is not proper ly closed. If the
message comes on, please perform the following steps upon
reaching your next destination.
With the ignition turned off , open the f uel fil ler f lap and remove the
Fig. 11 Display: door,
fue l cap. Next, reinstall the fuel cap being sure to twist the fuel fi ller
rear lid , and engine cap clockwise until you hear a definite "cl ick." Press the fuel f iller
hood open flap closed until it locks into place (and is flush with the car body) .
Af t er sw itch ing on the ign ition, t he message may remain lit even
With the ignition switched on, the open -door -or-lid warning illumi -
though the fuel filler cap is properly c losed. This is normal and there
nates when at least one door, or the engine hood or the trunk lid is is no reason to take your vehicle for service . _,,
not closed. The symbol also shows you which door(s) or lid is not
closed. The illustration shows that the engine hood, the rear lid and
the driver's door is not closed => fig . 11.
If, however, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU comes on, km). The next scheduled oil change and thereafter the next sched-
always drive to your nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified uled service will be displayed.
workshop and have the vehicle checked.
For new vehicles or after the vehicle has been serviced, the next
For more information => page 216, "Refuelling". • scheduled service will only be displayed after 300 miles (500 km)
have elapsed. Until this distance has been travelled, the display will
show OIL CHANGE IN----- Ml --- DAYS and SERVICE IN----- Ml ---
Service interval display DAYS.
The service interval display reminds you when your next To reset the display
service is due. The dealership performing the service resets the display when the
service has been completed . You can reset the display in the instru -
ment panel only if an oil change has been done. Proceed as follows:
• Switch the ignition on .
• Pull on button => fig. 13 -Arrow-, and the following message
appears: SERVICE EXCEEDED !.
• Keep pulling on the knob until OIL CHANGE IN ----- Ml --- DAYS
appears in the display. If the reset button is not pulled within 5
Fig. 13 Section of seconds, the display reset mode closes.
instrument cluster:
Service interval display
[i] Tips
The service interval display detects when which service category is • Do not reset the display between service intervals. Doing so will
required for your vehicle. It works in two stages: result in an incorrect display.
• Service Reminder : Starting with a certain mileage before a • If service was not performed at the correct time or the service
service event, this message appears when the ignition is switched interval display was not reset after service was performed, the addi -
on: SERVICE IN 5500 Ml 150 DAYS. tional mileage driven or the elapsed days will be shown as negative
• Service Event: If the due date for servicing has passed, the numbers.
message SERVICE EXCEEDED! appears This message is accompa - • If the battery is disconnected, the Service Interval Display values
nied by a warning signal. And the type of service needed is are retained.
displayed. • If a priority 1 malfunction is present (red symbol), the distance
Checking the Remaining Distance remaining cannot be called up. •
By briefly pulling the knob, => fig. 13 -Arrow -, the remaining
distance and time to the next service schedule is displayed with the
ignition on . The distance remaining is updated every 300 miles (500

ment
On-Board Diagnostic system (08D) On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components of your emission
control system. Each monitored component in your engine system
has been assigned a code. In case of a malfunction, the component
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL )
will be identified and the fault stored as a code in the control
module memory .
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU in the instrument cluster
=:> page 16, fig. 6 is part of the On-Board Diagnos t ic (OBD II) system. The MIL light may also illuminate if there is a leak in the on -board
f uel vapor recovery system. If the light i ll uminates after a refuelling,
The warning/indicator ligh t i ll uminates when the ignition is stop the vehicle and make sure the fuel fi ll er cap is properly closed
switched on and goes out after the engine starts and the idle has =:>page 216.
stabilized . This indicates that the MIL is working properly .
In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the stored data can only be
If th e light does not go out after the engine is started, or illuminates displayed using special diagnostic equipment (generic scan too l for
while you are driving, a ma lfunction may exist in the engine system. OBD).
If the light starts flashing, the catalytic converter cou ld be damaged .
In order to connect the special diagnostic equipment, push the plug
Continue driving w ith redu ced pow er (avoiding sustained high into t he Data Link Connector (DLCl. The DLC is located to the right of
speeds and/or rapid acce lerations) and have the condition the hood release =:>fig . 14.
corrected. Contact your authorized Audi dealer.
Your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station can inter -
If the light illuminates, the electronic speed limiter may also be pret the code and perform the necessary repair. •
malfunctioning. For more information=:> page 26, "E lectronic speed
limiter".
An imprope rly closed fuel filler cap may also cause th e MIL light t o Electronic speed limiter
illumi nate =:. page 216. •
Your vehicle may be factory equipped with tires that are rated for a
maximum speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). This is less than the
On -Board Diagnostics maximum speed of your vehicle. To reduce the risk of sudden tire
failure and loss of control if the vehicle is operated at excessive
speeds, your vehicle also has an electronic speed limiter . The elec-
tronic speed limiter prevents your vehic le from going faster than the
tire speed rating. For more inf ormation=:> page 249.
If the vehicle approaches the tire speed rating, the engine control
unit will turn off the fue l injectors. You will notice an immediate loss
of engine power and a drop in road speed .
If the engine control unit receives faulty vehicle roadspeed signals,
Fig. 14 Locati on of
the Ma lfunction Indicator Light (MIU will illuminate. If this
Data Link Connector
(DLCl occurs, contact the nearest authorized Audi dealer for assistance. ~
also select the information shown in the DIS display, which operates
& WARNING only with the ignition switched on. Operation is controlled by the
IReset ) button and the rocker switch on the wiper lever::::, fig. 15.
Always observe the posted speed limits and adjust your speed to
suit prevailing road, traffic and weather conditions. Never drive The Start menu shows you the different display types:
your vehicle faster than the maximum speed rating of the tires
Set
installed. •
Check
Menu off
Menu display
Each display type in the Start menu contains a submenu with addi-
tional options.
Introduction
Set Clock ::::,page 28
,...
0
"' Lighting* => page 71, "Daytime

..,
9
00
m
running lights (DRU
(USA
models)"=> page 73
Computer ::::,page 28
Acoustic park assist* => page 109
Fig. 15 Wiper lever:
Controls for the menu
Speed alarm (speed ::::,page 38
display warning)
Language (6 languages) =>page 28
"'
"' Units (distance, fuel con- ::::,page 28
~
m
sumption, temperature)
Wiper (service position) => page80
Window =>page 58
Doors (Auto-lock) => page 50
Check Service ::::,page 25
Fig. 16 Display: Start
menu Vehicle ID number* =>page288
Engine oil temperature*
Some functions in your vehicle can be set, activated , and controlled
Menu off l!AII of the messages shown in vehicles without
by Menus (e.g. Acoustic Park Assist*). With these menus you can
menu display appear on the display screen. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I Technical data
ment
Navigating the menu Using the rocker switch, you can select the menus in the display or
change settings . A cursor appears on the left in front of t he selected
Use the rocker switch on the windshield wiper lever and values .
the IReset I button to operate the menu and carry out
By pressing the [ Res et] button, you activate the selection you made
inquiries and selections. or confirm the values you set. Selected functions are identified with
a check mark or are ca rried out d irectly.
....
N
N
0 Meanings of the symbols in the display:
i
Selection bar Selected function Meaning
> Cursor Current Selection
Check mark Selected or Function
active
Fig. 17 W iper lever:
Cont rols for t he menu Box Not selected
display D
Triangle pointing up
-
Previous page
[Rese t ] button © and rocker swit ch @ => fig . 17 functions : A
Triangle pointing down Next page
To open th e m e nu T •
- Press the [ Reset] button © unti l the menu disp lay
=> page 27, fig . 16 appears Selecting settings (part 1)
S e le cti o n s and se ttings The Driver Information System settings are menu -guided.
- Press the rocker switch @ to reac h a me nu display . The
switch is operated t he same as the display (up/down).
Ent e ring and co nfirming

- Press the [ Res et] button @ .
R e turning to th e S t art menu

- Press the [Rese t] butto n lo nger t han 2 seconds to return Fig. 18 Display: M enu
Sett ings, compu ter
from any menu level to the Start menu . selected (page 1 I
Select your sett ings as fo ll ows :

- Press the (Reset ) button. The Start menu appears

=> page 27, fig . 16.
- Press the rocker switch until Set is d isplayed .
- Press the (Reset ) button . All the menus appear.
- Press the rocker switch until the desired line is high -
lighted (cursor) => page 28, fig . 18. Fig. 20 Display:
Comput er 1 menu,
- Press the (Reset ) button. Back select ed
- If necessary, scroll by selecting and activating the

symbol fo r "Next page" or "Previous page". Continue to select your setti ngs as follows:
- Press the rocker switch until the desired line is activated
When you have selected the Computer menu and activated it by
(red background) ~ fig . 19.
pressing the IRe set] button, two computer levels appear (compu t er
1 and computer 2). Now you have to select the level you want using - Now activate or deactivate t he selected functio n (press
the rocker switch and activat e it with the [Res et ] but t on . • the IReset) button) by placing a chec k mark - (for "Yes" )
in t he box or no check mark (for " No" ).
Selecting settings (part 2) - Press the rocke r switch until Back is selected, => fig. 20
and press the (Reset ] button to return to a higher menu
N
level.
COMPUTER
1 9
ioRESfl'
1
I
i For many settings , numerical values must also be entered, e.g.
when setting the date. This is also done by using the rocker
. oDRIIJETll'IE switch . •
DISTANCE···
-.1AV.
HPH
Fig. 19 Display: Auto-Check Control
>BACK Compute r 1 menu,
range selected
Introduction
Auto-Check Cont rol automatically checks specific functions and

vehicle components for the ir status . This happens constantly with
t he ignition switched on and wh ile you are driving as well. .,

ment
If Auto Check senses an irregu lar condition or a malfunction Driver information messages can be switched on by the driver when
requiring urgent repair, it generates a specific symbol or short a priority 1 symbo l appears and flashes ~ page 29.
message in the instrument cluster center display . You will also hear
an audible warning tone. The displays are color coded in either red Sw itc h ing on th e d riv e r inf o rm a tion m e ss ag e
or yellow depending on their level of priority. For example, if there is a malfunction in the engine oi l pressure, the
~ symbo l will appear in the display. If you press the CHECKbutton,
The red symbols indicate a dangerous conditio n which is addition -
the fo llowing message will appear :
ally signal led by th ree warning tones. Whereas the yellow symbols
represent a Warning which is signalled by one warning tone. In SW ITCH OFF ENG IN E AND CHECK OIL LEV EL
specific situations, messages for the driver appear in addition to the The message goes out after approximately 5 seconds. Press the
red symbols~ page 30. • button to disp lay the message again.
Driver information messages [i ]Tips

Along with some particular warning/indic a tor lights and The fol lowing two messages, HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED and WHEN
instrument cluster symbols, additional messages will STAT IONARY APPLY FOOT BRAKE WHILE SELECTIN G GEAR, cannot
be switched on again . These messages will remain in t he display
appear in the display .
until you release the parking brake or until you move the selector
lever into a gear . •
Parking brake warning
- Release the parking brake.
If you should drive off with the parking brake still engaged, a
Fig. 21 Sect ion of warning t one w il l sound to remind you t o release the parking brake.
inst rum ent cluster:
button
A lso, the following message will appear in the display:
HANDBR A KE IS APPLIED
A driver information message will appear in the disp lay when, for The parking brake warning is activated when you drive longer than
example : 3 seconds and faster than 3 mph (5 km/h). •
a light bulb has burnt out~ page 36,
or if you drive off with the parking brake still engaged (pulled up)
or before you move the selector lever in gear (automatic transmis-
sion).
Ap pli es to vehi cles: wi th m anua l transmi ss ion Red symbols

Function test: manual transmission
A red symbol means DANGER.
When the ignition is switched on, the Auto-Check Control automati-
cally performs an operational check . If the functions tested are O.K.,
no message is shown in the display.
If one or more faul t s exist, the driver information disappears
approximately 15 seconds after the engine has been started and the
appropriate fault symbol appears in the display.
If malfunctions exist , this is indicat ed by red (prio rity 1) or yellow
(priority 2) symbols. A warning signal sounds at the same time. • Fig. 22 Display : engine
coolant level warning
(priority 1)
Ap plies to vehicle s: wit h aut o mati c t ran smissio n
Function test: automatic transmission Pull of the road and stop the vehicle.
Turn off the engine.
Th e Auto-Check Cont rol will automatically perform a t est each tim e
you switch on the ignition. When the selector lever in P or N, the Check the malfunctioning system . Contact your autho -
following message appears in the display : rized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop for assistance.
WHEN STATIONARY APPLY FOOTBRAKE WHILE SELECTING GEAR.
The red symbols mean :
When you a select a different gear (for example: R, D, etc.), the
messag e will disappear and t he Auto-Check f unction is display ed . USA models:
BRAKE ~ page 32
If the functions tested are O.K., no message is shown in the display . Malfunction in the brake system
(Ci) Canada models:
If there is a malfunction, then the malfunction message will appear ~ page32
about 15 seconds after the you start the vehicle. At the same t ime BRAKE Malfunction in the brake system
you will hear a warning tone. .J_ Engine coolant level too low/
COOLANT engine coolant tempera t ure too ~ page32
[i] Tips high
On vehicles with automatic transmission*, the driver message 'e:1:

Engine oil pressure
WHEN STATIONARY APPLY FOOTBRAKE WHILE SELECTING GEAR OIL ~ page33
too low
cannot be shown again. This driver message appears in the display PRESSURE
only un t il a gear is engaged. • - -
Red symbols i ndicate a priority 1 malfunc t ion - Danger!

ment
When a red symbol appears, a warning tone will sound consecu-

tively three times. The symbol continues to flash until the malfunc - & WARNING
tion has been repaired. If there are more than one priority 1 malfunc- • Always observe the warnings in=> page 212, "Engine compart-
tions, the symbols appear one after the other for about two
ment", before opening the engine hood and checking the brake
seconds. fluid.
• Driving with low brake fluid is a safety hazard! Stop the car and
[i] Tips get professional assistance .
• The message for a malfunction can be shown by pressing on the • If the brake system warning/indicator light illuminates
left knob. together with the ABS warning/indicator light, then the ABS
• During route guidance on vehicles with a navigation system, the system is malfunctioning. The rear wheels could quickly lock up
warning symbol is shown in the field above. • when you apply the brakes. This could lead to loss of control _and
your vehicle could slide! Drive carefully to the nearest authorized
Audi dealer and have the malfunction corrected. •
Brake system malfunction
BRAKE (USA models) / (CD)(Canada models)
Engine cooling system malfunction _t_
A malfunction in the brake system must be repaired as
A malfunction in the engine cooling system must be
soon as possible.
repaired as soon as possible.
When BRAKE/ (CD)(Canada models) appears in the display
When the _t symbol in the display flashes, then either the
and flashes, this means there is a malfunction in the brake
engine coolant temperature is too high, or the coolant level
system. In addition to the symbol, one of the following two
is too low. In addition to the symbol, the following message
messages also appears in the display:
also appears in the display:
STOP VEHICLE AND CHECK BRAKE FLUID
SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
ABS FAULT! SEE OWNER'S MANUAL
- Pull off the road and stop the vehicle .
- Pull of the road and stop the vehicle.
Turn off the engine.
- Check the brake fluid level => page 230.
Check coolant level => page 228.
USA models: if there is a malfunction in the ABS system, the i:i Add coolant if necessary => page 228.
warning/indicator light illuminates along with the BRAKE system
malfunction warning/indicator light=> & . - Continue driving only after the engine coolant
Canada models: if there is a malfunction in the ABS system, the warning/indicator light goes out.
warning/indicator light illuminates together with the ID brake
system malfunction warning/indicator light =>& .
- Contact your authorized Audi dealer for assistance if Engine oil pressure malfunction 'l=;:f.
necessary.
The red engine oil pressure warning symbol requires
If the engine coolant level is correct, then the radiator fan may be immediate service or repair. Driving with a low-oil-pres-
the cause of the malfunction. sure indication is likely to result in serious damage to the
If the generator warning/indicator light should also illuminate engine.
=>page 19, then the fan belt may be damaged.
If the ~ symbol appears in the display and flashes, the oil
pressure is too low. In addition to the symbol, the following
& WARNING message also appears in the display:
• If your vehicle should break down for mechanical or other SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK OIL LEVEL
reasons, park at a safe distance from moving traffic, turn off the
engine and turn on the hazard warning lights =>page 75, "Emer- Immediate actions
gency flasher A".
- Pull off the road and stop the vehicle.
• Never open the hood if you see or hear steam or coolant
escaping from the engine compartment - you risk being scalded. - Shut the engine down.
Wait until you can no longer see or hear steam or coolant
- Check the engine oil level with the dipstick => page 224.
escaping.
• The engine compartment of any vehicle is a dangerous area.
Dipstick reading checks too low
Before you perform any work in the engine compartment, turn of
the engine and allow it to cool. Follow the warning stickers - Top off oil to the proper level =>page 225.
=> page 212, "Engine compartment". - Make sure that the oil pressure warning symbol ~
appears no longer in the display before you start driving
0 Note again.
Do not continue driving if the _F_ symbol illuminates. There is a
malfunction in the engine cooling system - you could damage your Dipstick reading checks OK
engine. • - If the ~ symbol starts flashing again even though the
engine oil level checks OK on the dipstick , do not start
driving again and do not let the engine run at idle .
Instead, contact your authorized Audi dealer for assis-
tance.

ment
[i] Tips Dynamic headlight range con-

trol* defective
=> page35
• The engine oil pressure symbol 9:::r. is not an indicator for a low
engine oil level. Do not rely on it. Instead, check the oil level in your Windshield washer fluid level low => page 35
engine at regular intervals, preferably each time you refuel, and
always before going on a long trip. Battery voltage too high or too
=> page35
• The yellow oil level warning indication · requires oil refill or low
workshop service without delay. Do not wait until the red oil pres-
Defective light bulb => page36
sure warning symbol 9:::r. starts to flash before you respond to the
low oil level warning . By then, your engine may already have USA models: => page36
suffered serious damage. • Defective brake light
Canada models: => page36
Yellow symbols Defective brake light
A yellow symbol means WARNING. Light/rain sensor defective (auto- => page 36
matic headlights) * defective
Yellow symbols mean:
Adaptive Light* defective => page 36
Low fuel level => pag e 35 Tire pressure monitoring system * => page 37
Check engine oil level => page35

Yellow symbols indicate a priority 2 malfunction - Warning!
Engine oil sensor malfunction => page35 When a yellow symbol appears, a warning tone will sound once .
- - Check the displayed function as soon as possible . If more than one
priority 2 malfunction is detected, all symbols will appear one after
Worn brake pads => page35
the other for about two seconds.
USA models:
=> page35 To display driver information
Speed warning 1
Canada models:
As an example, the [} symbol appears in the display . If you now
Speed warning 1
=> page35 press the button => page 12, fig. 2 © , the following driver message
-USA models: appears in the display:
=> page35 PLEASE REFUEL
Speed warning 2
-
Canada models: -
=>page35
The driver message in the display goes out after about 5 seconds.
You can display the driver message again by briefly p ressing the
Speed warning 2
button. •
Driver inform ation system
Fuel supply too low [J Speed warning 1 ~ (USA models) / ~ (Canada

models)
When the J symbol illuminates, this means there is about 1.8
gal lons (7 liters) of fue l left in the fuel ta n k. Ti me to ref uel! If the ~ symbo l illuminates, this means you are d riving faste r than
=> page 275. the set vehicle speed . Slow down!=> page 37. •
If the symbo l l ights up, even when t here is ample fuel in the tank,
and the text TANK SYSTEM MA LFUNCTION! CONTACT WORKSHOP
Speed warning 2
appears in the display, there is a fau lt in the system. Contact a qual -
ified workshop to have the fau lt rectified. • -.... (USA models) / l.,...(Canada models)
If the C) symbol il luminates, this means you have driven faster than
Checking the engine oil level _,;. the seco nd set vehic le speed. Slow down! => page 37. •
When the -= symbol illuminates , check the engine oil leve l as soon
Ap plies to veh icles: wi th dynami c head light range adjust ment
as possib le => page 224. Top off the oil at your ear liest opportun ity
=> page 225. • Headlight range control defective
If the il luminates, the dynamic head light range control is no

Engine oil sensor defective
- longer working pr o pe rly. Have t he syste m checked and repa i red at
your authorized Audi dea ler. •
If the _ symbol illuminates, contact your authorized Audi dealer
and have the oil sensor inspected . Unti l you have this done, check
the oi l leve l each time you ref ue l j ust to be on the saf e side Windshield washer fluid level too low .-_j
=> page 224 . •
If the ~ symbol illuminates, add windshie ld washer fluid to the
washer syst em => page 236 . •
Worn brake pads .)
If the symbo l illuminates, contact your authorized Audi dea ler to Battery voltage low ~
have t he front bra ke pads inspected (on that occasion have the rear
brakes inspected as wel l to be safe). • If t he C sy mb ol i llu m i nat es, co nt act your aut hori zed Audi dealer
and have the following components inspected:
• drive belt
• generator
• b at t ery charge

ment
Also see if the generator warning/indicator light illuminates Brake light defective K:U (USA
=> page 19. • models) / (Canada models)
Defective light bulb warning In case of a malfunction or component failure, the acoustic warning
will sound and the symbol &; l[ (USA models)/ (Canada
The defective light bulb warning tells you when a vehicle models) can appear.
light bulb has become defective. The following electrical components should be checked, repaired or
If a defective bulb has been detected by the system or a light bulb replaced, as necessary :
burns out, the symbol with a message appears in the display to • Brake light bulbs
tell you which bulb is burnt out and where it is located. For example: • All wiring connections
REAR LEFT TURN SIGNAL • Brake light switch
After 5 seconds, the message disappears. If you want to recall the Contact your authorized Audi dealer for assistance if necessary.
message into the display, press the CHECK button.
There are three reasons why the defective bulb message would
appear in the display:
[i] Tips
The brake light switch is only inspected as part of the functional
• the light bulb has burnt out=> page 277. check after the engine is started. •
• the fuse is "blown" => page 273, "Replacing a fuse".
• the wire connection to the light bulb is defective. Applies to vehicles: wit h automat ic headlights and rain sensor
Have the bulb replaced or the connection repaired by your autho - Light / rain sensor defective >
rized Audi Service department.
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS/AUTOMATIC WIPERS DEFECTIVE
& WARNING If the symbol illuminates, the light sensor has failed. For safety
reasons the low beams are turned on permanently with the switch
• Light bulbs are pressurized and could explode while they are
in AUTO. However , you can continue to turn the lights on and off
being changed causing serious personal injury.
using the light switch. In the case of a defect in the rain sensor, the
• Work with due care when handling the high-voltage section of windshield wiper lever functions are still available. Have the
gas discharge (xenon) lamps*. Failing to do so could result in death light /rain sensor checked as soon as possible at a dealership. •
or serious injury! •
Appl ies to veh icles: w ith Adaptive Light
Adaptive Light defective •

'
ADAPTIVE LIGHT DEFECTIVE
Driver inform at ion system
When this symbol ' illuminates, it means that Adaptive Light is The speed warning system warns the driver if he exceeds a previ -
defective. Go to a qualified workshop to have the headlights or the ously stored maximum speed . A warning tone wi ll sound as soon as
control unit for the Adaptive Light repaired. • the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed by about 6 miles per hour
(10 km/h). At the same time, a warning symbol appears in the
display=> fig. 23.
App li es to ve hicles: w ith tir e pressure monitor ing system
Tire pressure monitoring system J The speed warning system has two warning thresholds that func -
tion independently of each other and that have somewhat different
Tire pressure that is too low must be corrected as soon as purposes :
possible .
Speed warning 1 ) f ..._(Canada models)
If the ' symbol flashes for about one minute after the igni- You can use speed warning 1 to set the maximum speed while you
tion is switched on and then remains on, there is a malfunc- are driving . This setting will remain in effect until you turn off the
tion in the system. Consult the nearest authorized Audi ignition, assuming that you have not changed or reset the setting.
dealer as soon as possible. The speed warning symbol JI ,....(Canada models) in the warning 1
display appears when you exceed the maximum speed . It goes out
Additional information about the tire pressure monitoring system when the speed falls below the stored maximum speed.
can be found: => page 41. •
The speed warning symbol will also go out if the speed exceeds the
stored maximum speed by more than about 25 mph (40 km/h) for at
least 10 seconds. The stored maximum speed is deleted .
Speed warning system
Setting speed warning 1 => page 38.
Overview Speed warning 2 ...,,,/ e!. (Canada models )
The speed warning system helps you to keep your driving Storing warning 2 is recommended if you always want to be
speed below a set speed limit. reminded of a certain speed, for example when you are traveling in
a country that has a general maximum speed limit, or if you do not
want to exceed a specified speed for winter tires.
The speed warning 2 symbol, / ) (Canada models) appears in the
display when you exceed the stored speed limit. Unlike warning 1,
it wi ll not go out until the vehicle speed drops below the stored
speed limit .
Setting speed warning 2 => page 38.
Fig. 23 Display: speed

warning system

ment
The maximum speed remains stored until it is changed by pressing

[i J Tip s t he button again briefly or unti l it is dele t ed by a lengthy push on the
Even though your vehicle is equ ipped with a speed warning system , but t on . •
you should still watch the speedometer to make sure you are not
driving faste r than the speed limit. •
Speed warning 2 : setting a speed limit
Speed warning 1 : setting a speed limit

Switches in the wiper arm are used to operate warning
threshold 2.
Warning threshold 1 is set by the button.
Fig. 24 Sect ion of Fig. 25 Wi per lever:

instrum ent clust er: Trip computer cont rols
Set/C heck butto n
To stor e maximum s p ee d
Storing the ma x imum speed
- Turn off the ignition.
Drive at the desired maximum speed.
- Briefly press the button in the instrument cluster
- Press t he knob button ~ fig. 24 until t he ~ page 37, => fig. 24 . The odometer and the digital clock are now illu -
fig. 23 symbol appears . mina t ed .
Resetting th e m ax imum spe e d - Press the button for at least 2 seconds. The currently
stored maximum speed appears in the display or the
- Drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 3 mph (5 km/h)
crossed out symbol for warning threshold 2, if no
- Press the knob for more than 2 seconds . maximum speed was set previous ly.
The speed warn ing sy m bol 8 (USA models)/ 8 (Canada models) will - Press the function selector switch in the w iper lever @
appear briefly in the d isplay when you release the button to indica t e => fig. 25 up or down to change the set value . Values run
that the maximum speed has been stored successfully . up or down in steps of 6.2 mph (10 km/h). .,_
To del e t e m a ximum sp ee d Trip computer

- Turn off the ignition.
Introduction
- Briefly press the button in the instrument cluste r
=> page 38, fig . 24. The odometer and the digital clock are The trip computer gives you inf ormation on current and
now illuminated. average fuel mileage, average speed, fuel range and
driving time .
- Press t he button for at least 2 seconds. The curren t ly
stored maximum speed appears in the display.
Press t he reset button in t he w ipe r lever ® => page 38,
fig. 25 un ti l the crossed out speed warni ng symbol fo r
warning threshold 2 appears in t he display.
A few seconds after the adjustment is comp leted, the illumination

for the odometer and the digital clock wi ll go out .
Fig. 26 Trip comput er
display: Average fuel
[i J Tips mi leage
This warning threshold can also be controlled through the trip

computer ~ page 28, "Navigating the menu". • You can switch between the trip computer 1 and 2 by pressing the
Reset button @ ~ page 40, f ig. 27
You can tell which memory level is currently active by the number in
the display ~ fig . 26. The data from the single -trip memory
(memory level 1) is being disp layed if a 1 appears in the display. If a
2 is shown, then the data from the total -trip memory is being
displayed (memory leve l 2).
S in g le -trip mem o ry (Trip c ompute r 1)

The single -t r ip memory stores the trip information from the time the
ignition is turned on until it is turned off. If the trip is continued
within 2 hours from the time the ignition was t urned off, the new
data wi ll be included in the calcu lation of the current trip informa -
tion. If the trip is interrup t ed for more than 2 hours the memory is
reset automatica lly. _,.

ment
To t a l-tr ip m e m ory (Tri p compu t e r 2) Di st ance

Unlike the single -trip memory, the total -tr ip memory is not reset The elapsed distance since the last time the memory was cleared
automatically . This permits you to evaluate your driving data for the appears in the display. The maximum distance that can be recorded
entire period between manua l resets. is 9,999.9 miles (9,999.9 kilometers).
Fu e l ra n ge
The estimated cruising range in miles (km) appears in the display. [i ]Tips
This tells you how far your vehicle will be able to travel on the • Fuel consumptions (average and current), range and speed are
current tank of fuel and with the same driving sty le. The display displayed in metric units on Canadian models.
changes in increments of 6 miles (10 km). • All stored values will be lost if the vehicle battery is
The cruising range is calculated based on the fuel consumption for disconnected . •
t he last 18 miles (30 km). If you drive conservatively, t he cruising
range will increase .
Operation
Ave rage fu e l m ile a g e
The trip computer is controlled by two switches on the
The average fuel economy in MPG (1/100 km) since you last cleared
windshield wiper lever.
the memory appears in this display. You can use this display to
adjust your driving technique to achieve a desired mileage.
C ur re n t fuel mil eage

The instantaneous fuel consumption in mi les per gallon (1/100 km)
is shown in th is d isplay. You can use this display to adjust your
driving technique to achieve a desired mileage.
Fuel consumption is recalcu lat ed at intervals of 33 yards (30
meters). When the vehicle is stationary, the most recent fuel Fig. 27 Wiper arm:
consumption is d isplayed . Wiper lever: contr ols
for t he tr ip com put er
Ave rage s peed
The average speed in mph (km/h) since the last time the display was S e le cting th e fun c tions
reset appears in the display .
Push in the upper (lower) pro t rusion on the function
Ela p se d time se lector switch @ to sc roll up (dow n) through t he trip
The length of time that you have been driving since you last reset computer func t ions~ fig. 27. The functions for the trip
the memory appears in this display. comp uter are displayed in succession on the respect ive
memory leve ls. Keep the switc h pus hed until the desired
display appears . .-,,
Dri ve r infor m at io n sy st e m
Swi tc hin g b et w ee n m e nu le v e ls Tire pressure monitoring system

- Tap the Rest button ® briefly to reach the various menu
levels one after the other ("Computer 1", "Computer 2", General notes
"Navigation system"* and "Start menu") .
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a
Re s e ttin g th e fun ction to z e ro tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significant ly
- Select the desired function.
under -inflated. The TPMS only provides a low tire pressure warning
- Push the reset button ® for at least two seco nds . and does not reinflate your tires.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tellta le illuminates, you
The trip computer only operates when the ignition is on. When you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possib le, and inflate
turn on the ignition, the function that was in use when you last
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
turned the ignition off will be displayed .
inflated t ire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure .
In addition to the trip computer information (memory level 1 or 2)
Under -inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
and navigation information can be displayed. To switch the display
may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
between the different systems, tap the Reset button @ briefly .
You can reset the following values to zero using the reset button:
• driving time
(D Note
• Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
• average mileage maintenance, and it is the driver's respons ib ility to maintain correct
• average speed tire pressure, even if under -inflation has not reached the level to
In addition, all the values in the single -trip or the total-trip memory trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale .
can be de leted simu ltaneously . • Each tire, including the spare, should be checked monthly when
cold and inflated to the inflat ion pressure recommended by the
vehic le manufacturer on the vehicle p lacard or tire inflation pres-
[i ] Tips sure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
• If you hold down the reset button for longer than 2 seconds, the indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure labe l, you
current value (for example, average fuel consumption) will be reset should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for t hose
to zero . tires.) •
• Ma lfunction displays in Auto -Check Control are shown even with
the display switched off.
TPMS malfunction indicator
• All stored values will be lost if the vehicle battery is
disconnected. • Your vehic le has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indi-
cator to indicate when the system is not operating proper ly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure _.,

ment
Dri ve r inf o rm at io n syst e m
telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will intervals, adjusted if necessary and saved in the proper setting
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously (recommended pressure) => pag e 44.
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle
The tire pressure is shown on the label located on the driver 's side
starts up as long as the malfunction exists .
B-pillar (visible when the door is open) .
When the ma lfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not
be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the
& WARNING
installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the • When the tire pressure monitor ing system warn ing light is lit,
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. A lways one or more of your t ires is significantl y unde r-inflated . You should
check the TPMS malfunction tellta le after replacing one or more stop and check your tire s as soon as possible, and inflate them to
tires or whee ls on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or the proper pressure as indicated on th e vehicle's tire pressure
alternate tires and wheels al low the TPMS to continue to f unction label => pag e 242 . Driving on a significantl y under-inflated t ire
proper ly. • causes the tire to overhe at and can lead to tire fa ilure. Unde r-infla-
ti on also is likely to impair the vehicle' s handling and stopping
ability .
Introduction • Do not adju st t ire pressure wh en t ire t emp erature is excessive.
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors air pressure Thi s could lead to serious tire dam age and even cau se the tire t o
burst, w ith the addition al dan ger of an accident .
in all four road wheels while the vehicle is moving.
As soon as the t ire pressure monitoring system senses a significant
loss of air pressure in one or several tires, text messages and yel low
W For the sake of the environment
symbo ls appear in the instrument cluster display to alert the driver. Driving with under -inflated tires reduces fuel efficiency and tire
The warning light in the instrument cluster comes on when the tread life.
tire is significantly underinflated => page 17.
The warning light also illuminates in the case of a system [i ] Tips
malfunction . • Each tire should be checked month ly when the temperature of
Be aware that tire pressure is also dependent on the temperature of the t ires is abou t the same as ambient air temperature and set to the
the tire . For every 18 °F (10 °C) increase in tire temperature, tire pres- recommended inflation pressure as specified on the tire pressure
sure increases by about 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) . The tire warms up while the label => page 242.
vehic le is moving and tire pressure rises. So you should adjust tire • The factory supplied spare whee l is equipped with a sen sor for
pressure on ly when they are cold, wh en the temperature of the tires the tire pressure monitoring sys t em. As long as the spare wheel is
is roughly the same as the ambient air temperature. n ot mounted, the tire pressure of this tire wil l not be monitored.
In order to keep the tire pressure monitoring system properly ca li- • The tire pressure monitoring system he lps the driver to keep an
brated, tire pressure on all four tires should be checked at regular eye on ti re pressures . But the driver still has the responsibility f o r
maintaining t he correct tire pressure . .,_
• Tire pressure must only be adjusted when the temperature of the Stop driving as soon as possible without endangering
tires is about the same as ambien t air temperature. yourself and other drivers on the road .
• When tires are replaced, the sensors and valves should not be
- Inspect all tires.
exchanged. The valve core, nut, valve seali ng and seal washer
(replacement kit) needs to be replaced. If necessary, the valve and Change the tire if necessary ~ page 267.
the wheel electronics have to be rep laced .
• If you should put different wheels and tires on your vehicle (e.g. The ._ warning light in the instrument cluster comes on when the
winter wheels and tires), you must be certain that the wheels and tire is significantly underinflated .
tires are compatible with the tire pressure monitoring system. In addition, the tire symbol (_, appears in the display together with
Otherwise the system will register a malfunction and a fau lt the message Please check tire pressure => fig. 28.
message will be displayed. For more information, contact your Audi
dea ler. After a few seconds, the message disappears again. If you would
like to show the message again, press the Set/Check button
• Adjust the tire pressure and store the pressure in the tire pres-
sure monitoring system to the load you are carrying . •
=> page 12, fig. 2 ©-
Significant loss of air pressure \-, 1

[i ] Tips
• In the case of an intentional loss of air pressure, for example,
The yellow symbol appears in the event of a significant when re-adjusting tire pressure, this has to be stored again after -
loss of air pressure. wards => page 44.
• Tire pressure must only be adjusted when the temperature of the
t ires is about the same as ambient air temperature.
• The yellow symbol disappears, when the tire pressure is
corrected and the new pressure is stored in the system=> page 44.
• After changing a wheel or replacing a wheel with the spare tire
you have to adjust the tire pressures on all wheels. In add ition , you
must then initia lize the new tire pressures in the tire pressure moni -
toring system => page 44. •
Fig. 28 Display: yellow
symbol with message
If the • warning light in the instrument cluster comes on

and then the ( symbol appears in the display~ fig. 28,
pressure in at least one t ir e is too low.

ment
Storing tire pressures Following each intentional change in specified pressures, ti re pres -
sures must be resaved.
Correct storage of specified pressure is the basic require-
After the pressures are saved, the tire pressure monito ring system
ment for reliable tire pressure monitoring.
measures the current tire pressures and saves them as the new
spec ified pressures .
[i ] Tip s
• The tire pressure is shown on the tire pressure labe l. The tire
pressur e label is located on t he driv er's sid e B-pillar (visible when
the door is open). The tire pressure label l ists the recommended
cold tir e inflation pressur es for the vehic le at its maximum capacity
Fig. 29 SET-butt on: weigh t and the tires that were on your vehicle at the t ime it was
Tire p ressure moni-
t oring syste m
manufactured . For recommended tire pressures for norma l load
conditions, please see chapter ~ page 242.
In order for the tire pressure monitori ng system to operate • The tire pressure monitoring syst em helps the driver to keep an
eye on tire pressures. But the driver still has the responsibility for
appropr iately, you have to re-save t he specified pressures
maintaining t he cor rect tire pressure . •
whenever you adjust tire pressures, for example when the
load co ndition of your vehicle changes. Proceed as fo ll ows:
Wheel change
Corr ec ting tir e pr es sure
If a wh eel is ch a nged, the w heels tha t were exchan g ed
Check the pressure in the t ires.
have to be re-programmed.
- Adjust air pressure as needed to comply w ith the infor-
- Turn on the ignition.
mat ion on the label located on the driver's side B-pillar
(visible when the door is open) . - Press the button :::>fig. 29 for approximately 5 seconds .
You will hear a beep and the symbol in the button flashes
Saving tire pressures three times.
- Turn on the igniti on.
Programming is necessary :
- Press t he button :::>fig . 29 f or app rox imately 5 seconds. • after the t ires have been rotated on the vehicle, or the spare tire
You will hear a beep and the symbol in the instrument is used,
cluster flashes three t imes .
• if tires with new wheel sensors are used .
All pressure warning indicators in the d isplay will be canceled. All pressure warning indicators in the disp lay wil l be canceled . The
system malfunction error message will not disapp ear until the .,_
vehicle is underway . With pressing the button=> fig . 29, the re- • A wheel change was made but the button =>page 44, fig . 29 was
programming of the new sensors and storing of actual pressures not pressed .
starts . This learn ing phase can take up to 10 minutes driving time. • Audi replacement parts were not used.
During the learning process the tire pressure monitoring system is • If snow chains are being used, system function can be compro-
not avai lable. • mised due to the shielding properties of the chains.
• The tire pressure monitoring system may not be available
Malfunctions T =»'\,AC.: because of a radio malfunction.
• Transmitters with the same frequency, such as radio head -
A malfunction can have various causes. phones in the vehic le or radio equipment, can cause a t emporary
disruption of the system through excessive electromagnetic fields.
• Eliminate the interference if possible / if you can and then
proceed as follows: Turn off the engine for 20 minutes . Then drive
another 10 min. If the warning light comes on again, you should
contact your authorized Audi dealer immediately to have the
problem corrected.
• Do not use commercially available tire sealants. Otherwise, the
electrica l components of the tire pressure monitoring system will
Fig. 30 Display: no longer work properly and the sensor for the tire pressure moni-
System malfunction toring system will have to be replaced by a qualified workshop. •
If the t \ warning li ght in the instrument cluster flashes for approxi -

mately one minute and then remains continuously illuminated and
Certification
additionally the r fin'- => fig. 30 symbo l appears in the display, the
tire pressure monitoring system is not available. This can have This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS-210.
various causes . Operation is subject to the following conditions:
• If the message appears at the end of the learning process, the • this device may not cause harmful interference, and
system cannot recognize the wheels installed on the vehicle. This • this device must accept interference received, includ ing interfer -
can be because one or more wheels without a whee l sensor were ence that may cause undesired operation.
installed.
The receiver 5WK49069 uses the same schematic, assembly, layout
• A wheel sensor or other component may have failed . and PCB as 5WK49097. 5WK49097 is a multi channe l receiver and
• During initia lization the system has detected more than 4 wheels 5WK49069 is a single channel receiver . They only differ in: SAW-
on the vehicle, for example whi le driving next to another car with a Filter V1_4 was changed from A2C00038979 to V1_2 A2C00032378,
tire pressure monitoring system. Inductor L5_3 and L6_233nH were changed to L5_2 and L6_247nH.
BAND PASS FILTERV3_2 was changed from A2C00038762 to V3_3
A2C00036085. V10: ATIC75 C1, A2C000029505 was changed to V10: .,,,

ment
ATIC75 C2-Light, A2C000043220. 01 14.246MHz A2C00037710 was

changed to 01 15.27MHz A2C00041280. The BAND PASS FILTERV2
is not populated.
These modifications were necessary to optimize the characteristic
of the receiver.
Proof is shown with test report T30739-00-00KJ issued by Mikes-
Testingpartners GmbH, Ohmstral5e 2-4, 94342 Strasskirchen that
the receiver is below the limit. •
Opening and closing
Opening and closing
Keys Registered remote keys

You can chec k to find out how many remote keys have been regi s-
Key set te red t o you r v ehicl e. Theref ore, wh en buy i ng a used vehicle , ma ke
sure to get all of t he remote keys that belong to it.
Calling up t he registered remote keys => page 27.
& WARNING
• Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the igni-
tion lock. Entry by unauthorized persons could endanger you or
result in theft or damage the vehicle . Always lock all doors and
take the key.
• Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, especially with
Fig . 3 1 Key set
access to vehicle keys. Unguarded access to the keys provides
children the opportunity to start the engine and/ or activate vehicle
© Master key with remote control systems such as the power windows etc . Unsupervised operation
You can centrally lock and unlock your vehicle and start the engin e of any vehicle system by children can result in serious injury.
wi t h t he mast er key w it h remote co ntr o l.
@ Valet key [i ] Tips

The va let key onl y fi t s t he lock in th e d riv er's do or and th e ig nit ion • If yo u open th e dri ver's d oo r with the key left in the ig n it ion loc k,
lock . If you have to leave the key with somebody else, you are well- a chi me will sound . Thi s is your rem inde r to remove the key an d lock
advised to tu rn over t he valet key on ly. t he do or.
Be aware th at t he rear li d and glove com partme nt can be opened • For security reasons, replacement keys are only available from
from inside the vehicle usi ng the release buttons . Audi deale rs. •
© Emergency key
The emerge n cy key is only fo r tempo rary use if the vehicle key
should be lost or misp laced=> & .
Key replacement
If you lose a key, contact your authorized Audi dea ler immedia t ely
t o have th e Jost key disa bl ed. Be sure t o br ing all yo ur keys wit h yo u.

ment
Opening and closing
Master key with remote control Check light in remote master key
The remote control allows you to lock or unlock the The check light in the remote master key indicates the
vehicle electronically. state of charge of the battery.
"'
N
0
i
Fig. 32 Fold-up master

key with remote Fig. 33 Check light in
control the master key
- To fold the key out and back in place, press the release State of master key battery
button =:> fig. 32. When a button is pressed, the check light flashes => fig. 33 (arrow).
If the check light does not come on or flash, the battery is dead and
The transmitter and battery are located in the head of the remote has to be replaced.
control. The receiver is located inside the vehicle. The maximum
Battery replacement=> page 49. •
effective range depends on several things. Remember, if the battery
is weak, the effective range decreases.
If you need to replace the remote control, or if you need to have it
repaired, you must see your authorized Audi dealer. Only then can
you use the key again.
[i ] Tips
• If the ignition is switched on , the remote control system is deac-
tivated.
• The remote control system can be affected by other systems
operating in the same frequency range close to the vehicle, such as
mobile telephones, television broadcasting stations, etc. •
Op e ning and c lo sing
Master key battery replacement

[i ] Tips
Each master key contains a battery housed under the The replacement battery must be the same specification as the
cover. origina l. •
Electronic immobilizer
The immobilizer helps to prevent unauthorized use of
your vehicle.
A computer chip inside your key automatically deactivates the elec-
tronic immobilizer when you insert the key in the ignition lock.
When you remove the key from the ignition lock, the electronic
Fig. 34 Master key:
immobil izer is automatically activated once again.
openi ng th e cover
If an unauthorized key was used, SAFE is displayed continuously in
We recommend having the battery cha nged by an autho- the odometer display field .
rized dealership. However, if y o u wish to replace the dead
battery y ourself, proceed as follows : & WARNING
- Pry apart the base => fig. 34 @ and the cove r @ carefully Alway s t ake the key with you when you leave the vehi cle. The key
with a coin. can disarm the electroni c engine immob ilizer and permit an unau-
thori zed person to start the engine and enabl e ope ration of the
- Remove the cove r (arrow).
vehicle systems such as power w indow or power t op leading to
- Remove the dead battery from the cover. serious personal injury.
- Insta ll the new battery . Please make ce rtain t hat t he" +"
sign on t he batte ry faces down . Correct po larity is shown [i ] Tips
on t he cover . • Your engine can only be started using the fac t ory -equipped key.
• You may not be ab le to start your vehicle if an ignition key of a
- Place the cover w ith th e new bat t ery on t he key base and
different vehicle make is also loca t ed on your set of keys . •
press both parts together .
<i>For the sake of the environment Certification

Dispose of dead batteries proper ly so as not to pol l ute the environ -
The remote control device comp lies with
ment.
• USA models : Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

ment
Op e nin g a nd c lo s in g
• Canada models: RSS-210 of Industry Canada . The selective unlock feature makes it possible to open just the
Operation is subject to the following conditions: driver's door.
If the power locking system should malfunction, you can lock and
• this device may not cause harmful interference, and
unlock each lock individually using the vehicle key.
• this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation. A ut o m a t ic lock in g*
The automatic locking feature locks all the vehicle doors and the
0 Note
rear lid when you drive faster than 9 mph (15 km/h) .
You can unlock the vehicle from the inside by:
The manufacturer is not responsible for ANY RADIO OR TV interfer-
ence caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment. • removing the key from the ignition switch (the vehicle wi ll auto -
Changes or modifications to this unit not express ly approved by the matically un lock itself) or
party responsib le for comp liance could void the user's authority to
• pressing the unlock part of the power lock switch oc:'i:l
or
operate the equipment . •
pulling the door handle (to open the door).
If you wish, you can have an authorized Audi dealer convert your
Power locking system power door lock system to automatic locking .
General description Unlo c king / locking t he v e hi c le

When you unlock your vehicle:
The power locking system Jocks or unlocks all doors
• The anti -theft alarm system is deactivated briefly .
simultaneously.
• The vehicle interior lights illuminate for approximate ly 30
The power locking system in your vehicle incorpora t es the following seconds.
functions:
When you lock the vehicle:
• Central locking function
• All doors are locked .
• Remote contro l feature =>page 48.
• The anti-theft alarm system is activated.
• Anti -Theft Alarm System =>page 56.
• The vehicle interior lights turn off.
You can lock and un lock the veh icle from outside either with the • The anti-theft alarm system is activated . The horn of the anti -
keys or the remot e control transmitter inside the master key. theft alarm system wi ll sound and the anti -theft alarm system readi -
Act ivatin g t he powe r locking syste m locks or unlocks all doors ness light, located in the center of the i nstrument panel below the
simult aneously. windshie ld on the right side of the air vent, will start to blink. .,_
You can also open or close the windows when you lock or unlock the
driver's door using the key. For safety reasons, you cannot use the
remote contro l to open/close the windows .
Opening and closing
Unlocking and locking the vehicle with the

& WARNING remote control
• When you lock your vehicle from outside, nobody - especially
How the remote control works.
children · should remain inside the vehicle. Remember, when you
lock the vehicle from the outside the windows cannot be opened
from the inside.
• When you leave the vehicle, always remove the ignition key and
take it with you. This will prevent passengers (children, for
example) from accidentally being locked in the vehicle should they
accidentally press the power locking switch.
• Do not leave children inside the vehicle unsupervised. In an
emergency it would be impossible to open the doors from the Fig. 35 Remote
outside without the key. control : function
buttons
[i J Tips Whether only the driver's door or the entire vehicle is

• In the event of a crash with airbag deployment all locked doors unlocked when the opening button @ is pressed once,
will be automatically unlocked to give access to the vehicle occu - depends on the settings in the Driver information system
pants from the outside .
Central locking menu =>page 27.
• If the power locking system should malfunction, you can lock
each door individually using the vehicle key. To unlock the vehicle m
• If the power locking system should fail, you can still open the - Press button @ .
fuel tank flap in an emergency=> page 218.
• You are well advised not to keep valuables inside an unattended - Press button © two times within two seconds to unlock
vehicle, visible or not . Even a properly locked vehicle cannot provide all doors and the rear lid .
the security of a safe! •
To lock the vehicle 63
- Press button @ => & in "General description" on
page 50.
- Watch that all turn signal lights flash once.
To unlock rear lid only e::5
- Press button @ for approximately one second.

ment
Op e nin g a nd c lo s in g
PANIC B utton vehic le working in the same frequency range (e.g. a cell phone,
radio equipment).
- Push the red button @ to activate the panic function. The
horn sounds and the turn signals flash. • In order to make sure the locking function is working, you should
always keep your eye on the vehic le to make sure it is properly
- Push the button ® again to deactivate the panic func- locked .
tion. • Do not use the remote control if you are inside the car, otherwise
you may unintentionally lock the vehicle, and then you would set off
The remote controls allows you to: the an t i-theft alarm when you try to start the engine or open a door.
• lock or unlock the vehicle In case this happens anyhow, push the unlock button@ .
• selectively unlock the rear lid. • Use the panic func t ion only if you are in an emergency
situation. •
The turn signals wi ll flash briefly whenever you lock or unlock the
vehic le. Also, the interior light will come on or go off whenever you
open or close the driver's door. Resetting the remote control
The transmitter and battery are located in the head of the remote
The remote con trol must be reset if the vehicle does not
control. The receiver is located inside the vehicle. The maximum
effective range depends on several things. Remember, if the battery unlock.
is weak, the effective range decreases.
- Press the unlock IIIbutton on the remote control.
The remote -contro l key contains a fo ld -out key that you can use to
manually lock or unlock the vehicle and to start the engine.
- Unlock or lock the vehicle once at t he door lock using the
stem of the remote control key.
If you need to replace the remote contro l, or if you need to have it
repaired, you must see your authorized Audi dealer . On ly then can The synchronization process must not take longer than 30
you use the key again. seco nds. •
& WARNING
Read and follow all WARNINGS ~ & in "General description " on
page 50.
[i J Tips
• The remote control key is automatically deactivated when the
ignition is switched on.
• The operation of the remote control key can be temporarily
disrupted by interference from transmitters in the vicinity of the
Opening and closing
Operating locks vvith the key Locking and unlocking the vehicle from inside
To lock and unlock the vehicle from the outside, turn the The vehicle can be locked or unlocked from the inside
key in the lock of the driver's door. using the power locking switch.
C
Fig. 37 Section from
Fig. 36 Key turns for center console : Central
opening and closing. locking switch
To unlock the vehicle Hovv to lock all doors simultaneously

- Inse rt the key into the lock of the driver's door. - Press the upper part of the power locking switch &.
6:\:::::,
- Turn the key one time to position @ to unlock the driver's Hovv to unlock all doors simultaneously
door.
- Press lower part of the switch@.
- Turn the key two times to position @ :::::,fig. 36 to unlock
all doors. Hovv to unlock each door separately using the
door handle
To lock the vehicle
- Pull t he door handle once to release the lock.
- Close all windows and doors properly.
- Pull the handle to open the door.
- Turn the key in the lock of the driver's door to the lock
&
position @ :::::, in "General description" on page 50. If you lock the vehicle using the power locking switch , please note
the following:
& WARNING • You cannot open the doors or the rear lid from the outside
(increased security, for example when you are stopped at a red
Always read and heed WARNING => & in "General description" on light).
page 50. • • You can unlock and open the doors from the inside by pulling on
the door handle. ~

ment
Opening and closing
• If the driver 's door is opened (after you have locked the vehicle
from the inside using the power locking switch), the door will
remain unlocked to prevent you from locking yourself out of your
vehicle. After you close the door, you have to lock the driver 's door
again.
• If you have a crash and the airbag is activated, the doors auto -
matically unlock .
Fig. 39 Emergency
& WARNING locking of the front

passenger's door
• If you use the power locking switch with the doors closed,
remember that all the vehicle doors will lock. For this purpose, a mechanical lock i ng device is provided on
the end panel of the passenger door (only visible when the
• Locking doors from the inside can help prevent inadvertent
door opening during an accident and can also prevent unwanted
door is open).
entry from the outside . Locked doors can, however, delay assis- Open the door.
tance to vehicle occupants and hold up rescue efforts from the
outside in an accident or other emergency. • - Remove the cap =>fig. 38.
Insert the key into t he inner slot => fig. 39 and turn it
Emergency locking about 90 degrees to the right as far as it can go.
If the power locking system fails (power failure), you will Replace the cap.
need to lock the passenger door separately.
After you close the door you will not no longer be able to open it
from the outside.
You can open it from the inside, however, by pulling on the door
latch twice. •
Fig. 38 Emergency
lock location on the
front passenger's door
Opening and closing
Rear lid / trunk lid & WARNING !continued)

Opening and closing rear lid • To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into
the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving. Never
You can open the rear lid from inside the vehicle using a transport objects larger than those which fit completely into the
switch in the driver's door. luggage area, because then the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
• Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid
left open. A child could crawl into the car through the luggage
compartment and pull the lid shut, becoming trapped and unable
to get out. To reduce the risk of personal injury, never let children
play in or around your vehicle . Always keep the rear lid as well as
the vehicle doors closed when not in use.
[i] Tips
Fig. 40 Driver's door: • If the rear lid is open or not properly locked when the ignition is
remote rear lid release turned on, the door and rear lid warning~ page 24 appears in the
instrument cluster display.
Opening the rear lid • If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is unlocked with the m iddle
- Press the center button e::5 on the master key or pull the button ~ on the remote key, the rear lid is automatically locked
release button C::5 in the dr iver's door => fig. 40. The rear again immediately after closing . This is indicated by the turn signals
lid is unlocked. blinking. •
Opening rear lid

- Lift the rear lid.
Closing the rear lid

- Pull the rear lid down and allow it to drop gently => & .
& WARNING
• After closing the rear lid, always pull up on it to make sure that
it is properly closed. Otherwise it could open suddenly when the
vehicle is moving.
Cont ro ls and eq uip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
Op e ning and c losing
Rear Lid Emergency Release Anti-theft alarm system

If the rear li d cannot be opened, an emergency relea se is The an ti-thef t alarm triggers an alarm if anyone attempts
provided. to break into the vehicle .
Fig. 41 Stor age

comp a rtm ent betw een
th e seat backs
--- Fig. 43 Diode positi on
in th e instru me nt pan el
The ant i-theft alarm system triggers an audible alarm and turns on
the emergency flasher if an unauthorized inte rference with the
vehic le is sensed by the system.
How is t he anti -theft a larm sy s tem switched on ?

The anti-theft alarm system is switched on when you lock the
driver's door manually using the f old-out key, or when you use the
remote control. The system is activated approximate ly 30 seconds
Fig. 42 Ha ndle for after the vehicle is locked. The indicator light ~ fig. 43 starts
emergency release flashing rapidly for 30 seconds and then blinks slowly .
- Pull the handle on the lid in t he dir ecti o n of t he arrow How is the anti-theft alarm sy s tem switched off ?
=>page 56, fig . 41 and swing the lid d ow nwa rd. The ant i-t heft alarm system is switched off only when you use the
remote control to unl ock your vehicle. If you do not open a doo r
- Remove the handle f rom its anchor . wi t hin 30 seconds after you have unlocked with the remote control ,
the vehic le will lock itse lf again automatically .
Pull the handle => fig. 42 in the direction of the arrow.
If you lock just the driver's door using your key, the front
& WARNING passenger's door and the rear lid remain locked.
Never operate the emergen cy release for the tr unk lid while the
vehicle is moving . •
Op e ning and c lo sing
Wh e n w ill the anti th e ft a la rm sys t e m be t rigge r e d ? • When you open the vehicle from the driver's door using the key,
When the vehicle is locked, the alarm system mon itors and protects the central locking swi t ch wi ll work only after you have swi t ched on
the following parts of t he vehicle : the ignition . •
• engine compartment
• luggage compartment Power windows
• doors
• ignition Controls
When the system is activated, the alarm will be triggered if one of The driver can operate all windows.
the doors , the engine hood or the rear lid are opened, or if the igni-
tion is turned on .
The anti -theft alarm syst em will also go off when the battery is
disconnected .
You can also trigger the alarm by pressing the PANIC button on your
remo t e-control key. This will alert other people in case of emer-
gency. Press the PANICbutton again to turn off the alarm.
H ow is the ant i-th e ft al a rm sw it c he d o ff wh e n Fig. 44 Driver's door:

pow er w indow
t riggered ?
swit ches
The alarm system is switched off when you unlock the vehic le using
t he remote -con t ro l key or when the ignition is swi tched on . The M
alarm will also switch itse lf off when it comes to the end of its cycle . ;g
0
Emerg e n c y fla s her

i
The emergency flasher wil l b link brief ly when the doors, engine
hood and rear lid are properly closed .
If the emergency flashers do not blink, check the doors, engine hood
and rear lid to make sure they are properly closed. If you close a
Fig. 45 Passenger's
door, the hood or the rear lid with the anti-theft alarm switched on, door: power window
the emergency flashers will blink only after you have closed the swi tc h
door or lid.
If the respective switch is pushed or pulled the window wil l
[i ] Tips open or close. The power window sw itches have a two-posi -
tion function : 1)1,
• For the ant i-t heft alarm system to function properly, make sure
all vehicle doors and windows are closed before leaving the vehicle.

ment
Opening and closing
Opening the windows & WARNING (continued)

- Press the switch and hold it down until the window has
reached the desired position. • If you lock your vehicle from the outside, no one, especially chil-
dren, should remain in the vehicle.
- Press the switch briefly to open the window automati- • Do not stick anything on the windows or the windshield that
cally. By briefly pressing the switch again, the downward may interfere with the driver's field of vision.
travel of the window can be stopped in any position
=>& .
[i] Tips
Closing the windows • When the doors are opened, the windows are automatically
lowered 10 mm.
- Pull the switch and hold it until the window has reached
• The windows can still be opened and closed for about ten
the desired position.
minutes after the ignition has been turned off. The power windows
- Pull the switch briefly to close the window automatically. are not shut off until one of the front doors is opened . •
By briefly pressing the switch again, the upward travel of
the window can be stopped in any position => & .
Convenience close / open feature
Switch @ :::::,page 57, fig. 44 operates the window in the driver's You can close or open the windows from outside when
door.
you lock or unlock your car with the key.
Switch @ operates the window in the front passenger's door.
& WARNING
• Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, especially with
access to vehicle keys. Unsupervised use of the keys can result in
starting of the engine and use of vehicle systems such as power
windows, etc. which could result in serious injury.
• Remember - you can still open or close the power windows for
Fig. 46 Key turns for
about ten minutes after the ignition is switched off. Only when opening and closing
either of the front doors are opened are the power windows
switched off.
Closing the windows
• Be careful when closing the windows. Check to see that no one
is in the way, or serious injury could result! - Insert the key into the lock of the driver's door.
• Always remove the ignition key whenever you leave your - Make sure that the windows are not blocked =>& .
vehicle.
Opening and closing
- Turn and hold the key in the lock pos ition @ => fig. 46 Reactivating close/open feature
until the w indows are completely closed. - Pull and hold the power window switch until the window
is completely closed.
Opening the windows
- Insert the key into the lock of the dr iver's door . - Release the switch.
- Turn and hold the key in the open position @. - Pull the switch again for one second. The automatic
closing/opening is now reactivated. •
Opening/closing power top
- See => page 63, "Conven ience open ing and closing of
power top " to operate power top with the key.
The automatic close function will cease if the key is released . For
saf ety reasons it is not poss ibl e to open and close the power top
with the remote control key.
& WARNING
• Be careful when closing the windows. Check to see that no one
is in the way, or serious injury could result!
• Always read and heed WARNING ~ /.1in "General description"
on page 50. •
Reactivating the system after battery

disconnection
Reactivating the convenience close/open feature
If the vehicle battery is disconnected and then reconnected,
the automatic closing and opening function will not work
until it is reactivated. To reactivate this feature, perform the
following steps:

ment
Folding top
Folding top
Folding top This is especially important if it happens to be stowed while still

damp on occasion.
General • Because the fabric becomes less flexible when temperatures
drops below zero, we recommend not operating the folding top
below0°C.
The comprehensively engineered design of the fabric folding top
allows it to be operated quickly and simply. When open, the folding
top is stowed completely in a tonneau provided specifically for this
purpose.
& WARNING
• When operating the folding top, make sure that any external
In normal operating conditions, the folding top is wind - and water - factors {e.g. the wind) do not impair its function or endanger other
proof. Under certain circumstances, a small quantity of droplets drivers.
might form, but only in extremely inclement weather, e.g. torrential
• Never drive while the folding top is not properly secured. Other-
or continuous heavy rain. This is normal and not a cause for
wise, it may be pulled open by the wind. This can cause injuries
concern .
and damage to the vehicle - danger of an accident!
Follow the care instructions => page 203, "Folding top care" to main -
• When opening and closing the folding top make sure to keep
tain the folding top's attractive appearance and to keep it wind- and
yourself and others clear of all moving parts. Risk of injury!
waterproof. Please follow these instructions as well:
• Stow and open the folding top only when it is clean . When the
top is folded away, sharp -edged contaminants can build up as silt 0 Note
and cause wear spots on the rear window, which may damage the • Always make sure that there is enough clearance above the
folding top over time. Of course, ice and snow should also be vehicle so that the folding top is not damaged when opening and
removed before opening the folding top. closing.
• Under no circumstances should you use sharp -edged or abrasive • Do not place any objects in the tonneau to avoid damage when
objects to remove ice and snow. Use a commercial ice scraper to opening the folding top.
remove ice from of the rear window.
• The folding top should be opened only if it is completely dry . If
the folding top is opened and then stored wet, unattractive indenta -
[i] Tips
tions may develop. In addition, over time, mold and mildew stains • The folding top should be operated only with the ignition
can develop. switched on.
• Do not leave the folding top open for several weeks at a time; • When parking the car with the folding top open, bear in mind
instead, open and close it from time to time so that the fabric does that the vehicle's interior is not protected from damage due to unex-
pected weather conditions, or unauthorized access. It is therefore
not discolor where it folds, and to prevent creases from forming.
advisable to close the folding top before leaving the vehicle. If ~
Folding top
objects are left inside the vehicle , they should be locked in the - Push the released folding top up by the locking handle
luggage compartment. • and open it about the width of a hand ~ fig. 48.
- Exit the vehicle.
Applies to vehicles: with manual folding top
Opening the Folding Top Manually - Lift the folding top at the front and guide it to rear into
the storage compartment as far as it will go.
- Push the folding top down into the tonneau until you
hear it click into place.
- Fold the covers down ~ page 66, fig. 56.
The folding top is completely open when the indicator light in the
instrumen t cluster goes out. The door windows are automatically
lowered about 20 mm while the top is opening.
LY.
Fig. 47 Locking handle
& WARNING
For safety reasons, the folding top may only be unlocked when the
vehicle is stationary . •
App li es to ve hi cles: with manua l folding top
Closing the Folding Top Manually
Fig. 48 Folding top

open a hand's width
- Apply the hand brake firmly.

- Remove any objects from the storage compartment to
prevent damage to the folding top and the rear window.
Fig. 49 Handle
- Fold the locking handle down ~ fig . 47. between the seatbacks ...
- Turn the handle counter-clockwise as far as it will go and
hold it .
Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I Technical data

ment
Folding top
[i ]Tips
The indicator light for the folding top goes out as soon as it is
correctly lat ched . •
Appl ies to vehic les: with p owe r fo ld ing top
Opening and Closing the Folding Top

Automatically ~
Fig. 50 Locking handle
Apply the hand brake firmly.

- Pull the handle ~ page 61, fig. 49 between the seatbacks
to unlock the fold ing top.
- Exit the vehicle.
- Fold the covers upward ~ page 66, fig. 55.
Fig. 51 Switch for
- Lift the folding top and guide the frame forward folding top actuation
~ fig. 50.
- Get back into the vehicle. Automatically Opening the Folding Top
Swing the locking handle down ~ page 61, fig. 47. - Turn on the ignition.
Turn t he handle counter-clockwise as far as it will go and - Remove any objects from the storage compartment to
pull the top down into the latch. prevent damage to the folding top and the rear window.
Turn the handle clockwise as far as it will go. - Pull and hold onto the switch throughout the opening
procedure.
- Fold the latch handle back into its recess.
Automatically Closing the Folding Top
& WARNING - Turn on the ignition.
Never drive the vehicle with the top not properly latched! Other - - Remove any objects from the storage compartment to
wise there is a risk that the top will be opened by the wind . This prevent damage to the folding top and the rear window . ..,
can result in injuries and damage to the vehicle.
Folding top
- Press and hold the switch down throughout the closing Ap plies to veh icles: with power fo ld ing top
procedure. Convenience opening and closing of power

top
The folding top is completely open or closed when the indicator
light <:- in the instrument cluster goes out. The door windows are The power top can alternatively be opened and closed by
automatically lowered about 20 mm while the top is opening . turning the key in the driver's door Jock.
& WARNING
Never drive the vehicle with the top not properly latched! Other-
wise there is a risk that the top will be opened by the wind. This
can result in injuries and damage to the vehicle.
[i] Tips Fig. 52 Keyturns for

• Opening and closing the automatic convertible top is possible opening and closing
below posted speed limits in city driving . At speeds above 4 mph (6 the power top
km/h), you can use the "convenience opening" function. The folding
top is completely opened by briefly pulling on the switch. Please note that convenience opening requires one addi-
• The indicator light for the folding top goes out as soon as it is tional action for vehicles equipped with anti-theft alarm.
correctly latched . This applies to convenience closing as well.
• In order not to discharge the battery unnecessarily, the top
should not be low ered or raised several times in succession with the
Convenience opening
engine not running. - Press the unlock button CDon the remote control key to
• If the indicator light for the folding top flashes when the switch unlock the vehicle.
is actuated, there is a malfunction. •
- Turn the key in the driver door once to position @
=>fig. 52.
- Within two seconds turn the key a second time and hold
it in this position until the power top has completely
retracted.
Convenience closing
- Turn the key in the driver door once to position @
=> fig. 52.

ment
Folding top
- Within two seconds turn the key a second time and hold Retracting wind deflector
it in this position until the power top has completely - Keep the switch for the wind deflector depressed until it
closed. is fully retracted.
Opening or closing motion stops immediately as soon as you The wind deflector is extended and retracted electrically .
release t he key. For safety reasons, it is not possible to activate the
convenience feature with the remote control.
& WARNING
& WARNING • The wind deflector may not be used for securing cargo.
• Always watch the wind deflector carefully while it is closing.
When opening and closing the power top make sure to keep your-
Fingers can be trapped painfully in the mechanism!
self and others clear of all moving parts. Risk of injury! •
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w ith w ind def lecto r

[i ] Tips
• Extension is interrupted immediat ely the sw itch is releas ed.
Wind Deflector
• The wind deflector is most effective if all the windows are
The wind deflector reduces turbulence in the passenger raised. •
compartment and makes driving more comfortable.
N
"'
Emergency Operation of the Folding
I Top
App li es to ve hi cles: w ith powe r fo ld ing to p
General information
Fig. 53 Section from The folding top can be closed manually if it malfunctions.
center console: Switch
for wind deflector - Set the parking brake.
operation
- Open the windows.
Extending wind deflector - Remove the key from the ignition.
Pull the switch for wind deflector operation.
Close the folding top manually only in an emergency situation . The
- Release the switch as soon as the wind deflector is best way course of act ion is to contact your dealership to have the
completely extended. cause of the malfunction corrected. .,
Folding top
The folding top's emergency operation basically consists of the Ap plies to vehi cles: w it h pow er fo ld ing to p
following steps: Step 1: Depressurizing the hydraulic system
• Depressurize the hydraulic system for operating the folding top:
The hydraulic system pump must be depressurized.
• Unlock the covers: The covers must be manually unlocked and
positioned.
• Raise the folding top: The folding top must be manually lifted out
of its well and raised.
-
• Lock the folding top: The latches for the folding top must be
Fig. 54 Hydraulic
locked with the emergency lock key.
pump: Emergency
• Close the hydraulic system's emergency operation bolt: Turn the operation bolt in the
emergency operation bolt => fig. 54 to the right to close the trunk
hydraulic system that operates the folding top .
- Open the trunk lid. If the rear lid cannot be opened, an
& WARNING -
emergency release is provided => page 56.
Swing the luggage compartment floor upwards.
• When raising the folding top, take care not to reach into the
linkage that operates the folding top or any of its other moving - Take out the screwdriver and the crank. The crank is
parts. Otherwise, your hands may be trapped in the mechanism - located under the electric air pump for the tire repair kit*
risk of injury! => page 264, fig. 168.
• Never drive while the folding top is not properly secured . Other-
wise, it may be pulled open by the wind. This can cause injuries - Insert the screwdriver through the slit in the carpeting
and damage to the vehicle - danger of an accident! => fig. 54.
- Turn the emergency operation bolt to the left to depres-
[i] Tips surize the hydraulics that operate the folding top. •
Get a second person help you to close the folding top. It is much
easier to raise the folding top with the help of a second person. •

ment
Folding top
Ap pli es to veh icles: with powe r fo ld ing top Appl ies to vehic les: with power fo ld ing top
Step 2: Raising the covers Step 3: Closing the folding top

The folding top must be raised by hand.
Fig. 55 Covers closed

Fig. 57 Lifting the
folding top out by hand
Fig. 56 Covers open

Fig. 58 Windshield :
Folding top
- Disconnect the connecting rod from the hitch ball
=> fig. 55. - Lift the folding top out of its well => /n..
- Fold the covers on the driver and passenger sides up and Pull the top completely out.
clip the connecting rods into the space provided
- Push the top onto the frame for the windshield => fig. 58.
=> fig. 56. •
Get a second person help you to raise the folding top .
Lift the folding top out of its well. The second person should be
standing on the opposite of the vehicle and do the same as you.
Folding top
& WARNING
• When raising the folding top, take care not to reach into the
linkage that operates the folding top or any of its other moving
parts. Otherwise, your hands may be trapped in the mechanism -
risk of injury!
• When pushing the top down onto the frame for the windshield, Fig . 60 On the inside
ensure that neither you nor the person helping you become caught of the folding top:
Crank for emergency
in the mechanism - risk of injury! operation
0 Note Removing the protective cap

To avoid damage when opening the folding top, make sure both - Use the screwdriver to remove the small protective cap
covers are completely open and the connecting rods are clipped located in the center of the fo ldin g top=> fig. 59. The
in. a insertion opening for the emergency locking crank is
located behind the protective cap.
Appl ies to vehicles: with power folding top
Step 4: Locking the top Removing the square shaft

- Inse rt the threaded side of the crank in to the insertion
The locking system for the folding top latches is located
opening => fig. 60.
on the inside of the folding top.
- Turn the crank to the right un til it is tightly screwed into
place.
- Pull the crank with the square shaft threaded onto it
downward to remove the shaft completely.
Using the crank to lock the folding top

Fig. 59 On the inside - Place the other side of the crank (the triple-square head)
of the folding top: as far as it will go in to the opening you have just cleared.
Remove the protective
cap - Turn the crank clockwise to open the retainers and pull
the folding top down at the side. ..,_

ment
Folding top
- Turn the crank counter-clockwise until the top is fully

locked in place and the indicator light on the instrument
cluster goes out.
- Pull the crank out.
- Unscrew the square shaft from the crank.
- Insert the square shaft into the opening until you hear it
click into place.
- Use the protective cap to close off the insertion opening.
The folding top is now completely closed. Have the malfunction

repaired as soon as possible.
[i) Tips
Turn the emergency operation screw in the luggage compartment
to the right to close the folding top hydraulic system. •
Clear vision
Clear vision
Lights The headlights only work when the ignition is switched on . While
starting the engine or when switching off the ignition, the head -
lights will go off and only the side marker lights will remain lit .
Switching the headlights on and off ·'t!-·
& WARNING
Crashes can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and
when you cannot be seen by other motori st s.
• Always tu rn on the headlight s so th at you can see ahead and
so that others can see your car from the back.
Fig. 61 Instrum ent

[i ] Tips
panel: light sw itch • If you remove the ignition from t he ignition lock wh i le the head -
lights are still on, a buzzer will sound as long as the driver's doo r is
open to remind you to switch off the lights .
All sw itc h positions refer to the indentat ion on the switch
aligned with the specified symbol. The light switch must not • Always observe the spec ific local regulations for your area when
be overturned past the stops in either direction . to use your lights .
• In coo l or damp weather conditions the headlights may fog over
Switching on the side marker lights tempo rar ily on the inside .
- Tur n t he light switch ligh t t o ==>fig. 61 ;oo;. The indi cator - The critical f actor is t he t emperature diff erence between t he
interior and the ext erior of the headlight lens .
light ;oo~ comes on when t he park in g li ghts are sw itched
on . - With the main beams switched on, the light -emitting area will
be free of condensation after a short time, however the edges of
Switching on the headlights and high beam the glass may still be fogged .
- The rear lights and turn signa ls may also be affected.
- Tur n t he light switch t o lD.
- This physical phenomenon has no effect on the life of your
- Push the high beam leve r fo rward towards t he instru - vehicle 's lighting system. •
ment panel ==>page 76.
Switching off the lights

- Tur n t he lig ht switch t o 0 .

ment
Cl e ar vision
Ap pli es to vehicles: with light senso r package Parking lights, head lights, fog lights and the rear fog light can be
Sensor activated head and tail light control swi t ched on manually using t he ligh t switch ~ pag e 69.
In the "AU TO" position light sensors swit ch the head and Light sensors located in the inside mirror housing and stem
constantly check the light conditions surrounding the vehicle. If
tail lights on and off.
am b ient brightness falls below a f acto ry set value (e.g. wh en d riv i ng
into a tunnel), the head - and tai llights inc luding the license p late
ill um inat ion are automatica lly t u rned on. When ambient br ightness
increases again, the external lights are t urned off again~ & .
Light sens o r malfunction

If there is a light sensor malfunct ion, the symbol comes on in the
display . For saf ety reasons, the low beams are t urned on perma-
nent ly with the switch in AUTO. However, you can continue to turn
Fig. 62 Instru ment the lights on and off using the light swi t ch. Have the light sensor
pan el: light switch in
AUTO positi on
checked as soon as possible at a dealership .
The sensor-activated low beams have the same characteris-

t ics as the head lig hts=> page 69.
& WARNING
• Automatic head- and taillight control is only intended to assist
the driver. This feature does not relieve the dr iver of his responsi-
Activating
bility to check the headlights and to turn them on manually
- Tur n th e lig ht sw itch => fig. 62 t o pos iti on AUTO. according to the current light and visibility conditions. For
example , fog and rain cannot be detected by the light sensors.
Deactivating Consequently, always switch the headlights io on under thes e
weather conditions and w hen driving in the dark .
- Turn t he light swi t ch to position 0 .
• Crashes can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and
In the switch position AUTO the automatic head- and taillight when you cannot be seen by other motor ists .
control is activated . The cor respo nding sym bol on the light swi t ch • Alway s turn on the headlights so that you can see ahead and
is lit . so that others can see your car from the back.
With automatic head lights, the high - beam function is also avai lab le,
but with one restrict ion: If you have not switched the h ig h beams
back to low beams during automatic headlight operation (for
[i ] Tips
example, afte r d riving th rough a tun nel), on ly the low beams come • In the AUTO mode, the low beams are turned off when the igni -
on the next time automatic headlights are switched on. To use the t ion is turned off. The remaining lights are turned off when the key
h igh beams, you first have to pull the high beam lever back and t hen is taken out of the ignition lock. _.,
push the lever forward again.
Clear vision
• Do not attach stickers to the windshie ld in front of the sensors as The daytime running lights can be turned on or off using this func -
this can disable the automatic head - and t ail light control and the t ion. If t he f u nct ion is act ive, the dayti me r unning ligh ts are turn ed
automatic glare -dimming of the rearview mirror(s) . on automatically when the ignition is switched on .
• Always observe t he spec ific loca l regu lat ions f o r your area when The daytime running lights are activated only when the light switch
to use your lights . => fig . 63 @ is at the O or AUTO*position .
• In the event of a light sensor mal f unction, t he d river informa t ion
display will show the symbol . If a light sensor malfunct ion is indi -
cat ed , you must use t he ligh t switch to turn t he low beams on and & WARNING
off . • Never use daytime running lights to see where you are going. They
are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead for
safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark . Be aware of changes
Daytime running lights (DRL ) (USA models ) in outside light conditions when you are driving and respond by
The daytime running lights are turne d on auto maticall y sw itching on your low beams io.
when the ign ition is switche d on.
0 Note
Alway s be aware of change s in outside light conditions while you
are dr iving. Respond in time to fading daylight by turning the light
switch to position io (or "AUTO" if your car is equipped with this
feature) to turn on your headlights . •
Daytime running lights (Canada models only)
Fig. 63 Sw itch for When yo u turn on the ignition the daytime running lights
daytime running lights will come on automatically.
Activating functions The daytime running lights are activated only when the light switch
@ =>fi g. 63 is either at the O o r the :oo:position . Whe n the ignition
- Move the right thumbwhee l @ " DRL" ~ fig. 63 to posi - is switched on, there is a difference between vehicles with bi-xenon
t ion (D. lig hts and halogen lamps :
• On vehicles with bi-xenon lights only the daytime running lamps
Deactivating functions
in the headlights will co me on.
- Mov e t he rig ht t hum bwh eel "DR L" t o posi t ion @. • On vehicles with halogen lights the front fog lights, side marker
lights and t ail ligh ts come on automa t ica lly ~

ment
Clear vision
App li es to vehicles: with Adap tive li gh t

& WARNING Adaptive light
Never use daytime running lights to see where you are going . They When dri vin g around bends, the releva nt area of the road
are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead for
is bette r illumin ated.
safety , especially at dusk or when it is dark . Be aware of changes
in outside light conditions when you are driving and respond by
switching on your low beams fD.
0 Note
• With the light switch at the O or ;:oo: position , only your front fog
lights remain turned on when it turns dark outside . Even though
your instruments appear well lit, the road ahead of you is not. The
light pattern provided by fog lights alone is not sufficient for safe
Fig. 64 Adapt ive light
driving in poor light or darknes s. Therefore:
when driving
• Always be aware of changes in outside light conditions while
you are driving. Respond in time to fading daylight by turning the The bene f it of ada ptive l ig ht is th at t h e cu rve and the edge of th e
light swit ch to position @:D(or "AU TO" if your car is equipped with road are better illuminated=> fi g . 64 . The adaptive light is controlled
th is f eature) to turn on your headlights. aut o ma t ically, de p endin g on ve hi cle speed and st eer ing w heel
angle.
[i ] Tips When d riving around bends , the headlights are controlled
The day t im e run ni ng lig ht s fu nct io n cannot be tur ned off. • according t o steeri ng w heel angle. So t hat ther e is no bl ac k ar ea
ahead of the veh icle, the two main beams pivot at different angles.
[i ]Tips
The system wor ks above a speed of about 6 mp h (10 km/ h). •
Clear vision
Front fog lights }0 Applies to veh icles: with Light senso r package
Coming home / leaving home function (}J

Use the light switch to turn on the front fog lights.
The coming home/leaving home function switches on the
external lights on a vehicle parked in the dark to illumi -
nate the surroundings.
Fig. 65 Fog light acti-

vation : light sw itch
position on vehicles
WITHOUT sensor light Fig . 66 Dashboard
detail : coming
home/leaving home
Switching on the front fog lights }D switch beside light
- Do not turn the light switch -'ti-
-~ fig. 65 toward the fog switch
light symbol
Activating the function
- Turn the light switch to ~oo: or to !D.
- Tap the switch QJ ~ fig. 66. The indicator light in the
- Pull the light switch to the first stop G). switch illum ina tes .
When the front fog lights are on, the symbol }O next to the light Deactivating the function
switch will illuminate. •
- Tap the switch QJ.The indicator light in the switch goes
out.
The coming home/leaving home function is controlled by ligh t

sensors located in the inside mirror mount. The system is activated
if all of the conditions below are fulfilled:
• The window in the switch ® illuminates.
• the driving lights and the ignition have been switched off
• the vehicle is parked in poor light or darkness with the sensors
detecting little or no light at all. tJl>

ment
Clear vision
Coming home situation • If the vehicle is remotely unlocked and locked three times in
In darkness, the activated system will turn on the headlights, side succession, leaving home will not turn on the lights a fourth time to
marker lights , rear side marker lights , tail lights, and rear license safeguard the battery and lights.
plate light as soon as the driver's door is opened from inside. • If you wish to use the coming home/leaving home function regu-
As long as one of the doors or the rear lid remains open, the set of larly, you can leave it activated at all times without risking perma-
external lights will keep burning for about four minutes maximum. nent strain on the electrical system. As the system is controlled by
light sensors, it will only be energized in darkness .
To provide light for departure, the set of vehicle lights will keep
• Frequent use of the coming home/leaving home function for
burning for about another 30 seconds after all doors and the rear lid
approaching and departing a vehicle parked in the dark will strain
have been closed.
the battery. This applies particularly if only short distances are
The factory-set time of 30 seconds until the lights are switched off driven between stops . Occasionally drive longer distances to make
can be adjusted if you prefer a longer or shorter duration. Have the sure the battery is recharged sufficiently.
adjustment done by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified work- • If the fog lights have been switched on by the coming
shop. The system can be adjusted to keep the lights burning for a home/leaving home function, they will always be switched off when
maximum of 60 seconds. you switch on the ignition. •
Leaving home situation
As soon as the vehicle is unlocked by pressing the ti button on your Instrument panel illumination
remot e control, the set of external l ights is switched on .
The illumination of the instruments, displays and the
The external lights are switched off as soon as the driver's door is
center console can be adjusted.
opened from outside . Even if you had the system readjusted to keep
the lights burning for an extended time for coming home, the
external lights will be turned off if you do not open the driver's door
within 60 seconds after unlocking. See chapter "Opening and
Closing" in your Owner's Manual. If the lights are switched off
before you reach the driver's door, press the a button once more to
turn them on again.
[i] Tips
Fig. 67 Instrument
• Do not attach any stickers to the windshield in front of the two
panel illumination
light sensors, as this would interfere with both the automatic oper-
ation of the headlights and the automatic dimming of the inside
mirror(s). You regulate the brightness of the instruments with the left
thumbwheel CJ=> fig. 67. ~
Clear vision
Igniti o n ON , light swit c h at @. If the system is not operating properly, a warning symbo l i n the
With the ignition switched ON, the g low of instrument needles can Auto -Check Co ntr ol is d isplayed => page 35. •
be adjusted to appear brighter or dimmer.
Ignition ON , ligh t switch at :oo; or io. Emergency flasher tfft,,.

With the lights switched on , the brightness of instrument cluster The emergency flasher makes other motor ists aware that
(i.e. needles, gauges and displays) and center conso le i ll u min ation
you or yo ur vehicle are i n an eme rge ncy si tu ation.
can be adjusted .
0 Note
The instrument cluster and center console illumination (gauges and
needles) comes on when you switch on the igni t ion and the vehicle
headlights are off. Be aware of the f ollowin g difference between
models built to US o r Canadian specifications :
• USA models : illumination of the instrument cluster (gauges and
Fig. 68 Center
needles), dash and center console around the gearshift lever is console : emergency
controlled by a light sensor located in the instrument panel. The fla sher sw itch
instrument panel illum ination will automatically become dimmer
as the daylight fades away and eventually will go out completely Press the sw itch ~ =:, fig. 68, to swi tch t he emergency
when outside light is very low. This is to remind you, the driver, to
flasher on or off.
switch on the headlight s before it gets too dark.
• Canada models : instrument panel illum ination will stay bright When the emergency flasher is on, all four turn signal blink at the
regardle ss of the inten sity of ambient light . Always be aware of same t ime . The tu rn signal indi cato r lights ¢i Q in the instrument
changes in outside light conditions while you are driving . Respond cluster, as well as the light in the emergency flasher switch J:&. b link
in time to fading daylight by turning the light switch to position iD likewise.
(or "AUTO" if your car is equipped with this feature) to turn on your
The eme rgency flashe r will automat ically switch on if you are in an
headlights. •
accident where the airbag has deployed .
Bi-Xenon headlights* [i ] Tips

You should switch on the emergency flasher when:
Afte r starting t he engi n e, t he b i-xeno n headlights are aut omatical ly
adjusted to the load and angle of the vehic le (for example, during • you are the last vehicle standing in a traffic jam so that any other
acce lerat ion and braking). This prevents oncoming traffi c fr om vehicles coming can see you, or when
experiencing unnecessary headlight g lare from your bi-xenon head - • your vehicle has broken down or you are in an emergency situa -
lig hts . tion, o r when _,,,

ment
Clear vision
• your vehicle is being towed by a tow truck or if you are towing - Briefly move the lever up or down just to the point of
another vehicle behind you. • resistance and then release it to flash t he turn signals
three times in succession. This feature allows to indicate
Turn signals - ¢ ¢ and high beam ~D lever lane changes clearly and w ith minimum effort when
driving on highways.
The lever on the left side of the steering column is used to
operate the turn signals and the high beam as well as the High beam [D
headlight flasher. - Push the lever forward to switch on the high beam.
- Pull the lever back towards you to switch off the high
beam.
Headlight flasher [D
- Pull the lever toward the steering wheel to use the head-
light flasher.
Notes on these features

Fig. 69 Turn signa l and
high beam lever • The turn signals only work with the ignition switched on . The
indicator lights ¢ or ¢ in the instrument cluster => page 16 also
The turn signal and high beam lever has the following func - blink .
tions: • After you have turned a corner, the turn signal switches off auto -
matically.
Turn signals ¢ Q • The high beam works only when the head lights are on. The indi-
cator light ~D in the instrument cluster i ll uminates when the high
- Lift th e lever up all the way ~ fig. 69, to use the right turn
beams are on.
signals, or push the lever down all the way to use the left
turn signals . • The headlight flasher works only as long as you hold the lever -
even if there are no lights switched on. The ind icator light ~D in the
instrument cluster illuminates when you use t he headlight flasher .
Auto-blink
- Move the lever (up or down) just to the point of resis -
tance to use the turn signals for as long as you need 0 Note
them, for example when changing lanes. Do not use the high beam or headlight flasher if you know that these
could be blinding oncoming traffic. •
Clear vision
Interior lights When a door is open, the interior ligh ts are turned off after about 10
minutes to prevent battery draining.
Interior lights The brightness of the lights is controlled automatically by a dimmer
when they are switched on and off. •
The interior lights include the reading lights for the driver
and the front passenger.
Luggag e compa rtm e nt light
The light is located on the right side of the luggage compartment.

These lights come on automatically when the rear lid is opened. The
lights turn off automatically if the lid is left open for more then 10
minutes. •

headliner: Interior
Vision
lights
Sun visors
Activating door contact circuit
Using the sun visors makes driving safer.
- Press the button @ . The LED in the button illuminates.
Deactivating door contact circuit

- Press the button @ . The LED in the button goes out.
Front
-
reading lights ~
Press one of the switches @ to turn the right or left

reading light on or off.
•
With the door contact circuit, the interior lights turn on as soon as Fig. 71 Sun visor
you unlock the vehicle or open the doors. The interior lights are also
turned on when the ignition key is removed. The lights turn off The vanity mirrors in the sun visors are equipped with lids . Push lid
about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. When the vehicle is in direction of arrow to open.
locked or when the ignition is turned on, the interior lights are
Between the visors for the driver and the passenger there is a
turned off .
folding visor which can be used to cover the space above the rear
view mirror . •

ment
Clear vision
Wiper and washer system Automatic wiper/washer

- Pull the lever to position © (toward the steering wheel)
Windshield wiper ~ and hold.
The windshield wiper lever controls both the windshield - Release the lever . The washer stops and the wipers keep
wipers and the washer system. going for about four seconds .
Turning off the wipers

- Move the lever back to position @.
The windshield wipers and washer only work when the ignition is
turned on. If you switch off the ignition with th e windshield wiper
lever still in the interval wipe position and then come back a while
later and drive off, the rain sensor will reactivate itse lf after the
Fig. 72 Wiper lever: vehic le speed has exceeded 4 mph (6 km/h).
windshield wiper lever
positions The rain sensor* is only activated with the wiper lever set to posi-
tion G). When it starts to rain, the rain sensor will automatically acti -
The windshield wiper lever :::::>
fig. 72 has the following posi- vate the intermittent wiping mode.
tions: To reduce the sensitivity of t he sensor , move switch @ down . To
increase the sensitivity , move the switch up. The higher you adjust
One -touch wiping the sensi t ivity, the faster the sensor will react when it senses mois-
ture on the windshield. The pauses between wiper turns depend not
Move the lever to position G), when you want to wipe t he
only on the sensitivity setting , but on the vehicle speed as well.
windshield briefly.
During brief stops , e.g. at a red light, wiper mot ion wil l automati -
Intermittent wiping ~ l (activating rain sensor)* cally be reduced to the next lower speed . Wipers already turning at
low sp eed . change to intermittent wip ing.
Move the lever up to position 0-
When the igni t ion is turned on, the washer jets are heated.
- Move the interval set switch @ , to change the inter vals .
Low wiper speed & WARNING

- Move the lever up to position ©- • Wiper blades are crucial for safe driving! Only when they are in
good condition are they able to clear the windows properly to
High wiper speed provide uncompromising visibility. Worn or damaged wiper blades
are a safety hazard ~ page 81, "Replacing front wiper blades"! ..,_
- Move the lever up to position @.
Cl ea r vision
lights * turn on~ page 70, "Sensor activated head and tail light
& WARNING (continu ed) control" or off during t he day when the wipers are no longer oper -
• The light / rain sensor* is only designed to assist and support ating . The automatic headlights * function is available in this case
the driver. It remains entirely th e driver's responsibility to monitor only when the light switch is in the "AUTO" position ~ page 70,
out side w eather condit ions and to manually activ ate the w ipers as fig. 62 .
soon as rain or drizz le reduce s visibility t hrough th e w indshield. • Make sure the washer fluid reservoir in the engine compartment
• The windshield mu st not be tr eated with w ater-r epellent mate- is topped off before going on a long trip. Look up~ page 236 for
rial s. They can increase glare under poor visibilit y condit ions such checking and filling the washer container.
as wetn ess, dar kness, or when t he sun is low on the horizon. In • The wipers only operate with the hood completely closed . •
additi on, they can cause the wi ndshield wipers to chatter.
App li es to veh icles: with headlight washer system
0 Note Headlight washer system

In freezing or near freezing conditions:
The headlight washer system cleans the headlights.
• Always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass
before you turn the wipers on. Loosen a wiper blade which is frozen Operate the winds hi eld wiper/washer system => page 78,
in place before operating the wipers to prevent damage to the wiper fig. 72 ©wit h the head lights turned on by holding the
blade or the wiper motor. lever fo r longer than one seco nd.
• Do not use the wipers to clear a frosted window. Using the
wipers as a convenient ice scraper wil l destroy the wiper blades. The washer jets extend forward out of the front bumper driven by
water pressure to spray t he front head ligh t s with water.
• Before you take your vehicle to an automatic car wash, make sure
you have the windshield wiper system switched off (lever in position You should inspect the head lights regular ly {for examp le when refu -
0), otherwise the windshield wiper system could get damaged in the eling) and clean off any solid dirt or insects from the lenses .
car wash if it should sudden ly come on .
To ensure the syst em works proper ly in winter, keep the washer jets
free of snow and remove any ice using a de-icing spray. •
[i ] Tips
• The rain sensor is pa rt of the interva l wiping system. Turning off
the ignition will also deactivate the rain sensor . To reactivate the
sensor, switch off t he interva l wiping function, then switch it back
on again.
• Worn or dirty windshield wiper b lades cause smearing, which
can affect the operation of the light/rain sensor * . Check the condi -
tion of your windshield wiper b lades regular ly.
• Applies to vehicles with light/rain sensor : When the wipers are
switched on manually and in rain conditions, the automatic head-

ment
Clear vision
Service position Moving wiper blades to park position

The wiper blades can be changed more easily in the - Make certain that the wiper arms are lying against the
service position . windshield .
- Switch the ignition on and move the wiper lever ~ fig . 73
from position Oto 1. The w ip er arms w ill move back to the
park position.
It is much easier to chang e wiper blad es if you mov e th e wiper arms

to the service position. You wil l also avoid paint damage to the hood
when working on the wip ers when they are in the service position .
Fig . 73 Wiper lever

0 Note
Never drive your vehicle when the windshield wiper arms are in the
service position and pulled away from the windshield . When you
It is only possible to change wiper blades if you move the drive faster than 4 mph (6 km/h) , the wiper arms automatica lly
w i per arms to the service position. On vehicles with the return back to the park position and could cause paint damage to
Driver Information System , the wiper blades can only be the engine hood!
moved to t he service or parked position via t he menu
display => page 27 . In order to use the windsh ield wipers,
the hood must be completely closed.
[i ] Tips
• You can also turn on the service position, for example, if you
Moving wiper blades to the service position want to protect the windshield from icing by using a cover.
• The service position moves to off automatically when you
- When there is a risk of frost, make sure that the wiper
operate the windshield wiper lever, or speed exceeds 4 mph
blades are not frozen to the windshield . (6 km/hl. •
- Switch the ignition on .
- Switch the ignition off again and move the wiper lever
~ fig. 73 from position Ot o 1 within 10 seconds . The
wiper arms now move into the field of view in the wind -
shie ld .
Clear vision
Replacing front wiper blades - Rotate the wiper blade in the direct ion of the arrow @
~ fig. 75 away from the wiper arm.
Wiper blades in good condition help keep the windshield
clear. - Lift the wiper blade off in the direction of the arrow @ .
Attaching the wiper blade

- Place the rounded end of the wiper onto the end of the
wiper arm in the opposite direct ion to the arrow @
~ fig. 75.
- Swing the wiper in the opposite direction to the arrow @

onto the wiper arm.
Fig. 74 Unlatching - Squeeze the co rru gation on the wiper until you hear it
wiper blades click in the wiper arm.
- Fold the wiper arm back onto the w indshield.
Switch the ignit ion on and move the wiper lever down
briefly ~ page 80, fig. 73. The wiper will move back to the
park position .
The front wiper blades measure left side 23.20 in. (590 mm) and
right side 18.50 in. (470 mm) in length,
Fig. 75 Removing Clean your wiper blades regularly with a windshield washer solution
wiper blades to prevent streaking. If the blad es are very dirty, for example with
insects , carefully clean the blades with a sponge or a soft brush.
Removing the wiper blade If the wiper blades begin to streak the windshield, this could be
- Move the wipers to the service position ~ page 80 caused by residue left on the windshield by automatic car washes.
~ page 80, fig. 73. Fill the windshield washer container with a special solution avail-
able at your authorized Audi dealer to remove the residue.
- Fold the windshield wiper arm away from the glass.
Be sure to inspect the condition of your wiper blades regularly. For
- On the upper end of the wiper arm at the corrugation, safety reasons, replace your wiper blades once or twice a year if
squeeze the plastic retainer together on both sides in the necessary. See your authorized Audi dealer for replacement blades . .,
direction of the arrow~ fig. 74.

ment
Cl e ar vision
Mirrors
& WARNING
• Clea n your wiper blade s regularly w ith a w indshield w asher Manual glare dimming
soluti on t o prevent stre aking. If the wiper blade s are very dirt y, for
exampl e wit h insect s, carefull y clean th e wi per blades w ith a
Standard setting
sponge or a soft brush.
• For your safety, you should replace th e w iper blades once or
- Move the small leve r !located on the bottom edge of t he
twi ce a year. See your authorized Audi dealer for replacement mirror) to t he front.
blades.
Anti -glare setting
0 Note
Move the small lever (located on the bottom edge of t he
m irror) to the rear. •
• The wiper blades may on ly be changed=> page 80 in service
posit ion! Otherwise, you risk damaging the paint on the hood or the
windshield wiper motor . Ap pli es to vehic les: wit h autom ati cally dimm ing inside rearview mirro r
• To prevent damage to the wiper system: Automatically dimming inside mirror

- Always loosen blades which are fro zen to the windshield The automatic dimming function can be turned on and off
before operating wipers. if required.
- Do not use gasoline , kerosene , paint th i nner, or other solvents
on or near the wiper blades .
- Do not attempt to move the wipers by hand.
[i ] Tip s
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes affect the
Fig. 76 Inside rearview
cleanab ility of the g lass surface .
mir ror, digital compass
• The front wiper blades are different lengths; the blade on th e activate d: auto
driver's side is longer. • dimm ing on/off butt on
and indicator light
Disabling auto dimming

Press button @ briefly, - the green indicator ligh t @
goes out.
Clear vision
A ctivating / re ac tiv a ting a uto dimming

- Press button @ briefly, - the green indicator light ®
[i ] Tip s
• If you switch off the automatic dimming function on the inside
goes on.
mirror, automatic dimming of the outside mirrors w ill likew ise be
di sabled .
Aut o m a ti c dimmin g fun c tion
The automatic dimming function is activated every time the ignition • Check to make sure there are no objects preventing light from
is turned on. The green indicator light is lit to indicate auto dimming reaching t he inside mirror.
is active . • Do not attach any stickers to the windshield in front of the two
light sensors, as this would interfere with both the automatic oper-
When dimming is activated, the inside mirror will darken automati -
ation of the headlights and the automatic dimming of the inside
cally in response to the amount of light striking the mirror (such as
mirror(sl. •
headlights from rearward approaching vehicles). Even in dimming
mode, the mirror surface turns bright when :
• the interior light is switched on Outside mirrors
• reverse gear is engaged . The outside mirrors are electrically adjusted.
Sen s ors for a utomati c headligh t s*
With the help of the sensors in the mirror, when the light switch is
in the AUTO posi t ion, t he low beams are switched on and off auto -
matically depending on the ambient light conditions=> page 70.
& WARNING Fig. 77 Forw ard

The glass of the inside rearview mirror is layered and contain s an sect ion of dri ver's
electrolyt e to achieve its propert ies. Be aware of liquid electr olyte arm rest : pow e r mirror
leaking from a broken mirror glass. This liquid can cause irritation contr ols
to skin, eyes, and respiratory system .
• If you get electrolyt e in your eyes or on your skin, immediately Adjusting the outside mirrors
rinse with plenty of water . If irritation persists, seek medical atten - Tur n th e adjust ing knob to pos iti on Q =>fig . 77 to adjust
tio n. t he outs ide mirror on t he driver's side .
0 Note
Tur n the adjusting knob to position @ to adjust the
outside m irror on the passenger side .
Liquid electrolyte leaked from a broken mirror glass wi ll damage any
p lastic surfaces it comes in contact with. Clean up spilled electrolyte Press the kn ob in the appropr iate direction t o move the
immediately wi t h clear wa t er and a sponge . m irror surface so that you have a good view to the rear . 1)1,

ment
Clear vision
Heated mirrors
- Tur n th e kno b t o posi t io n @. & WARNING
The glass of the inside rear view mirror is layered and contains an
Depending on the outside tem perature , the mirror surfaces are electrolyte to achieve its properties. Be aware of liquid electrolyte
heate d unt i l th e ig nitio n is swi tc hed off - even if t he kno b is no leaking from a broken mirror glass. This liquid can cause irritation
longer in position @. to skin, eyes, and respiratory system . If you get electrolyte in your
eyes or on your skin, immed iately rinse with plenty of water . If irri-
0 Note
tation persists, seek medical attention .
• Curved (i.e. convex) mirror surfac es increas e your field of view .

Rememb er that veh icles or othe r objec t s w ill appear smalle r and 0 Note
farther away than when seen in a flat mirror . If you use this mirror to Electrol yt e leaking from a bro ken mi rr o r g lass attacks t he vehic le
estimate d istances of fo llowing vehicles when changing lanes, yo u p aint and plast ic surf aces. Clean up spill ed elect ro lyte im mediately
cou ld estimat e incorrec tl y and cause an acc ident. with clear water and a sponge .
• If the m irr or housing is moved uni nten t ionally (for example,
wh ile par king your veh icle), then you must first fold the mirro r elec-
t r ically. Do not readjust the mi rr or housing man ually. You co uld
[i ] Tips
damage t he motor w h ich con t rol s the mirr o r. • If automatic dimming for the inside mirror is switched off, the
outside mirrors are also not dimmed automatically.
• Automatic d i mming for the mirror only operates properly if the
[i ] Tips suns hade* fo r the rear w indow is retr acted, or the lig ht str ik ing the
If t here sho u ld be a malf un ct ion in th e electrical syste m, you can inside mirror is not hindered by other objects . •
sti ll adjus t the outside mirrors by pressing t he edge of the mirror. •
Ap pli es to ve hi cles : w it h aut oma tic d imming fo r ou tsid e mir ro rs
Automatic dimming for outside mirrors
The o ut sid e mi rror s are d immed t og ether w it h the aut oma t ic

dimming of t he inside mirror. When the ignition is sw itched on, the
mi rrors dar ken automat ically depe nd ing on t he li gh t st ri kin g th em
(e.g. headl ights from the rear) .
When the int erior l ighting is switched o n and when reverse gear is
engaged, the mi rr ors are switched back to their or iginal bri ghtness
(not dimmed) .
Clear vision
Ap pli es to vehi cles : wit h dig ita l compass

Digital compass
Setting the magnetic deflection zone
Ap plies to vehicles: wit h di g ital co mp ass
The correct magnetic deflection zone must be set in order
Activating or deactivating the c ompass to display the directions correctly.
The direction is displayed on the interior rear view mirror.
•
,_,;a;..~>,
I I
I I
I I
I
I '
I
I I
'I II
Fig. 78 Inside rear II \\ @
view mirror : digital l '
compass activated
l \
II ' ,,
l
''
----
@
To activate or deactivate, hold the @ ~ fig. 78 button '
down until the red display appears or disappears.
\ ®
\, ,,
_______
...... ,.,.
The digital compass only works with the ignition turned on. The .
directions are displayed as initials : N (North), NE (Northeast), E
(East), SE (Southeast), S (South), SW (Southwest), W (West), NW ©
(Northwes t ).
Fig. 79 North America: magnetic deflection zone boundaries
[i) Tips
Hold the @ ~ fig. 78 button down until the number of
To avoid inaccura t e directions , do not allow any remote controls, the set magnetic deflection zone appears on the interior
electrical systems, or metal parts close to the mirror. •
rear view mirror.
Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by repeatedly
pressing on the @ button. The set mode automatically
deactivates after a few seconds . •

ment
Clear vision
Ap pli es to vehi cles: wit h di gita l compass
Calibrating the compass

The compass has to be recalibrated if the display is wrong
or inaccurate.
- Hold the @ button down until the letter C is displayed on
the interior rear view mirror.
- Drive in a circle at a speed of about 5 mph (10 km/h) until
a direction is shown on the interior rear view mirror.
& WARNING
The digital compass is to be used as a directional aid only. Even
though you may want to look at it while you are driving, you must
still pay attention to traffic, road and weather conditions as well
as other possible hazards. •
Seats and storage
Seats and storage
General recommendations & WARNING (continued)

the airbag inflates and the seating position is incorrect this could
Why is your seat adjustment so important? result in personal injury or even death.
The safety belts and the airbag system can only provide • It is important for both the driver and front passenger to keep
maximum protection if the front seats are correctly a distance of at least 10 inches (25 cml between themselves and
adjusted. the steering wheel and/or instrument panel. If you're sitting any
closer than this, the airbag system cannot protect you properly. In
There are various ways of adjusting the front seats to provide safe addition to this, the front seats and head restraints must be
and comfortable support for the driver and the front passenger. adjusted to your body height so that they can give you maximum
Adjust your seat properly so that: protection.
• you can easily and quickly reach all the switches and controls in • Always try to keep as much distance as possible between your-
the instrument panel self and the steering wheel or instrument panel.
• your body is properly supported thus reducing physical stress • Do not adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat while the
and fatigue vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly, causing
• the safety belts and airbag system can offer maximum protec - sudden loss of vehicle control and personal injury. If you adjust
tion ~ page 146. your seat while the vehicle is moving, you are out of position. •
In the following sections, you will see exactly how you can best
adjust your seats. Driver's seat
There are special regulations and instructions for installing a child The correct seat position is important for safe and relaxed
safety seat on the front passenger's seat. Always heed the informa -
driving.
tion regarding child safety provided in~ page 168, "Child Safety".
We recommend that you adjust the driver's seat in the
& WARNING following manner:
Incorrect seating position of the driver and all other passengers - Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so that you can
can result in serious personal injury. easily push the pedals to the floor while keeping your
• Always keep your feet on the floor when the vehicle is in motion
knee slightly bent :::>& in "Why is your seat adjustment
- never put your feet on top of the instrument panel, out of the so important?".
window or on top of the seat cushion! This applies especially to Adjust the seatback so that when you sit with your back
the passengers. If your seating position is incorrect you increase
against the seatback, you can still grasp the top of the
the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or an accident. If
steering wheel. _..

ment
Seats and storage
- Position the head restraint according to the occupant's - Place your feet on the floor in front of the passenger's
height=> page 92. For maximum protection, the top of seat. •
the head restraint should be at least at eye level, prefer-
ably higher and ideally level with the top of the head
=> page 132, fig. 120. Adjusting front seats manually
& WARNING Ap plie s to vehicles: with manua l seat adj ustment
Adjustment controls
Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could
Various controls on the manual seats provide a wide
get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case
of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake range for individual adjustments.
or accelerate! •
Front passenger's seat

Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost
position.
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is deploying, do not
Fig. 80 Adjustment
sit any closer to the instrument panel than necessary and controls: locations on
always wear the three-point safety belt provided adjusted driver's seat
correctly. We recommend that you adjust the passenger's
seat in the following manner: (D Moving the seat forward or backward
- Move the front passenger seat into the rearmost position

® Adjusting the lumbar support~ page 91
G) Adjusting the seat height
of the fore and aft adjustment range=> &
in "Why is
© Adjusting the seatback angle
your seat adjustment so important?" on page 87.
- Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright position. Do
not ride with the seat reclined.
[i] Tips
Some of the controls are fitted on certain models only or they are
- The ideal position for the head rest raint is with the upper optional equipment. •
edge of the restraint level with the top of your head
=> page 92. You should not lower the top of the restraint
below the level of your eyes.
Seats and storage
Ap pli es to vehicles : wit h m anua l seat adju stment
Adjust ing the m a nu a l se a ts

& WARNING (continued)
• To reduce the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or
Position, angle and shape of the manual seats can be
accident, front passengers must never ride in a moving vehicle
adjusted to provide safe and comfortable seating. with the seatback reclined . Safety belts and the airbag system
Reed and heed all WARNINGS =:> & before you adjust your only offer maximum protection when the seatback is upright and
the safety belts are properly positioned on the body. The more the
seat.
seatback is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury from an
incorrect seating position and improperly positioned safety
Moving the front seats forward or backward
belts! •
- Lift the lever (D =:>page 88, fig. 80 and slide the seat to
the desired position.
Power seats
- Release the lever and then move the seat further until
you feel and hear it engage. Ap p li es to ve hi cles: w ith power seats
Adjustment switches
Adjusting the seat height
- Pull the lever 0 up and pump it to raise the seat. The operating logic for the switches corresponds to the
construction and function of the seat.
- Push the lever down and pump it to lower the seat.
Adjusting the seatback angle

- Lean forward to take your weight off the seatback.
- Turn the hand wheel © in the direction you want the
seatback to tilt .
& WARNING
Fig. 81 Adjustment
switches: locations on
driver seat
• Never adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat while the
vehicle is moving. If you do this while the vehicle is moving, you
will be out of position . Always adjust the driver's or front Push or pull either switch in exactly the same direction you like the
passenger's seat when the vehicle is not moving. corresponding part of the seat to move.
• Be careful when adjusting the seat height. Check to see that no @ Adjus t ing the lumbar suppor t~ pag e 91
one is in the way, or serious injury could result! @ Seat adjustm ent ~ page 90
© Adjusting the angle of the seatback ~ page 91 ..,_

ment
Seats and storage
Adjusting the seat height 0 and 0 together

& WARNING Pull the switch evenly at both ends to raise the seat => & .
• Never adjust the driver's or front passenger seat while the
vehicle is moving. If you do this while the vehicle is moving, you - Push the lever evenly at both ends to lower the seat=> & .
will be out of position . Always adjust the driver's or front
passenger seat when the vehicle is not moving . Angling the seat cushion up and down 0 or 0
• Be careful when adjusting the seat height . Check to see that no To angle the seat cushion up, pull the switch at the front
one is in the way, or serious injury could result! only =>& .
• Because the seats can be electrically adjusted with the ignition
Alternatively, push the sw itch at the rear only =>& .
key removed, never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Unsu-
pervised use of the electric seat adjustments may cause serious To angle the seat cushion down, push the switch at the
injury. • front only =>& .
Alternatively , pull the switch at the rear only =>& .
Ap p li es to ve hicl es: w ith p ower seats
Power seat adjustment

The switches can be moved in various directions to allow
& WARNING
• Never adjust the driver's or front passenger seat while the
precise adjustment.
vehicle is moving. If you do this while the vehicle is moving, you
will be out of position. Always adjust the driver's or front
passenger seat when the vehicle is not moving.
• Be careful when adjusting the seat height. Check to see that no
one is in the way, or serious injury could result!
• Because the seats can be electrically adjusted with the ignition
key removed, never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Unsu-
pervised use of the electric seat adjustments may cause serious
Fig . 82 Seat cushion injury. •
adjustment: switch
motions
Push or pull the switch in the same direction you like the
seat cushion to move.
Moving the seat forward and backward G)

- Press the switch forward or backward horizontally => & .
Seats and storage
Appli es to vehic les: with powe r seats App li es to vehicles: w ith lumba r suppo rt
Adjusting the seatback Lumbar support

The lumbar support can be adjusted to fit the natural
curvature of the occupant's spine .
Fig. 83 Driver seat :

switch for seatback
adjustment
Fig. 84 Front seat:
- Push or pull the switch i n the same d irection you like the switch for lumbar
adjustment
seatback t o ti It => fi g. 83 .
Adjusting the curvature
& WARNING Push the forward depression on the switch shell => fig. 84
• Never adjust the seatback while the vehicle is moving . If you to increase backrest curvature.
adjust your seatback while the vehicle is moving, you will be out
Push the rear depression on the switch shell to decrease
of position . Always adjust the seatback when the vehicle is not
moving.
backrest curvature.
• To reduce the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or
Adjusting the height
accident, front passengers must never ride in a moving vehicle
with the seatback reclined. Safety belts and the airbag system Push the top depress ion on the sw itch shell t o raise the
only offer maximum protection when the seatback is upright and support in the backrest .
the safety belts are properly positioned on the body. The more the
Push the bottom depressio n on the switch shell to lower
seatback is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury from an
the support in the backrest . ~
incorrect seating position and improperly positioned safety
belts! •

ment
Seats and storage
- Adjust the head restraints so that the top of the head

& WARNING restraint is at least level with your eyes or higher
Never adjust the lumbar support while the vehicle is moving. If you =:>fig. 85.
adjust your seat while the vehicle is moving, you will be out of
position. Always adjust the lumbar support when the vehicle is Lowering head restraint
not moving. • - Grasp the sides of the head restraint with both hands.
- Press the button=:> fig. 85 and adjust the head restraint.
Head restraints - Adjust the head restraints so that the top of the head
restraint is at least level with your eyes or higher
Adjusting head r e straints , front seats =:>fig. 85.
The head restraints must be adjusted properly to provide
Refer to => page 132, "Proper adjustment of head restraints" for
protection.
guidelines on how to adjust the height of the front head restraints
<O
to fit the occupant's body size.
II>
N
0
;i'l
<D
& WARNING
• Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are
not properly adjusted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck
injury dramatically.
Fig. 85 Driver's seat • Read and heed all WARNINGS => page 132.
head restraint:
adjusting the height
[i] Tips
The head restraints on the front seats can be adjusted to Correctly adjusted head restraints and safety belts are an extremely
provide safe support to head and neck at the optimum effective combination of safety features . •
height. When optimally adjusted, the top of the restraint
should be level with the top of the head =:>page 132,
"Proper adjustment of head restraints".
Raising head restraint

- Grasp the side of the head restraint with both hands.
Seats and storage
Luggage compartment - Flip the cover upward in the direction of the arrow.
- Open the trunk lid .
Appl ies to vehicles: with pass-through and removable ski bag
Pass-through with Ski Bag - Push the ski bag from the trunk through the opening in
the rear wall =>&, .
Using the pass-through and the removable ski bag, you
can transport long objects (e.g. skis) neatly and without - Load up the ski bag.
damaging the interior.
Securing
Hook the ski bag's safety strap @ => fig. 87.
Adjust the reta ining strap ® to the desired length.
- Clip the retaining strap.
Storage
- Unhook the ski bag's safety strap @ => fig. 87.
Fig. 86 Open storage
compartment between
the seatbacks
- Fold the cover => fig. 86 downward in the opposite direc-
tion of the arrow .
- Loosen the retaining strap @ .
Pull the ski bag backward through the rear wall.
- Close the cover of th e pass-through to the trunk.
- Close the flip cover to the storage compartment between
the seatbacks => page 97.
Fig. 87 Retainer for
the ski bag between
- If necessary , collapse the ski bag.
the seatbacks
Loading
& WARNING
After loading, the ski bag must be secured w ith the safety strap.
- Open the flip cover to the storage compartment between
the seatbacks => page 97.
- To unlock it, pull the handle and fold the cover of the
[i] Tips
Mak e sure that the ski bag is not folded up while still damp. •
pass-through to the trunk => fig. 86.

ment
Seats and storage
Cup holder Ashtray
Fig. 89 Cent er
Fig . 88 Cup holder console: ashtray
Two beverages can be carried in t he cupho lder. Opening the ashtray

- Sli de t he cover open.
& WARNING Removing ashtray insert
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and personal injury.
Press th e release butt on =>fi g. 89.
• Never carry any beverage containers with hot liquids, such as
hot coffee or hot tea , in the veh icle while it is moving . In case of an Pull the ashtr ay in sert up and out .
accident, sudden braking or other vehicle movement , hot liquid
could spill, causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid can also To reinstall ashtray
cause an accident and personal injury.
- Press the asht ray in sert back into it s hol d er.
• Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard cups and glasses can
cause injury in an accident .
• Never use the cupholder or adapter as an ashtray - risk of fire. & WARNING
Never put waste paper in the ashtray. Hot ashes or other hot
0 Note
objects in the ashtray could set waste paper on fire . •
Only drink containers with lids should be carried in the cupholder.

Liquid cou ld spill out and damage your ve hicles electronic equip -
ment or stain the upholstery, etc. •
Seats and storage
Cigarette lighter/socket The socket of the cigarette lighter may be used for 12-volt appli-
ances with maximum consumption of up to 100 watts , such as a
flash ligh t, small vacuum cleaner, etc.
Cigarette lighter
Before you purchase any accessories, always read and follow the
The socket of the cigarette lighter may be used for 12 volt information in => page 296, "Additional accessories and parts
appliances. replacement" .
& WARNING
Improper use of the cigarette lighter can cause serious injury or
start a fire.
• Be careful when using the cigarette lighter. If you do not pay
attention to what you are doing when you are using the cigarette
lighter you can burn yourself.
Fig. 90 Open ashtray
with cigarette lighter
0 Note
To avoid damaging the socket, only use plugs that fit properly.
The cigarette lighter or socket only work with the ignition
on.
[i] Tips
Using the cigarette lighter • When the engine is off and accessories are still plugged in and
- Slide the cover open to reach the cigarette lighter. are on, the vehicle battery can still be drained.
• The vehicle battery must not be charged with a standard small
- Push the knob => fig. 90 in .
charger that plugs into the cigarette lighter or outlet . •
- Wait until the cigarette lighter knob pops out.
- Remove the cigarette lighter immediately and use it. Storage
- Reinsert cigarette lighter into the socket after use.
General
Connecting an appliance
-
-
Slide the cover open to reach the cigarette lighter.
Remove cigarette lighter.
& WARNING
• Always remove objects from the instrument panel. Any items
- Plug in appliance to be used . not put away could slide around inside the vehicle while driving or ~

ment
Seats and storage
CD changer*
The CD changer for the Sound System is located in the glove
when accelerating or when applying the brakes or when driving compartmen t.
around a corner.
• When you are driving make sure that anything you may have
placed in the center console or other storage locations cannot fall LJ}.WARNING
out into the footwells . In case of sudden braking you would not be To reduce the risk of personal injury in an accident or sudden stop,
able to brake, depress the clutch or accelerate. • always keep the glove compartment closed while driving. •
Glove compartment App li es t o vehicles: w ith storag e co mpart m ent in the front seats
The glove compartment is illuminated and can be locked . Storage compartment in the front seats
There is a fold-out storage compartment in the front of the
seats.
Opening
- Lift the handle and pull the drawer ou t .
Closing
- Push the drawer in completely until it latches.
Fig. 91 Glove compart -
ment
[i ]Tips
To open glove compartment The maximum carrying capacity 2.2 lbs (1 kg). •
- Pull the handle => fig. 91 in the direct ion of the arrow
push down lid to the fully open position.
To close glove compartment

Push the glove compartment lid upward until the lock
engages.
You will find a glass case in the lid .

Seats and storage
Storage compartment between the seat

backs
....
N
N
'i'
i
Fig. 92 Storage
compartment between
the seat backs
Opening storage compartment

- Pull the handle on the lid in the direction of the arrow
~ page 97, fig. 92 and swing the lid downward.
Closing storage compartment

- Swing the lid upward until it clicks into place.
& WARNING
Always keep the storage compartment lid closed while driving -
risk of injury! •

ment
W a rm a nd c old
Warm and cold
Climate controls Using the previously recommended setting is the quickest way to
achieve a comfortable climate in the vehicle . This setting should
therefore on ly be changed when persona l comfort levels or certain
Controls
circumstances require it .
The air conditioning automatically maintains the selected The climate contr o ls are a combination of automatic heating and
temperature in the vehicleinterior throughout each ventilation systems and a cooling system which dehumidifies and
se ason. coo ls the air inside the veh ic le.
The climate controls automa t ically ma intain a temperature once it
has been set . The temperature of the air from the vents, fan speed
(air volume) and air dis t ribution are also automa t ica lly adjusted . The
system also takes into account strong sunshine so that manual
adjustment is not necessary. So in al most all cases, automatic mode
offers the best conditions for the comfort of the occupants at all
times of the year ~ page 101.
Please note :
In coo ling mode, relative humidity in the interior is reduced. This
prevents the w indows from fogging up.
When relative humidity and temperatures outside are high, conden-
sate can drip from the air conditioning evaporator and form a poo l
of water under the vehicle . This is normal and not an indication of a
leak!
When outside temperatures are low, t he fan does not switch t o a
higher speed until the coolant has reached an adequate tempera-
Fig. 93 Clim at e cont rols ture, with the exception of the d efrost setting .
We recomme nd the f ollowing setting: When accelerating at wide -open throttle, the air conditioning
compressor is temporarily switched off to maintain full engine
Rotate the knob => fig. 93 @ to t he right to switch on the power .
air conditioning.
In order to ensure eng ine cooling under extreme engine loads, the
Set t he temperature to 72 °F (22 °Cl. compressor is switched off if coolant temperatures climb too high. _,,,
Press t he !AUTO ] => fig . 93 button.

W a rm a nd c old
Functions are set by turning the rotary knob or switched on and off
by tapping the buttons . The LED in the buttons illuminates when the & WARNING
function is active . For safet y rea sons, it is imp ortant that all win dow s are free of ice,
snow, and condensati on. Only then is good visibility ensured.
Button(s l Me a ning Page Pleas e familiari ze yourself w ith the correct operat ion of th e air
Rotary knob 0 Temperature selection ~ page 100 cond itioning and how to dehum idify/ defro st the w indows.
Switch ai r conditioning
Rotary knob 0@ on/o ff
Fan
~ page 100 0 Note
• If you suspect that the climate contro ls have been damaged ,
Air distribution ~ page 701 switch the system off to avoid damaging it , and have it inspected by
Rotary knob ©
an authorized Audi dealer.
~ page 101 • Audi climate control system repairs require specia l expertise and
Rear window defogger ~ page 103 the proper tools. You shou ld contact an authorized Audi dealer in
the event of malfunct ions.
Heated seat* driver/pas -
(- .,; +] senger side
~ page 104
Recirculation ~ page 102

[i ] Tip s
- Switch on cooling sys-
~ page 102
• To avoid adversely affecting heating and cooling performance
and to prevent condensation on the windows, the air intake in front
tem of the windsh ield must be free of ice, snow, and leaves.
• The air coming from the vents and circu lating through the en t ire
Po llutant f ilter interior is extracted through the out let slots in the side panels in the
The pollutant filter (particle filter) ensures that contaminants in the luggage compartment. Make sure that the outlet slots are not
outside air (such as dust or po ll en) are grea t ly reduced or stopped. covered by clo t h ing, etc.
The air is also filtered in recirculation mode.
• Climate control works most effectively if t he windows are closed .
The pollutant fil t er element must be changed according to the inter - However , if the interior of a parked vehicle is extremely hot from the
vals specified in the maintenance schedu le so that the air condi- sun's rays, briefly opening the windows can speed up the cooling
tioning system's performance is not adversely affected. process. •
If t he fil t er's effectiveness is weakened by driving the vehicle in
areas with heavi ly polluted outside air, the filter element should also
be changed in between the listed services .

ment
• ..__ w
_ a
_ r_
m_ a_ n_d_ c_o
_ ld__________________________________________________ _
Setting temperature Swit c hing th e c limat e control system on a nd off

Turn the knob ::::,fig . 95 to the right to switch climate
control on. The LED next to the word OFF goes out.
Turn the knob ::::,fig . 95 to the left to switch the climate
cont rol system off . The LED next to the word OFF comes
on .
Setting fan speed ~

Tur n th e knob::::, fi g. 95 to the setting you want t o adjust
Fig . 94 Rotary knob for
t emp erat ure setting fan speed (air quant ity) .
In automatic mode the cl imate control system automatically regu -

- Turn the rota ry knob ::::,fig . 94 to the desi red temperature lates fan speed depending on interior temperature. You can adjust
setting. the volume of air produced by the fan to meet your own require -
men t s.
To set a lower temperature, turn the rotary knob to the left . To set a
high er temperature, turn the rotary knob to the right . Ther e ar e addi -
tional intermedia t e set t ings available to adjust the temperature as [i ] Tips
needed. a If the diffe rence between t he desired temperature set by you and
the vehicle's interior temperature is t oo great, t he fan speed will
change automatically. This is done so that the desired temperature
Switching climate control on and off
setting is reach ed as quickly as possible . •
Fig. 95 Rota ry knob t o

sw itch air condit ioning
on and off and to regu-
lat e fan speed
___________________________________________________ W
_ a
_ r_
m_ a_ n_d_ c_o
_ ld
_ __._
Air distribution Defrost [@)

The windshield and side windows are defrosted or cleared
of condensation as quickly as possible.
To turn on the defogger/defroster, press the[ @] button
=:>page 98, fig. 93.
- To turn the defogger/defroster off, press the[ @] button
aga in, or the (AU TO I button.
Fig. 96 Rotary knob for Temperatur e is controlled automatically . The maximum amount of
air distribut ion air fl ows main ly from vents 1 ~ page 102.
A small amount of air flows from vents 2 - if they are open
- Tur n t he ro t ary knob =:>f ig. 96 to t he desired setting. ~ page 102.
Using the rotary knob, you can adjust air distribution ~ page 102, Pressing the (@I button sw itches off recircu lation mode. •
fig . 97 so that air flows from specific vents.
• In setting -0-,air flows on ly to the windows, vents © and 0 are Automatic operation [AUTO]
open. To defros t the driver and front passenger side windows most
effectively, the vents 0 should be directed toward the side Standard operating mode at all times of the year.
windows .
Turning on autom a ti c operation
• In setting@, air flows on ly to the driver/passenger, vents © and
0 are open . - Set the tempe rature you wan t .
• In setting -0,, air flows only to t he footwell, vents © are open. - Press t he (AUTO I button =:>page 98, fig. 93.
• In setting~. air flows on ly to the windows and the footwell,
vents © and © are open . Automatic operation ensures constant temperatures in the interior
and dehumidifies the air inside the vehicle . Air temperature,
There are additional combinations (through intermedia t e settings) volume, and distribution are controlled automatically to reach or
available to adjust air distribution as needed . • ma intain the desired interior t empera t ure as quickly as possible .
Fluctuations in exterior temperature and the effects of temperature
from the position of the sun are compensat ed for automatically. •

ment
• ..__ w
_ a
_ r_
m_ a_ n_d_ c_o
_ ld__________________________________________________ _
Manual air recirculation mode [~] The cooling system is switched on during A/C operation - the
heating and ven t ilation system is controlled automatica lly.
The recirculation mode prevents polluted outside air from
entering the vehicle interior.
Ii ] Tips
Switching on air recir c ulation If the LED in the switch stays on after A/C operation has been
- Press the button [19.]~ page 98, fig . 93 ~ &. switched off( = switching the A/C offl, there is a fau lt in an air condi -
t ioning component. Please consult an authorized Audi dealer when
Swit c hing off air recir c ulation there is an operating prob lem . •
Press t he butt o n [19.]

ag ain, or
Air vents
Press the [AUTO I button, or
Air distribution determines the air flow fro m the indi -
- Press the[@] button.
vi dual vents.
In recircu lation mode, air is drawn from the vehic le interior, filtered,
and recircu lated. We recommend that you select recircu lation mode
briefly ~ & under the fo llowing conditions:
When driving through a tunnel or in a traffic jam so t hat exhaust
fumes and odors cannot enter the vehic le interior .
& WARNING
You should not use the recirculat ion mode for an extended period
since no fre sh air is drawn in, and with the air conditioning
swit ched off the w indows can fog up - this increases the risk of an
accident ! •
A / C operation [AC)
Switching on A / C
Fig . 97 Instrumen t pan el: Loc ation of a ir vent s
- Press t he [AC] bu tton~ page 98, fig. 93.
Swit c hing A / C off

Vents @ and 0
- To open and close t he outlets, t ur n the adjusting ring.
- Press the [AC] button again.
___________________________________________________ W
_ a
_ r_
m_ a_ n_d_ c_o
_ ld_ __.11
- To adjust the direction of the airflow from the outlet, - If the ve hi cle is extremely hot due to the heat of the sun,
move the tab in the cen t er of the outlet in the desired br iefl y open doors and windows .
direction . The direction of the air delivered from the
vents can be adjusted hor izontally and vertically .
c£>
G)Air flows to the w indshield and the driver and front passenger When you save fuel, you reduce emissions from the vehicle . •
side windows
@ Air flows to t he driver/fron t passeng er or t o the driver and front
passenger side windows Rear window defogger [ffiJ
© Air flows to the driver/front passenger The rear window defogger clears the rear window of
© Air flows to the footwe ll condensation.
Using the rotary knob, you can adjust air distribution => page 101 so
that air flows from specific vents => page 102, fig. 97.
Heated or unheated fresh air, or cooled air flows from the vents.
[i ] Tips
If climate control is running in cooling mode, air should flow mainly
from vents @ and G). To achieve adequate coo ling, you should
never close the outlets completely . •
Fig. 98 Switc h for rear
w indow defogger
Using the climate controls economically
- Press the [ml button to turn t he rear window defogger on
Economical use of the climate controls helps to save fuel. and off.
When climate co ntrol is w orking in cooling mode, engine
The rear window defogger works only when the engine is running .
performa nce is reduced and fuel consum pt ion is affected . The indicator light in the button illuminates when the rear window
To keep the t ime the air cond itioning is on as short as defogger is turned on .
poss ible, you should do the following :
The rear window defogger is switched off automatica lly after 10 to
- If yo u would like to save fue l, sw itch the air con di ti o ning 20 m inutes, depending on the outside temperature .
off . At very low outside temperatures, the rear window defogger can be
- If you open t he windows while driving, switch t he air switched on continuously by pushing the Qii)button for more than 2
seconds. This remains stored until the ignition is switched off . A ..,
conditio ning off .

ment
- .._ __________________________________________
W a rm a nd c old _
rear window defogger that was switched on also remains stored for
15 minutes after the ignition is switched off . 0 Note
If the eng ine is restarted within these 15 m inutes, the rear window To avo id damage to the heating eleme nts in the seats, do not kneel
defogger is activated for 10 to 20 minutes, depending on outside on the seats or place heavy loads on a small area of the seat. •
t emperature. With a vehicle that is parked for a short time, the rear
window defogger does not need to be manually activated again.
<£>
As soon as the rear window is clear, you should switch the rear
window defogger off. The reduced power consumption has a bene-
ficial effect on fue l consumption . •
Heated seats
~- -
Ap p lies to vehi cles : wit h heated seats
(- ,J +)
The seat cushion and the seat back of the front seats can
be heated electrically.
Fig . 99 Heate d driver

and passenger seats
- Press t he heated seats button I- ,J +Ito set t he level of

heat in g desired=> fig. 99.
The range of controls goes from 1 to 3. The heat setting selected is

shown by LEDs above the button .
___________________________________________________ _ n_ t_h:....
O e:.....:.
r_:
o:....
a:.:.
..:.:.___,J"'
d
On the road
Steering
& WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel column Improper use of steering wheel adjustment and improper seating
position can cause serious personal injury.
The steering wheel position can be continuously adjusted
• Adjust the steering wheel column only when the vehicle is not
in height and distance. moving to prevent loss of vehicle control.
• Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so that there is a
minimum of 10 inches (25 cm) between your chest and the
steering wheel =>page 130, fig. 118 . If you cannot maintain this
minimum distance , the airbag system cannot protect you prop-
erly .
• If physical limitations prevent you from sitting 10 inches (25
cm) or more from the steering wheel , check with your authorized
Audi dealer to see if adaptive equipment is available.
Fig. 100 Lever under • If the steering wheel is aligned with your face, the supple-
the steering column mental driver's airbag cannot provide as much protection in an
accident. Always make sure that the steering wheel is aligned with
First, adjust t he driver's seat correct ly. your chest .
- Push the lever~ fig. 100 -Arr ow - ~ /.1. • Always hold the steering wheel with your hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to reduce the risk of personal injury if the
- Move the steering wheel to the desired position. driver's airbag deploys .
Push the lever against the steering column until it locks. • Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with
your hands inside the steering wheel rim or on the steering wheel
There must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your chest and the hub . Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious
center of the steering wheel. If you cannot sit more than 10 inches injuries to the hands , arms and head if the driver's airbag
(25 cm) from the steering wheel, see if adaptive equipment is avail- deploys . •
able to help you reach the pedals and increase the distance from the
steering wheel.
For detailed information on how to adju st the driver's seat, see
=>page 89.

ment
• ..__ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a
_ d____________________________________________________ _
Ignition lock and ignition switch Before the starter can be operated again the key must be turned
back to posi t ion G). The non-repeat lock prevents you from
damaging the starter when the engine is running.
Ignition lock
The ignition key starts or s tops the eng ine.
& WARNING
• Never remove the key from the ignition lock while the vehicle is
moving. The steering wheel will lock causing loss of control .
• If you have to leave your vehicle - even for just a minute - always
remove the ignition key and take it with you . This is especially
important if you are going to leave children behind in the vehicle.
The children could start the engine or use other vehicle control s.
Unsupe rvised use of vehicle controls (for example , power
window s) can cause serious personal injurie s.
Fig. 101 Ignit ion lock
position s
[i ] Tips
Ignition off G) If the veh icle battery has been disconnected an d then reconnected,
In posit ion => fig. 101 G) both the ignition and engine are off, and then you must leave the key in position G) for about 5 seconds
t he steering is locked. bef or e you can start the engine . •
To lock the steering after you have removed the ignition key, turn
the steering whee l in either direction until you hear it lock into Appl ies to vehicles: with automat ic trans miss ion
place . You should always lock the steering whenever you leave your
Ignition key safety lock
vehic le. This makes a vehicle theft even more difficult =>& .
The ignition key can only be rem oved when the selec tor
Ignition on 0 lever is in the "P" (Park) p osition.
If it is difficult to turn the key after you have inserted it into the igni -
tion lock, turn the steering wheel back and forth. This will take the After switching off the ignition, the ignition key can only be
load off the steering lock mechanism and you wil l be able to turn the removed from the igni t io n lock w hen the selector lever is in the "P"
key freely and start the engine. (Park) position . After you have removed the key, the selector lever is
locked and cannot be moved. •
Starting the engine ®
In this position the engine starts . Whi le the engine is starting, the
power supply to the headlights and other electrical consumers is
temporari ly interrupted to conserve battery power . After the engine
has started, release the key and it will return to position G).
___________________________________________________ _ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a_d
O __ ,n
Starting and stopping the engine
0 Note
• Avoid high engine speeds, fast acceleration or heavy engine
Starting the engine
loads while the engine is still cold. This could damage the engine.
The engine can only be started with on original Audi key • The engine cannot be started by pushing o r towing t he vehicle.
and the clutch pedal* depressed.
- Set the parking brake. ~ For the sake of the environment
To avoid unnecessary engine wear and to reduce exhaust emis-
Move the selector lever to the neutral position (automatic
sions, do not let your vehicle stand and warm up. Be ready to drive
transmission: selector lever in P or N) ~ &. off immediately after starting your vehicle. Maintain moderate
- On vehicles with manual transmission, fully depress the speed until the engine is completely warm. Remember, the engine
clutch pedal. performs best at operating temperature. •
- Turn the ignition key to position G) ~ page 106, fig. 101

- do not depress the gas pedal when starting the engine! Stopping the engine
- Let go of the key as soon as the engine starts. - Turn the ignition key to position G) ~ page 106, fig. 101.
A cold engine may at first be loud after it has been started. This is
due t o the hydraulic valves building up the oil pressure . This normal
and no need for concern.
& WARNING
• Never turn off the engine until the vehicle has come to a
If the engine does not star t immediately, stop t rying after 10
complete stop.
seconds and then try to restart the engine about 30 seconds later.
• The brake booster and servotronic only work when the engine
is running . With the ignition turned off, you have to apply more
& WARNING force when steering or braking. Since you cannot steer and stop
normally, this can lead to accidents and serious injuries.
Never start or let the engine run in a confined or enclosed area.
Exhaust fumes from the engine contain carbon monoxide, a color- • The radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes even
less and odorless gas. Carbon monoxide can be fatal if inhaled . after you have turned off the engine and removed the ignition key.
The radiator fan can also turn on again if the engine coolant heats
• Never leave the engine idling unattended. An unattended
up because of intense sunlight or heat build-up in the engine
vehicle with a running engine poses a danger of personal injury or
compartment. .,
theft.

ment
• ..__ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a
_ d____________________________________________________ _
If you should drive off with the parking brake still set, a warning tone
0 Note will sound and the following will appear in the instrument cluster to
Do not stop the engine immediately after hard or extended driving. remind you to release the parking brake:
Keep the engine running for approximately two minutes to prevent
Parking brake set
excessive heat build-up. •
The parking brake warning comes on only after you have driven for
longer than 3 seconds and faster than 5 mph (5 km/h).
Parking brake The parking brake warning light Brake (USA)/ {CD)(CON) illuminates
when the parking brake is set and you switch on the ignition.
Parking brake
When the parking brake is set, it prevents the vehicle from & WARNING
rolling away unintentionally. Always release the parking brake completely . A partially engaged
brake will overheat the rear brakes, reduce their effectiveness and
cause excessive wear. This could lead to brake failure and an acci-
dent.
0 Note
Only after the vehicle has come to complete stop, should you firmly
set the parking brake and either move the gearshift lever into 1st .
Fig. 102 Center gear (manual transmission) or move the selector lever into "P"
console: Parking brake (Automatic transmission). •
set
Setting the parking brake Parking

- Pull the parking brake lever all the way up. To prevent a parked vehicle from rolling away, there are a
few things you should do.
Releasing the parking brake
When you park your vehicle, do the following:
Pull the parking brake lever up slightly and press the
release button at the same time => fig. 102 -arrow-. - Stop the vehicle using the brake pedal.
Keep the release button pressed and lower the parking - Set the parking brake firmly.
brake=> &- - Switch off the engine.
_________________________________________________ .=.:.
O n.:....:
t~h:.::
e::....:..
r.::
o:.::
a:.:
d::...__lfflll
- Wit h a manual transm issi o n, engage 1st gea r, or with an Acoustic parking system
automatic transmission place the selector lever in P
=>& . Ap pli es to vehicles : w ith 4-channe l acou stic park assist
- Remove the ignition key from the ignit ion lock. Rear acoustic park assist
Acoustic park assist gives a warning about obstacles
Wha t el s e y ou should do wh e n parking yo u r v ehi c le on
a n incli ne or d ec li ne
behind the vehicle.
Turn the steering whee l so that if the vehicle shou ld start to rol l, it Description
wi ll roll into the curb. The rear acoustic park assist (4-channel acoustic park assist) deter -
If you are park ing on a decline (the front of you r vehic le facing mines the d istance of the vehic le from an obstac le using u ltrasonic
downhill) , turn t he front wheels to the right so t hat they poin t sensors. The sensors are in the rear bumper. The volume and the
toward the curb . pitch of the chimes can be adjusted through the menu display
=>page 27.
If you are park ing on an incline (the font of your vehicle facing
uphill!, turn the front whe els to the left so that they point away from The range at which the sensors start to measure is about :
the curb .
To the side 2 feet (0.60 m)
& WARNING Center rear 5 feet (1.60 ml
Thi s is how you can reduce the risk of injury w hen leaving your A c ti v atio n
vehicle . The par king assist is activated when reverse gear is engaged . A brief
• Never par k the vehicle w here it can come in cont act w ith dry tone confirms that the system is activated .
grass, spilled fuel or any other flammable mater ials.
Ba c king up
• Never allow anyone - especially small children - t o remain in the
vehicle when it is locked. Locked doors make it more difficult for
Distance warning when backing up starts when an obstacle is
rescuers to access the passenger compartment in the event of an
detec t ed in the range of the park assist system . As the distance
decreases, the time interval between the aud ible tones becomes
emergency. Danger to life!
shorter .
• Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. Children
could release the parking brake or move the gearsh ift lever out of When the distance is less than 1 foot (0.30 m), the tone becomes
gear. The vehicle could start to roll away and cause an accident . continuous . At this point you should stop backing up.
• No matter what the season is, the temperature in a parked Please note that low objects already signalled by a warning can
vehicle can reach dangerou s levels. • disappear from the syst em's detection range and wil l not continue
t o be signa lled . ..,

ment
• ..__ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a
_ d____________________________________________________ _
Po t e nt ial m a lf un c ti o n s Cruise control

If a warning buzzer sounds for a few seconds when the ign ition is
switched on, there is a system malfunction with the acoustic park Switching the system on
assist. If the malfunction persists until the ignition is switched off,
there will be no acoustic warning at the next attempt to activate the The cruise control system makes it possible to drive at a
system. Have the problem corrected. constant speed sta r ting at 20 mph (30 km/h) .
There is no confirmation t one when reverse gea r is engaged if there
is a system malfunction .
For the parking assist to operate, the sensors must be kept clean
and free of ice.
& WARNING
• Sensors have blind spots in w hich objects cannot be dete cted.
Pay special attenti on to small children and anim als. They cannot Fig. 103 Control lever
always be dete cted by the sensors - dan ger of an accident ! w ith set butt on
• The parking assist cannot replace th e driver's attention . The

driver alone is responsible for parking and simil ar driving mane u-
vers. Alway s wat ch whe re you are driving .
(D Note
Low obstacles already signa lled by a warn ing can disappear from
the system's detection range as they are approached and wi ll not
continue to be signalled. Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw
bars, thin painted vertical poles , or fences may not be detected by Fig. 104 Display:
the system - risk of damage. Select ed speed
Pull the lever @ to posit ion (D ::::>fig. 103 to sw itch t he

[i J Tip s system on.
For the parking assist to operate, the sensors must be kept clean
and free of snow and ice. • Drive at the speed yo u wis h t o set.
Press button @ to set that speed.
The disp lay=> fig . 104 will show the set speed . The display may vary
depending on the type of display in your vehicle . The indicator light ~
On th e road -
----------------
ISE(US mod ell/ f-f (Canadian
CRU mod ell will also light up in the Change speed in increments of 1 mph (1 km/h) by lightly pressing
instrument cluster . the lever . If you keep the lever pressed down, you will alter your
speed in 5 mph (10 km/ h) increments .
& WARNING You can also press the acce lerator pedal down to increase your
speed, e.g. if you want to pass someone. The speed you saved
• Alw ays pay att enti on to traffic even whe n the cruise control is earlier will resume as soon as you release the accelerator pedal.
swit ched on. You are alway s responsible for your speed and the
distanc e betw een your vehicle and other vehicles.
If , however, you exceed your saved speed by 5 mph (10 km/h) for
longer than 5 minutes, the cruise control will turn off temporarily .
• For safet y reasons, th e cruise control should not be used in the
The symbol will go ou t but the saved speed will be retained. •
cit y, in stop -and-go traffic , on twi st ing roads and when road condi-
t ions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and hydro-
planing ) - risk of accident. Pr e s e tting your sp ee d
• Turn off the cruise control t emporarily w hen ente ring turn
You can preset your desired speed while the vehicle is not
lanes, highwa y exit lane s or in constru ct ion zones.
moving.
• Please note that inadvertentl y "rest ing" your foot on the accel-
erato r pedal causes t he cruise control not to brake. Thi s is because Turn on the ignition.
the cruise control is overridden by the driver's acceleration .
Pull lever @ into position 0 ~ page 110, fig. 103.
[i ] Tip s Press t he lever in the 0 or O direction to increase or
• Vehicles w ith manua l transmission : You can at t ain the set speed decrease your speed.
only if the currently engaged gear allows it and the engine is not - Release the lever t o save that speed .
stressed. Shifting to a higher or lower gear promptly will allow the
engine to run smooth ly. This function makes it possible, for example, to save the speed you
• The cruise control cannot maintain a constant speed when want before driving on the highway . Once on the highway, activate
driving downhi ll. The vehicle will acce lerate under its own weight . the cruise contro l by pulling the lever toward (D. •
Downshift to a lower gear or use the brakes to slow down. •
Switching the system off

Changing speed
Tempor a ry d e a c tiv a ti o n
- Press lever © in the 0or O
direction ~ page 110, Press the brake pedal, or
fig. 103 to in crease or dec rease your speed.
- Keep the clutch pedal pressed down longer, or
- Release t he lever to save that speed .
- Press t he lever © into posi t io n 0 (not cli cked into pla ce)
~ page 110, fi g. 103, or ~

ment
______________
..___On th e ro a d _
-
- Drive for longer t han 5 minutes at more than 5 m ph Audi magnetic ride is an electronically controlled damping system.
(10 km/h) above the st o red speed . This chassis system assists the driver by adap t ing t o t he particular
situation through imperceptib le control processes. The damping
Swi tc hing off c ompl e tely provides individua l modulation of damp ing forces. For example,
with damping characteristics set to provide greater comfort ,
Press lever @ into pos ition 0 (clicked into place), or damping is set somewhat harder for a brief period only as required,
- Sw itch th e ignition off . when rounding a curve and when braking .
S tandard setting
The system retains the saved speed if you deactivate the cruise
control temporarily. To resume the saved speed, release the brake or Select the standard setting if you prefer a suspension setting
clutch peda l and pull the lever to position G). emphasizing comfort .
Switching the igni t ion off erases t he saved speed . S po rt s etting

Select the sport setting if you prefer a sporty suspension setting .
& WARNING The LED in the switch comes on to indicate sport setting.
You should only return to the saved speed if it is not t oo fast for
the current tr affi c condition s - risk of an accid ent! • [i ]Tip s
The warning/indicator light in t he ins t rument cluster comes on in
the event of a malfunction. Drive to the c losest authori zed Audi
App lies to vehicl es: wit h m agn et ic ride dea ler as soon as possible and have the malfunction repaired. •
Audi magnetic ride
Damping can be adjusted to the driver's preference and it
adap ts automa tically to the current driv i ng si tuation.
Fig. 105 Center

co nsole: Switch for
Audi magnetic ride
Press the sw itch => fig. 105 to turn sport sett ing on or off .
_______________ Tran s mi ss ion___. -
Transmission
App lies to vehicles: with manual tra nsm ission
Manual transmission
Gearshift pattern (6-speed manual
Applies to vehicles: with manual transmission transmission )
Gearshift lever
The clutch pedal must be depressed all the way before
you can start the engine .
The manual transmission in your Audi is equipped with an
interlock-feature.
- Depress the clutch pedal all the way.
Fig. 106 Gearshift
- Start the eng ine with t he gearshift lever in Neutra l and patt ern: 6-speed
the clutch pedal depressed . manual tr ansm ission
0 Note
Engaging reverse gear (R)
Move the shift lever all the way to t he left, press it dow n,
Always depress the clutch peda l fully when changing gears . Do not
hold the vehicle on a hi ll with the clutch pedal partially depressed . then pus h it forward .
This may cause premature clutch wear or damage .
Especially after driving forward, stop the vehic le completely, shift
into Neutral and rest the shift lever briefly in Neutral before shifting
[i J Tip s into Reverse. •
• Resting your hand on the gearshift lever knob while driving will
cause premature wear in the transmission .
• The back-up lights go on when you shift into Reverse with the
S tronic transmission
ignition on . •
App lies to vehic les: w ith S tron ic®
Introduction
Your vehicle is equipped with a S tronic transmission, also called a

double -c lut ch system/transmission .
Power is transferred between the engine and the transmission by
means of two independent clutches . They replace the torque tJ,,,

ment
_L--_ T.:...:..
ra:::.:..
n;.:
s:..:
m
:.:....:..:
i;.:
s;.:
s:..:
i;.:
o:....:
n...:....
__________________________________________________ _
converter of conventional automatic transmissions and allow the Parking

vehic le to accelerate without a noticeable break in the power flow.
- Step on and hold the brake pedal :::>& .
With the aid of tiptronic , the gears can optionally be shifted manu-
ally ~ page 118. • - Apply the parking brake firmly .
- Hold the release button down, move the selector lever to
Ap pli es to ve hic le s: w it h S troni c® P and release the button.
Driving Notes
Stopping on an incline
The forward gears are shifted up or down automatically.
- Always hold the vehic le with the footbrake or parking
brake in orde r to prevent "rollback":::> & . Do not try to
prevent the vehicle from rolling back by rewing the
engine while it is in gear.
Starting on a hill
- Apply the hand brake firmly .
center console:
- With the engine in gear, gradually accelerate and release
Selector lever with the hand brake.
release button
The engine can on ly be started with the selector lever in P or N
Starting from stop ~ page 107. At low ambient temperatures (14 °F /-1 O °C), it is only
possible to start the engine with the se lector lever in P.
Step on and hold t he brake pedal.
When park ing on leve l ground, it is sufficient to place the selector
- Hold the release button (button in selector lever) down, lever in P. On a steeply sloping road , you should first apply the
move the selector lever to t he desired position, for parking brake firmly and then place the selector lever in P. This way,
example D :::>page 115, and release the button. you do not overload the paw l mechanism and it is easier to move
the selector lever out of P.
- Release the brake pedal and accelerate :::>& .
Stopping temporarily & WARNING

- Bring t he vehicle to a full st op with the brake, e.g. at • Never leave your vehicle with the engine running while in gear.
traffic signals. If you must leave your vehicle with the engine running, set the
parking brake and engage the park lock.
- Do not accelerate.
• When the engine is running and the transmission is in gear (D,
S or R) or in "tiptronic " mode , it is essential that you stop the ~
Transmission -
----------------
Ap pli es to vehic les: w it h S tronic®
& WARNING (continu ed) Selector lever positions
vehicle w it h the footbrake . When idling, the tr ansmission of power
does not stop completely - the vehicle "creeps". All the selec tor lever posi tions are explai ned in th is
• Do not accelerate when you change the selector lever position secti on.
with the vehicle stationary and the engine running - risk of an acci-
dent!
• Never place the selector lever in the R or N position while the
vehicle is mov ing - risk of an accident !
• If you have to bring your vehicle to a stop while on an incline,
keep the foot brake depressed all the way down so that the vehicle
does not start to roll backward. You should never hold the vehicle
using the clutch pedal if you are going to be stopped on an incline .
Fig. 108 Display:
If you do, the clutch will start to slip when it overheats caused by Selector lever posi-
the constant overload . This is dangero us because if the vehicle tion s
starts to roll backward , you could cause an accident. If the clutch
should start to slip, you will feel the vehicle "jerk" and the selector The selector lever positi o n is shown in t h e instr ume nt cluste r
lever display will start blinking. display by highlighting the appropriate symbol.
• Before driving down a steep slope, reduce your speed and shift
P - Park lock
into a lower gear with "tiptronic ".
In this position the gears are mechanically locked .
• Do not ride the brakes or apply the brake pedal too often or too
long. Constant braking causes the brakes to overheat and The park lock mu st o n ly be engage d w it h th e vehi cle stationa ry
substantially reduces braking performance , increases braking =>& .
distance or causes complete failure of the brake system. • To engage P and to remove the lever from this position, you must
depr ess the release button (but t o n i n t he select o r lever ha ndle) and
simu ltaneously you must step on the brake pedal.
R - reverse
In this positio n, reverse is engaged.
Reverse gear m ust o nly be engaged with the vehic le stationary and
the engine running at id le speed =>& .
To engage R, you hav e to depres s t he release button and sim ult a-
neous ly step on the brake pedal. In the R position, the back-up lights
il lu mina t e with t he ig n iti o n o n. ...

ment
....... _ T
_ r_a_n_s_m
_ i_
s_s_i_o_n______________________________________________________ _
N - Neutral
The transmission is in neutral in this position.
parking brake applied firmly - risk of an accident! Follow the
D - Normal position for driving forward warning stickers => page 212, "Engine compartment".
In this position, the forward gears are automatically shifted up and
down, depending on engine load and vehicle speed.
[i] Tips
To engage S from N, the brake pedal must be depressed at speeds If you have inadvertently shifting into N while the vehicle is moving,
below 5 km/h or when the vehicle is stationary=> & . you should remove your foot from the accelerator and wait until the
In certain circumstances (driving in the mountains for example) it engine speed has dropped to idle before shifting back to Dor S. •
can be beneficial to switch temporarily to the manual shift program
=> page 118 in order to adjust the gear ratios to driving conditions
Ap plies to vehicles : wi th S tronic ®
manually.
Selector lever lock
S - Sport setting
The selector lever lock prevents a gear from being
The S setting should be selected for sporting driving. The power
engaged accidentally and unintentionally setting the
reserves of the engine can be fully exploited through later upshifts .
vehicle in motion.
To engage S from N, the brake pedal must be depressed at speeds
below 5 km/h or when the vehicle is stationary=> &, .
& WARNING
• Never place the selector lever in the R or P position while the
vehicle is moving - risk of an accident!
• With the engine running, it is necessary to hold the vehicle with
the foot brake in all selector lever positions (except P and N),
because even at idle speed the transfer of power is never Fig. 109 Selector lever
locks
completely interrupted - the vehicle "creeps". If the vehicle is
stationary and the transmission is engaged, the engine should
never be speeded up unintentionally (e.g. manually from under the The selector lever lock is released as follows:
hood). Otherwise the vehicle will immediately start to move -
Switch the ignition on.
sometimes even if the parking brake is firmly applied - risk of an
accident! Step on the brake pedal and simultaneously hold down
• Before you or other persons open the hood and work on a the release button . _.,
running engine, the selector lever must be moved to P and the
____________________________________________________ T
_ r_
a_n_s_m
__is_s_i_o_n
__ ftll
A ut omat ic selec t o r lever lock <& Ap pli es to vehicles: with S tronic®
The selector lever is locked in the P and N positions when the igni - Kick -down feature
tion is on . To move the lever from these positions the driver must
The kick-down feature allows maximum acceleration.
depress the brake pedal. As a reminder to the driver, the fol lowing
warning appears in the instrument cluster display when the selector If you depress the accelerator pedal ful ly beyond t he ful l-th rott le
is in P and N: position, the transmission automatical ly downshifts one gear,
APPLY BRAKE WHEN ENGAGING GEAR WITH V EHICLE depending on vehicle speed and engine rpm . The upshi f t into the
STATIONARY next higher gear takes place as soon as the maximum specified
engine speed is reached.
In addition, the symbo l <& for the automat ic selector lever lock illu -
minates in the shift gate.
The selector lever lock is effective only when the vehicle is & WARNING
stationary and at speeds below 5 km/h . At higher speeds, the lock in Please note that the drive w heels can spin if t he kick-dow n is used
the N position is automatically switched off . on a smooth slippery road - risk of skidding! •
The selecto r lever is not locked when rapid shifts are made through
the N position (e.g. from R to Dl. This allows you to "rock" the vehicle App li es to vehicles: with S tronic®
if it becomes stuck. If the lever is in the N position for more than
Launch Control Program
1 second with the brake pedal not depressed, the selector lock
engages automatica lly. The Launch Control Program permits maximum accelera-
Release bu tt on
tion.
The release button in the selector lever handle prevents accidenta l In order to use Launc h Control, t he ASR (Anti-Slip Regula-
shifts into certain selector lever positions . When you press the tion) must be disab led. When ASR is disabled, the ESP
release button, the selector lever lock is cancelled. In the illustra- warning/indicator light f in t he instrument cluster illumi -
tion, the positions in wh ich the release button has to be pressed are
nates . So that Launch Control can be used, the engine must
highlighted in color => page 116, fig. 109.
be at operat ing temperature and the steering wheel must
Ig nition key re m ova l lo ck not be turned.
The ignition key can on ly be remove after the ignition is switched off - With the engine running, briefly press the ESP button.
if the selector lever is in P.As long as the ignition key is removed, the
The message "ASR off" appears in the instrument cluster
selector lever is locked in P.•
display .
- Sh ift the gear lever to "S" or the tiptronic® position.
- Step on the brake peda l w ith yo ur left foo t and keep the
brake peda l f ully depressed for at least one second. ._

ment
• ..__ T_ra_ n_s_m
_ i_s_s_i_o_n___________________________________________________ _
- With your right foot, step on the accelerator to the wide- Ap p lies to vehicles: wi ths tro ni c®
open throttle position or Kickdown. The engine speed tiptronic operation

settles at about 3,200 rpm (6-cylinder engine) or about
Tiptronic allows the driver to shift gears manually.
2,600 rpm (4-cylinder engine).
- Take your left foot off the brake.
The S tronic® in your vehicle is electronically controlled. A special

Launch Control Program provides the best acceleration from a
standing start .
& WARNING Fig. 110 Center

console: Manual
• Always adapt your driving to the traffic flow.
shifting (tiptronicl
• Only use Launch Control when road and traffic conditions allow
it and other drivers will not be endangered or annoyed by your
driving and the acceleration of the vehicle.
• Make sure that ESP remains enabled. With the ESP disabled,
the vehicle could brake away, particularly on a slick and slippery
road - risk of skidding!
• Once acceleration is finished, switch ASR on again by briefly
pushing the ESP button. •
Fig. 111 Display:
Manual shifting
(tiptronicl
Switching to manual
- Push the selector lever to the right from D. As the trans-
mission has switched, 6 5 4 3 2 1 appears in the display,
with the gear that is engaged highlighted.
Upshifting
- Tap the selector lever forward (in the tiptronic setting)
=> fig. 110 0- ...
_______________________________________________________ T_r_a_ n_s_m
__is_s_ io_n_ __.111
Downshifting Shifting d o wn
- Tap the selector lever backward (in the tiptronic setting) Pull the left paddle, marked O ::::>fig. 112 brief ly towards
o. you .
Switching to manual can be carried out with the vehicle stationary The selector padd les on the steering wheel are activated when the
as well as moving . selector lever on the center console is in D, S, or in the manual posi -
tion (Tiptronic model .
When accelerating, the transmission shifts into the next gear in
gears 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 shortly before the maximum permissible You can also shift gears in the Tiptronic mode using the selector
engine speed is reached. lever on the center console .
If you have selected a lower gear than the current one, the transmis-
sion wil l only shift down when the engine cannot be overspeeded. [i ] Tips
If kick -down is actuated, the transmission shifts into a lower gear With t he gear selector lever in either "D" or "S" the transmission wi ll
independently of speed and engine rpm. • switch back to the automatic mode if you do not use the paddles
within approx . 30 seconds . •
App lies to vehicles: with S tron ic® and with Tiptronic controls on th e steering wheel
Steering wheel with Tiptronic ® controls App lies to vehic les: w ith S tron ic®
Back - up program
The selector paddles allow the driver to keep both hands
on the steering wheel when shifting gears. In the event of a sys tem malfunction, there is an back-up
program .
In the event of system malfunctions, the automatic transmission
switches to the fai l-safe mode . This is signa ll ed by one segment or
all the segments in the display illuminating or going out.
The effect of a system ma lfunction can be one of the fo ll owing :
• The program shifts only into certain gears.
Fig. 112 Sport

• Reverse gear can no longer be engaged .
stee ring w heel wi t h • The manua l shift program (tiptronicl is switched off in the fail-
selector paddl es safe mode.
If the transmission switches to fail-safe mode, you should take the
Shifting up
vehicle to an authorized Audi dea lership as soon as possib le to have
- Pull the right paddle, marked 0 => fig . 112 briefly the condition corrected . •
towards you .
Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
• ..__ T_ra_ n_s_m
_ i_s_s_i_o_n___________________________________________________ _
Ap pli es to vehi cles : w it h S tr oni c® - Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the trim using
Emergency release for selector lever a small screwdriver @ .
If the vehicle's power supply fails, the selector lever can - Pull both sides of the boot upward in the direct ion of the
be released in an emergency. arrows @ .
- Fold the boot upward.
Emergency release for selector lever

- Press the release lever toward the center of the vehicle
with the screwdriver ~ fig. 114 ©
and hold it in this
position.
Fig. 113 Selector - Now press the lock button on the selector lever @ and
lever:: Remove selector move the selector lever to the N position.
lever sleeve
- Clip the shift boot back into the shift gate.
If t he vehicle has to be pushed or towed if the power supply fails

(e.g. battery is discharged), the selector lever must be moved to the
N position using the emergency locking device .
& WARNING
The selector must only be shifted from the P position if the hand-
Fig. 114 Selector lever:
emergency release brake is firmly applied. Otherwise the vehicle would start moving
from the Park position unexpectedly on a grade when the selector lever is shifted from
the P position · increasing the risk of an accident. •
The emergency release mechanism is located on the right
front under the selector lever shift gate. The release proce -
dure requires professional dexterity. We recommend that
you seek assistance.
Removing the selector lever boot

- Engage the parking brake.
_______________ HomeLink® ___. -
Homelink®
Universal remote control & WARNING (continued)

Ap plies to vehicl es: wit h Home lin k® u nive rsal rem ot e cont rol • For safety reasons never release the parking brake or start the
General information engine while anyone is standing in front of the vehicle.
• A garage door or an estate gate may sometimes be set in
The Homelink® feature can learn up to three radio motion when the Homelink® remote control is being
frequency codes for most current transmitters used for programmed . If the device is repeatedly activated, this can over-
operating garage doors, estate gates, home or outdoor strain motor and damage its electrical components - an over-
lighting systems, and other devices. heated motor is a fire hazard!
• To avoid possible injuries or property damage, please always
You must first program the Homelink ® transmitter before you can
make absolutely certain that no persons or objects are located in
use the system~ page 121, "Programming the Homelink® trans-
the range of motion of any equipment being operated. •
mitter" .
In order to program the Homelink® transmitte r for devices utili zing
Ap plies t o vehi cles : wit h Home li nk® un iversal remote co ntro l
rolling cod e, a second person on a ladder who can safely reach the
garage door opener motor is recommended. It is also necessary to Programming the Homelink ® transmitter
locate the "learn" button on your garage door opener motor . Refer
The transmitter is programmed in two phases. For rolling
to the operating instructions for the opener, as the location and
color of this button may vary by manufacturer .
code transmitters, a third phase is also necessary.
You can still use the original remote control for the device at any
time .
& WARNING
0
• Never use the Homelink"" transmitter with any garage door
opener that does have not the safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards . This includes any garage Fig. 115 Overhead
door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982. console: Homelink®
keypad ...
• A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety
standards. Using a garage door opener wit hout these features
increases risk of serious injury or death .

ment
-L _!H~
o~m~e~L:!!in~
k~®~------------------------------------------------
Phase 2:
programming the bumper mounted transmitter
6. Hold the original remote control at a distance between 0-
5 in. (0-13 cm) from the bumper below the appropriate
headlight for your vehicle ::::,fig. 116 (use the shortest
distance possible).
Fig . 116 Front bumper , 7. Aim the remote control just below the driver side head -
driver side: location of
transmitter unit light.
8. Press and hold the activation button on the remote
Phase 1: programming the overhead keypad control.
1. Make sure your vehicle is within operating range of the - May be different in Canada. If so, press and re-press
remote controlled garage door opener. (cycle) the activation button on your remote control every
2. Set the parking brake ::::, & in "Genera l information". two seconds.
3. Turn the ignition on. Do not start the engine! 9. The emergency flashers will flash three times (after
about 15-60 seconds) when the programming is
4. Press and hold the two outside Homelink® buttons (D
successful. Release the button on the remote control.
and @f or approxim~tely 20 sec_onds until in d icator
light@::::, page 121, fig. 115 begins to flash. Then - To program more devices, repeat steps 4 to 9.
release both buttons. Do not hold the buttons for longe r 10. Press and hold the trained Home link® button and
than 30 seconds. observe the indica tor light @ ::::,page 121, fig. 115.
- This procedure on ly needs to be performed once. It If the indicator light is solid/continuous, programming is
erases the factory-set default codes and does not have to complete and your device should activate when you
be repeated to program additional remote controls.
press and release the trained Homelink® button.
5. Press and hold the Homeli nk® button (D, ®
or @ until - If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and is
the indicator light@sta rts flashing slowly. Release the then a solid/continuous ligh t, proceed with phase 3 to
button. program a rolling code device.
- The system will remain in programming mode for 5
minutes. Go to the front of the vehicle and proceed with Phase 3: rolling code programming
phase 2. - A second person on a ladder who can safely reach the
garage door opener motor is recommended. ~
_______________ H ome Lin k®___. -
11. Locate the "learn" button on the garage door opener App lies to veh icles: wi th Homelin k® un iversa l remo te contr o l
motor (refer to the operating instructions for the opener, Operating the Homelink ® transmitter
as the locat ion of this button may vary by manufacturer) .
The Homelink® transmitter works in the same manner as
12. Press and release the learn button on the garage door the original handheld remote control that came with the
opener motor . system.
- Note : once the button is pressed, there are 30 seconds in
wh ich to initiate the next step. ~ ---- - ------- .....--- - -J lil
9
al
..... .. Cl)
13. On the Homelink ® keypad inside the vehicle, firmly .::::::
press and hold the Homelink ® button prev iously
...•
......
••••
,.. •.•1 ~
programmed in phases 1 and 2 for two seconds and

release . Repeat th is seque nce twi ce.
- Some vehicles may require the press/hold/re lease
Fig. 117 Close-up:
sequence up to three times to complete the training
Home lin k® keypad
process.
HomeLink ® should now activate your rolling code - Press the appropr iate programmed button G), @ or @
equipped device. to act ivate the des ired remote control function ~ in &
"General information " on page 121. •
If the 5 minut e tim e lim it is exceeded, the emer gency fla shers w ill
flash one ti me to indicate that t he process has been terminated. In
Ap plies to vehi cles: w ith Homeli nk® u niversal remote co ntro l
th is case, rep eat st eps 4 through 9.
Reprogramming a single button
If the emergency flashers do not flash three times (after about 15-
60 seconds) , programming was not successful. In thi s case, repeat A Homelink® but t on can be reprogrammed individually
steps 4 through 9. without affecting the other button allocations.
Remo t e con tr ol uni t s for garage door openers in Canada are set to
stop t ransm itting radio frequency signals aft er two seconds . This Progr a mming th e ov e rh ea d k e yp a d
time may not be sufficient for the Homelink® system to learn the - Press the appropriate Homelink® button unt il the ind i-
rad io frequency signal. Perform all oth er steps as described cator light begins flashing slowly. _,.
above. •

ment
• .___ H
_ o_m
_ e
_ L_i_
n_k_®____________________________________________________ _
Pr og ra mming th e bump e r m o unt e d tr a nsmitt e r

1. Hold the original remote control at a distance between 0-
[i ]Tips
• Programmed buttons cannot be erased ind ividua lly.
5 in. (0- 13 cm ) from the bumper below the appropriate
headlight for your vehicle (use the shortest distance • For security reasons you are adv ised to erase the programming
of the Homelink ® system befo re you sell your vehic le. •
poss ible).
2. Aim the remote control just below the driver side head - Ap plies to vehicle s: wit h Hom e li nk® u niversal rem ote con tro l
light.
Information and accessories
3. Press and hold the activation button on the remote
control. If you wou ld like more information on Homelink ®, where to
pu rchase the Homelink ® compatib le products , or would like to
4. The emergency flashers will flash three tim es (after purchase the Homelink ® Home Lighting Package, please call tol l-
about 15-60 seconds) when the programming is free: 1-800-355-3515.
successful. Now release the button on the remote
co ntrol.
[i ] Tips
- If the dev ice utilizes a rol lin g code, please f o llow phase 3 • The Homelink ® universal transmitter complies with part 15 of
of ~ page 121, "Programming the Home Link® trans - the FCC rules and RSS-210 of IC part 15. Operation is subject to th e
mitter" for rolling code programming . following condit ions :
Thi s procedure w ill cause t he existing programm ing on th e - this device may not cause harmful interference, and
Homeli nk® butt on to be erased ! • - this device must accept any interference that may be received
including in t erference that may cause undesired operation .
Ap plies to vehicles: w ith Hom eli nk® u niversal remot e con tro l • Changes or modifications not express ly approved by the party
respons ible for compliance could void t he user 's authority t o
Erasing the programming of the HomeLink ®
operate the device (DOC: ISTC 1763 102 264 Prince MODEL/FCC ID:
transmitter CB2 V94800l. •
When you erase the programming, the programming on
all three of the transmitter channels with be lost!
- Perform steps 1 to 4 as described on ~ page 122, "Phase
1: programming the overhead keypad".
When comp let ed, the Hom elink ® system will be in the program -
ming mode and is then ready to learn the codes for remote
controlled devices.
HomeLink® -
----------------

ment
___ o_ r_iv_i_n....;
g::;_
S_ a_f_e_ly
=---------------------------------------------------
Driving Safely
General notes Safety equipment

The safety features are part of the occupant restraint
Safe driving habits system and work together to help reduce the risk of injury
Please remember - safety first! in a wide variety of accident situations.
This chapter contains important information , tips, suggestions and Your safety and the safety of your passengers should not be left to
warnings that you need to read and observe for your own safety, the chance. Advances in technology have made a variety of features
safety of your passengers and others. We have summarized here available to help reduce the risk of injury in an accident. The
what you need to know about safety belts, airbags, child restraints following is a listing of just a few of the safety features in your Audi:
as well as child safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Always • sophisticated safety belts for driver and all passenger seating
observe the information and warnings in this section - for your own positions,
safety as well as for that of your passengers.
• safety belt pre-tensioners,
The information in this section applies to all model versions of your
• front airbags,
vehicle. Some of the features described in this sections may be
standard equipment on some models, or may be optional equip - • knee airbags for the front seats,
ment on others. If you are not sure, ask your authorized Audi dealer. • side airbags in the front seats,
• LATCH anchorages for child restraints,
& WARNING • adjustable steering column .
• Make certain that you follow the suggestions and heed the These individual safety features can work together as a system to
WARNINGS in this Manual. It is in your interest and in the interest help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of accidents.
of your passengers. These features cannot work as a system if they are not always prop -
erly adjusted and properly used!
• Always keep the complete Owner's Literature in your Audi
when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important informa- Safety is everybody's responsibility! •
tion will always be available to the driver and passengers.
• Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find Important things to do before driving
it easily if you have questions. •
Safety is everybody's job! Vehicle and occupant safety
always depends on the informed and careful driver.
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, before
driving always: .,_
________________________________________________ D_r_iv_i_n_g~ S_a
_ fe_ ly__ lllll
- Make sure that all lights and signals are operating become a hazard to everyone else on the road => &, .There -
correctly. fore:
- Make sure that the tire pressure is correct. - Do not let yourself be distracted by passengers or by
using a cellular telephone.
- Make sure that all windows are clean and afford good
visibility to the outside. - NEVER drive when your driving ability is impaired (by
medications, alcohol, drugs, etc .).
- Secure all luggage and other items carefully => page 95.
- Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and speed limits
- Make sure that nothing can interfere with the pedals.
and plain common sense.
- Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors correctly for
- ALWAYS adjust your speed to road, traffic and weather
your height.
conditions.
- Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints
- Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive for more
according to their height.
than two hours at a stretch.
- Make sure to use the right child restraint correctly to
- Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pressure or when
protect children => page 168, "Child Safety".
you are stressed.
- Sit properly in your seat and make sure that your passen-
gers do the same => page 87, "General recommenda-
tions". in.WARNING
Impaired driving safety increases the risk of serious personal
- Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Also instruct injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. •
your passengers to fasten their safety belts properly
=> page 137. •
What impairs driving safety?

Safe driving is directly related to the condition of the
vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's ability to concen-
trate on the road without being distracted.
The driver is responsible for the safety of the vehicle and all
of its occupants. If your ability to drive is impaired, safety
risks for everybody in the vehicle increase and you also
ment
___ D_ri_v_i_n..;::
g:a.-S_a_f_e
___,
ly'---------------------------------------------------
Proper occupant seating positi ·ons - Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright
position so that your back comes in full contact with it
Proper seating position for the driver when you drive.
The proper driver seating position is important for safe, - Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a distance of at
relaxed driving. least 10 i nches (25 cm) between the steering wheel and
your breast bone =:>fig. 118. If not possible, see your
"' authorized Audi dealership about adaptive equipment.
;
N
- Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering wheel and

airbag cover points at your chest and not at your face.
- Grasp the top of the steering wheel with your elbow(s)
slightly bent.
Fig. 118 The correct
distance between - Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge is as
driver and steering even with the top of your head as possible but no lower
wheel
than eye level and so that it is as close to the back of your
head as poss ible =:>fig . 119.
- Fasten and wear safety belts correctly =:>page 141.
- Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in
control of the vehicle at all times.
For detailed information on how to adjust the driver's seat, see

=>page 89.
Fig. 119 Correct head
restraint position for
driver
& WARNING
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag
can be seriously injured by an airbag as it deploys. To help reduce
event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the
the risk of serious personal injury:
driver's seat to the following position:
• Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that
- Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the there are at least 10 inches 125 cm) between your breastbone and
pedals all the way to the floor while keeping your knee(s) the steering wheel. ..
slightly bent =:>& .
Driving Safely -
----------------
& WARNING (continued) Proper seating position for the front
passenger
• Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that
there are at least 4 inches (10 cm) between the knees and the The proper front passenger seating position is important
lower part of the instrument panel. for safe, relaxed driving.
• Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering For your own safety and to reduce the r isk of injury in the
wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the
to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag
seat for the front passenger to the follow in g pos ition:
inflates .
• Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with - Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
your hands at other positions inside the steering wheel rim or on There must be a minimum of 10 inches (25 cm) between
the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way the breastbone and the instrument panel => &.
can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms and head if the
driver's airbag inflates - Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright
position and your back comes in full contact with it
• Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the
ability of the supplemental driver's airbag to protect you in a colli- whenever the vehicle is mov ing.
sion. - Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge is as
• Always sit in an upright position and never lean against or even with the top of your head as possible but not lower
place any part of your body too close to the area where the airbags than eye level and so that it is as close to the back of your
are located. head as possible => page 132.
• Before driving, always adjust the front seats and head
restraints properly and make sure that all passengers are properly - Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the front
restrained . passenger seat.
• Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat - Fasten and wear safety belts correctly => page 141.
may move unexpectedly and you could lose control of the vehicle.
• Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The For detailed information on how to adjust the front passenger's
farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury seat, see => page 87 .
due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper
seating position.
• Children must always ride in child seats => page 168. Special
& WARNING
precautions apply when installing a child seat on the front Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too
passenger seat=> page 146. • close to the airbag can be seriously injured or killed by the airbag
as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury : .,
ment
Driving Safely
------=-------=----------------
-
& WARNING (continued) Proper adjustment of head restraints

Correctly adjusted head restraints are an important part
• Passengers must always sit in an upright position and never
lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area of your vehicle's occupant restraint system and can help
where the airbags are located. to reduce the risk of injuries in accident situations.
• Passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the
airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
great force in the blink of an eye .
• Always make sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between the front passenger's breastbone and the instrument
panel.
• Always make sure that there are at least 4 inches (10 cm)
between the front passenger's knees and the lower part of the Fig. 120 Correctly
instrument panel . adjusted head restraint
viewed from the side
• Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and
properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat .
The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to achieve
• Before driving, always adjust the front passenger seat and
head restraint properly. the best protection.
• Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat. Never - Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge of the
rest them on the seat, instrument panel, out of the window, etc . restraint is level with the top of your head, but no lower
The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you than eye level and so it is as close to the back of your
properly and can even increase the risk of injury in a crash . head as poss ible~ fig. 120.
• Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The
farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury Adjusting head restraints=:> page 92.
due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper
seating position.
• Children must always ride in child seats :::::,page 168. Special
& WARNING
precautions apply when installing a child seat on the front Driving without head restraints or with improperly adjusted head
passenger seat =:>page 146. • restraints increases the risk of serious injuries in a collision. To
help reduce the risk of injury :
• Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly
adjusted .
• Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head
restraint. .,_
Driving Safely -
----------------
examples will make you more aware of seating positions that are
& WARNING (continued) dangerous.
• Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adjusts
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving:
their head restraint. Each head restraint must be adjusted
according to occupants' size so that the upper edge is as even • never stand up in the vehicle
with the top of the person's head, but no lower than eye level and • never stand on the seats
so it is as close to the back of to the head as possible . • never kneel on the seats
• Never attempt to adjust head restraint while driving. If you • never ride with the seatback reclined
have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any reason,
• never lie down on the rear seat
first stop the vehicle safely before attempting to adjust the head
restraint. • never lean up against the instrument panel
• Children must always be properly restrained in a child restraint • never sit on the edge of the seat
that is appropriate for their age and size ~ page 168. • • never sit sideways
• never lean out the window
Examples of improper seating positions • never put your feet out the window
• never put your feet on the instrument panel
The occupant restraint system can only reduce the risk of
• never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back of the seat
injury if vehicle occupants are properly seated.
• never ride in the footwell
Improper seating positions can cause serious injury or • never ride in the cargo area
death. Safety belts can only work when they are properly
positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce
the effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the & WARNING
risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical Improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal
areas of the body. Improper seating positions also increase injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used.
the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys • Always make sure that all vehicle occupants stay in a proper
and strikes an occupant who is not in the proper seating seating position and are properly restrained whenever the vehicle
position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle is being used. •
occupants and especially for children. Therefore:
- Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating posi-
tion when the vehicle is being used::::;, &-
The following bullets list only some sample positions that will
increase the risk of serious injury and death . Our hope is that these
ment
........ _ o_ ri_v_i_n-=
g.._S_a_f_e_l.y..:.
_______________________________________________ _
Driver and passenger side footwell

& WARNING
Important safety instructions Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control
and increase the risk of serious injury.
• Never place any objects in the driver's footwell . An object could
& WARNING get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case
of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake
Always make sure that the knee airbag can inflate without inter-
or accelerate!
ference. Objects between yourself and the airbag can increase the
risk of injury in an accident by interfering with the way the airbag • Always make sure that nothing can fall or move into the
deploys or by being pushed into you as the airbag deploys. driver's footwell. •
• No persons (children) or animals should ride in the footwell in
front of the passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this can result in Floor mats on the driver side
serious or fatal injuries.
• No objects of any kind should be carried in the footwell area in Always use floor mats that can be securely attached to
front of the driver's or passenger's seat . Bulky objects (shopping the floor mat fasteners and do not interfere with the free
bags, for example) can hamper or prevent proper deployment of movement of the pedals.
the airbag. Small objects can be thrown through the vehicle if the
airbag deploys and injure you or your passengers. • Make sure that the floor mats are properly secured and
cannot move and interfere with the pedals ::::>& .
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed and that
Pedal area
are firmly secured so that they cannot slip out of position. You can
obtain suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi Dealer.
Pedals
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi.
The pedals must always be free to move and must never
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached to t hese fasteners.
be interfered with by a floor mat or any other object. Properly securing the floor mats will prevent them from sliding into
Make sure that all pedals move freely without interference and that positions that could interfere with the pedals or impair safe opera-
nothing prevents them from returning to their original positions. tion of your vehicle in other ways.
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free and can be
secured with floor mat fasteners. & WARNING
If a brake circuit fails, increased brake pedal travel is required to Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a loss of vehicle
bring the vehicle to a full stop. control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.
• Always make sure that floor mats are properly secured.
Driving Safely -
--------------=------------'-
& WARNING (continued) & WARNING
• Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings in the Improperly stored luggage or other items can fly through the
vehicle that cannot be properly secured in place to prevent them vehicle causing serious personal injury in the event of hard braking
from slipping and interfering with the pedals or the ability to or an accident. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury:
control the vehicle .
• Always put objects, for example, luggage or other heavy items
• Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings on top in the luggage compartment .
of already installed floor mats. Additional floor mats and other
• Always secure objects in the luggage compartment using the
coverings will reduce the size of the pedal area and interfere with
tie-down eyelets and suitable straps.
the pedals.
• Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been
taken out for cleaning. & WARNING
• Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot- Heavy loads will influence the way your vehicle handles. To help
well while the vehicle is moving. Objects can become trapped reduce the risk of a loss of control leading to serious personal
under the brake pedal and accelerator pedal causing a loss of injury :
vehicle control . • • Always keep in mind when transporting heavy objects, that a
change in the center of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle
handling:
Stovving luggage - Always distribute the load as evenly as possible.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the luggage compart-
Loading the luggage compartment
ment as possible.
All luggage and other objects must be properly stowed • Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating or the Gross
and secured in the luggage compartment. Vehicle Weight Rating specified on the safety compliance sticker
on the left door jamb . Exceeding permissible weight standards
Loose ite ms in the luggage compartment can shift can cause the vehicle to slide and handle differently.
suddenly, changing vehicle handling characteristics. Loose • Please observe information on safe driving =:>page 128.
items can also increase the risk of serious personal injury in
a sudden vehicle maneuver or in a collision.
- Distribute the load evenly in the lugg age compartment.
& WARNING
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into the
- Always place and properly secure heavy items in the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving .
luggage compartment as far forward as possible. • Never transport objects larger than those fitting completely
into the luggage area because the rear lid cannot be fully closed. 9J),
ment
• ....__D_ ri_v_i_n..;;:
g:;._
S_a_f_e_l..:.
y_______________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) Reporting safety defects

• If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid open, observe the
following notes to reduce the risk of poisoning:
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
- Close all windows, which could cause a crash or could cause
- Close the folding top, injury or death, you should immediately inform
- Open all air outlets in the instrument panel, the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
- Switch off the air recirculation, tration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Audi of
- Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed. America, Inc. If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an investigation, and
& WARNING if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
Always make sure that the doors, all windows, the folding top and of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
the rear lid are securely closed and locked to reduce the risk of campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become
injury when the vehicle is not being used.
involved in individual problems between you,
• After closing the rear lid, always make sure that it is properly
closed and locked.
your dealer, or Audi of America, Inc.
• Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle
left open. A child could crawl into the vehicle through the luggage
compartment and close the rear lid becoming trapped and unable
Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
to get out. Being trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious personal 1-800-424-9153);
injury.
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
• Never let children play in or around the vehicle.
• Never let passengers ride in the luggage compartment. Vehicle or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh
occupants must always be properly restrained in one of the Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
vehicle's seating positions.
You can also obtain other information about
[i) Tips motor vehicle safety from
• Air circulation helps to reduce window fogging. Stale air escapes http://www.safercar.gov. •
to the outside through vents in the trim panel, on the left side of the
luggage compartment. Be sure to keep these slots free and open.
• The tire pressure must correspond to the load - see the tire pres -
sure sticker on driver 's side B-pillar. •
----------------=------- Safety belts -
Safety belts
General notes
& WARNING
Always wear safety belts! Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases
the risk of serious personal injury and death .
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
• Never strap more than one person, including small children,
This chapter explains why safety belts are necessary, how into any belt. It is especially dangerous to place a safety belt over
they work and how to adjust and wear them correctly. a child sitting on your lap.
• Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are safety
- Read all the information that follows and heed all of the belts available.
instruct ions and WARNINGS.
• Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained
with a separate safety belt or child restraint. •
& WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases Safety belt warning light .4
the risk of serious personal injury and death.
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and front
• Safety belts are the single most effective means available to
seat passenger to remind you about the importance of
reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile acci-
dents . For your protection and that of your passengers , always buck/ i ng-u p.
wear the safety belts properly when the vehicle is moving.
• Pregnant women, injured, or physically impaired persons must
also use safety belts . Like all vehicle occupants, they are more
likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts . The
best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the entire pregnancy. •
Fig. 121 Safety belt

Number of seats warning light in the
instrument cluster -
enlarged
Your Audi TI Roadster has two seating positions. Each seating posi -
tion has a safety belt.
Before driving off, always:
- Fasten your safety belt and make sure you wear it prop-
erly. 1J,-
ment
___ S_a_f_e_t-=
y_ b_e_l_t _
s_______________________________________________ _
- Make sure t hat your passengers also buckle up and prop- Why safety belts?
erly wea r t heir saf ety belts.
Protect children wit h a child restraint system appropriate Frontal co11isions and the law of physics
for the size and age. Front al crashes create very strong forces for pe ople riding
in vehicles.
The warning light i in the instrument cluster lights up when the
ignition is switched on as a reminder to fasten the safety belts. In
addition , you will hear a warning tone.
After the ignition is switched on, the warning light in the instrument
cluster will always come on for about 6 seconds and if t he driver has
not fastened the safety belt, a warning tone will also sound for
about 6 seconds . As soon as the driver has fastened the safety belt,
the warning tone will stop and the warning light will go out .
If the driver or front seat passenger have not buckled -up within Fig. 122 Unbelted
about 10 seconds after the warning tone has stopped and the occupants in a vehicle
heading for a wa ll
vehicle is moving faster than about 15 mph, the warning tone will
sound again for about 6 seconds and t hen stop for 24 seconds and
then repeat this reminder sequence for a maximum of 2 minutes. At
speeds below 5 mph, the warning tone will not sound.
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your passengers also
properl y put on th eir safet y belts .
& WARNING
• Safety belt s are the single most effective mean s available to Fig. 123 The vehi cle
reduce th e risk of serious injury and death in automo bile acci- crashes int o t he wa ll.
dent s. For your prote ction and th at of your passengers, alwa ys
correctl y we ar safety belt s w hen t he vehicle is moving . The physical principles are simple. Both the vehicle and the passen-
• Failure t o pay att ention to th e warning light that come on, gers possess energy which varies with vehicle speed and body
could lead to personal injury. • we ight . Engineers cal l this energy "kinetic energy ."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the greater the vehic le's
we ight, the more energy that has to be "absorbed" in the crash .
Vehicle speed is the most significan t factor. If the speed doubles
from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 times! .,
Safety belts
Because the oc cupants in th is vehicle are not using safety belts violently into the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield, or
~ page 138, fig. 122, they will keep moving at the same speed the whatever else is in the way ~ fig. 124. This impact with the vehicle
vehicle was moving just before the crash, un t il some t hing stops interior has all the energy they had just before the crash.
them - here, the wall ~ page 138, fig . 123.
Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they deploy,
The same principles apply to people sitting in a vehicle that is airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags are not
involved in a frontal collision. Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph supposed to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is
(30 to 50 km/h) , the forces acting on the body can reach one ton equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver,
(2,000 lbs, or 1,000 kg) or more . At higher speeds , th ese forces are must wear safety belts correctly in order to minimi ze the risk of
even greater. severe injury or death in a crash.
People who do not use safety bel t s are also not attached to their Remember too , that airbags will deploy only once and that your
vehicle. In a frontal collision they will also keep moving forward at safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents
the speed their vehicle was travelling just before the crash . Of in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have
course, the laws of physics don't just apply to frontal collisions, they already deployed. Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out of the
determine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions. • vehicle where even more severe or fatal injuries can occur. •
What happens to occupants not wearing Safety belts protect

safety belts? People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves body in a minor collision. It's simply not true!
from flying forward and being injured or killed. Always
wear your safety belts!
Fig. 125 Driver is prop·

erly restrained in a
sudden braking
Fig. 124 A driver not maneuver.
wearing a safety belt is
violently thrown
forward Safety belts used properly can make a big difference. Safety belts
help to keep passengers in their seats, gradually reduce energy
Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tremendous forces of levels applied to the body in an accident, and help prevent the
impact by holding tight or bracing themselves . Without the benefit uncontrolled movement that can cause serious injuries. In addition ,
of safety restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant will slam safety belts reduce the danger of being thrown out of the vehicle. .,.
Safety first Vehicle care I I Technical data

• ....__S_a
_ fe_t_y=--b_e
_ lt_s________________________________________________ _
Safety belts attach passengers to the car and give them the benefit
of being slowed down more gent ly o r "softly" through the "give" in & WARNING
the safety belts, crush zones and other safety features engineered Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases
into today's vehicles . By "absorbing" the kinetic ene rgy over a
the risk of serious personal injury and death . Safety belts can work
longer period of time, the safety belts make the forces on the body only when used correctly.
more "tolerable" and less likely to cause injury.
• Alway s fa sten your safety belt s correctly before driving off and
Although these examp les are based on a frontal co llision, saf ety make sure all passengers are properly restrained .
belts can also substantially reduce the risk of injury in other kinds
• For maximum protection , safety belts mu st always be posi-
of crashes . So, whether you're on a long trip or just go ing to the
tioned correctly on the body.
corner store, always buckle up and make sure others do, too. Acci-
dent statistics show that vehic le occupants properly wea ring safety • Never strap more than one person, including small children ,
belts have a lower risk of being injured and a much better chance of into any single safety belt .
surviv ing an accident . Properly using safety belts also great ly • Never place a safety belt over a child sitting on your lap.
increases the abi lity of t he supplementa l airbags to do their job in a • Always keep feet in the footwell in front of the seat while the
collision. For this reason, wearing a safety belt is legally required in vehicle is being driven.
most countries includ ing much of the United States and Canada.
• Never let any person ride with feet on the instrument panel or
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you sti ll have to wear sticking out the window or on the seat .
t he safety belts prov ided. Front airbags, for example, are act ivat ed
• Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing
only in some frontal coll isions. The front airbags are not activated in so will increase your risk of being injured or killed.
all frontal co llisions, in side and rear coll isions, in rol l overs or in
cases where there is not enough dece leration through impact to the • Never wear belt s twi sted .
fron t of t he vehicle . The same goes for the ot her airbag syst ems in • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your
your Audi . So, always wear your safety belt and make sure every - clothing , such as eye glasses, pens, keys, etc ., as the se may cause
body in your vehicle is prope rly restrained! • injury.
• Never wear the shoulder part of the belt under your arm or
otherwise out of position .
Important safety instructions about safety
• Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere with correct posi-
belts
tioning of belts and reduce their effectiveness .
Safety belts must always be properly positioned across • Alway s keep belt buckles free of anyth ing th at may prevent the
the strongest bones of your body. buckle from latching securely.
• Never use comfort clips or devices that create slack in the
- Always w ear saf ety belts as ill ust rat ed and describ ed in
shoulder belt . However, special clips may be required for the
th is cha pter . correct use of some child restraint system s.
- Make sure tha t your safety belt s are always ready f or use • Never allow safety belt s to become damaged by being caught
and are not damaged. in door or seat hardware . .,_
Safety b e lts
& WARNING !continue d) To provid e ma xi mum protec t ion, saf ety belts m ust always
be pos itioned correct ly on the wear er's bod y.
• Torn or frayed safety belt s can tear and damaged belt hard -
ware can break in an accident. Inspect belt s regularly. If webb ing,
- Adjust the front seat and head restraint properly
bind ings, buckles, or retra ctors are damaged, have belts replaced => page 87, "Gene ral recommend atio ns".
by an authori zed Audi dealer or qualified work shop. - Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly across the
• Safety belt s th at have been worn and loaded in an accident chest and pelv is=> & .
mu st be replaced w ith the correct replacement safet y belt by an
autho rized Audi dealer or qualified work shop. Replacement may - Inse rt the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat
be necessary even if damage cannot be clea rly seen. Anchorages unti l you hear it latch securely => fig. 126.
that wer e loaded must also be inspected .
- Pull on t he belt t o mak e sur e tha t it is securely latc hed in
• Never remove, modif y, disassemble, or tr y to repair the safety t he buckle .
belts yourself .
• Alway s keep the belt s clean. Dirty belt s may not w ork properly Automatic safety belt retra ct o rs
and can impair the fun ction of the inertia reel => pag e 212, "Safety Every safety belt is equipped with an automatic belt retractor on the
belts ". • shoulder belt . This feature locks the belt when the belt is pulled out
f ast, during hard braking and in an accident. The belt may also lock
when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve.
Safety belts During norma l d riving the belt lets you move free ly.
Safety be lt pretensioners
Fastening safety belts
The safety belts are equipped with a belt pretensioner that helps to
Seat first - everybody buckle up! tighten the safety belt and remove slack when the pretensioner is
activated. The funct ion of the pretensioner is mon itored by a
warning light => page 19, "Airbag system
t!!(USA models)/!,~ · (Canada models)".
Swit c hable locking featur e
Every safety belt except the one on the driver seat is equipped with
a switchable locking feature that must be used when the safety belt
is used to attach a chi ld seat. Be sure t o read the important info r ma-
Fig. 126 Belt buckle tion about this feature => page 177. ._
and t ongue on th e
driver's seat

___ S_a_f_e_t-=
y_ b_e_l_t _
s _______________________________________________ _
& WARNING & WARNING

Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious injury in an Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal
accident =:>page 142, "Safety belt position". injury in an accident.
• Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seat back • The shoulder belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned
is upright and belts are properly positioned on the body. over the middle of the occupant's shoulder and never across the
• Never attach the safety belt to the buckle for another seat. neck or throat .
Attaching the belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt • The safety belt must lie flat and snug on the occupant's upper
effectiveness and can cause serious personal injury. body => fig. 127. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary.
• A passenger who is not properly restrained can be seriously • The lap belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned as
injured by the safety belt itself when it moves from the stronger low as possible across pelvis and never over the abdomen. Make
parts of the body into critical areas like the abdomen. sure the belt lie s flat and snug => fig. 127. Pull on the belt to
• Always lock the convertible locking retractor when you are tighten if necessary.
securing a child seat in the vehicle=:> page 179. • • A loose -fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by shifting
its position on your body from the strong bones to more vulner-
able, soft tissue and cause serious injury.
Safety belt position
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important infor-
Correct belt position is the key to getting maximum mation => page 140. •
protection from safety belts.
Fig. 127 Head restraint

and safety belt posi-
tion as seen from the
side
Use the height adjustment to change the position of the shoulder

straps of the front seat safety belts.
Safety belts
Pregnant women must also be properly

restrained & WARNING
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure that
injury in an accident.
expectant mothers always wear safety belts correctly -
• Expectant mothers must always wear the lap portion of the
throughout the pregnancy.
safety belt as low as possible across the pelvis and below the
rounding of the abdomen.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important infor-
mation ~ & in "Fastening safety belts " on page 141. •
Unfastening safety belts

Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release button only
Fig. 128 Safety belt after the vehicle has stopped.
position during preg-
nancy
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always

be positioned correctly on the wearer's body => page 142.
- Adjust the front seat and head restraint correctly
=> page 87, "General recommendations".
- Make sure the seat back of the rear seat bench is in
upright position and securely latched in place before Fig. 129 Releasing the
tongue from the buckle
using the belt.
- Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly across the - Push the red release button on the buckle => fig. 129. The
&.
chest and pelvis::::, page 143, fig. 128, => belt tongue will spring out of the buckle => &.
- Insert the tongue into th e correct buckle of your seat - Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you guide the belt
until you hear it latch securely => page 141, fig. 126. tongue to its stowed position.
- Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in
the buckle. & WARNING
Never unfasten safety belt while the vehicle is moving . Doing so
will increase your risk of being injured or killed . •
Safety first Vehicle care I I irechnical data

......... _ s_a
_ fe_ty=--b_e
_ lt_s________________________________________________ _
Improperly worn safety belts Safety belt tensioners

Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause severe inju-
ries. How safety belt pretensioners work
In front and side collisions above a particular severity,
Wearing safety belts improperly can cause serious injury or
death. Safety belts can only work when they are correctly
safety belts in use are tensioned automatically.
positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce The safety belts are equipped with safety belt pretensioners . The
the effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the system is activated by sensors in front and side collisions of great
risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical severity . This tightens the belt and takes up belt slack=> &. in
areas of the body. Improper seating positions also increase "Service and disposal of safety belt pretensioner". Taking up the
the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys slack helps to reduce forward occupant movement during a colli-
and strikes an occupant who is not in the correct seating sion.
position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle
occupants and especially for children. Therefore: [i] Tips
- Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting posi- The safety belt pretensioner can only be activated once.
tion in the vehicle while traveling~ & . • In minor frontal and side collisions, in rear-end collisions, in a
rollover and in accidents involving very little impact force, the safety
belt pretensioner are not activated.
& WARNING • When the safety belt pretensioner is activated, a fine dust is
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk of serious personal released. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. • The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the
• Always make sure that all vehicle occupants are correctly vehicle or components of the system are scrapped . A qualified deal-
restrained and stay in a correct seating position whenever the ership is familiar with these regulations and will be pleased to pass
vehicle is being used. on the information to you.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important infor- • Be sure to observe all safety, environmental and other regula -
mation => page 140. • tions if the vehicle or individual parts of the system, particularly the
safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We recommend you have
your authorized Audi dealer perform this service for you. •
_________________________________________________ S
_ a_f _e_t .:..
y_b _ e_lt_s__ llll
Service and disposal of safety belt parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safety belts
pretension er with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regu la-
tions must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with
these requirements and we recommend that you have your dea ler
The safety belt pretensioners are parts of the safety belts on your
perform this service for you. •
Audi. Installing, remov ing, servic i ng or repair ing of belt preten -
sioners can damage the safety be lt system and prevent it from
working correctly in a coll ision.
There are some important things you have to know to make sure
that t he effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that
discarded components do not cause injury or po ll ute the environ-
ment .
& WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair procedures can increase the
risk of personal injury and deat h by preventing a safety belt
pret ensioner from activating whe n needed or activating it unex-
pectedly :
• The belt preten sioner system can be activated only once. If belt
preten sioners have been act ivated , the syste m mu st be replaced.
• Never repair, adju st , or change any parts of the safet y belt
system .
• Safety belt system s includin g safety belt preten sioners cannot
be repaired . Special procedures are required for removal, inst alla-
tion and disposal of t his system .
• For any wor k on the safet y belt system , we strongl y recom-
mend that you see your authori zed Audi dealer or qualified techni-
cian w ho has an Audi approved repair manual, t raining and special
equipment necessary.
W For the sake of the environm ent

Undeployed airbag modu les and pretensioners might be c lassified
as Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply, see
www .dtsc .ca .gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or
ment
___ A
_ ir_b_a-g_ s_y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
Airbag system
Important things to know There is a lot that the dr iver and the passenger can and must do to
help the individual safety features installed in your Audi work
together as a system.
Importance of wearing safety belts and
sitting properly Proper seating position is important so that the front airbag on the
driver side can do its job. If you have a physical impairment or
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For airbags to condition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat
do their job, occupants must always properly wear their with the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals, o r if
safety belts and be in a proper seating position. you have concerns with regard to the function or operation of the
Advanced Airbag System, p lease contact your authorized Audi
For your safe t y a n d the safety of your passengers, before dea ler or qua lif ied workshop, or call Audi Customer CARE at 1-800-
driving o ff, a lways: 822-2834 for possib le modifications to your vehicle.
- Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel properly When the airbag system deploys, a gas generator wi ll fill the
~ page 130, airbags, break open the padded covers, and inflate between the
steering wheel and the driver and between the instrument panel
- Adjust the front passenger's seat proper ly~ page 88, and the front passenger. The airbags wil l deflate immediate ly after
deployment so that the front occupants can see through the wind -
- Wear safety belts properly~ page 140, shield again without interruption.
- Always properly use t he proper child restraint to pro t ect All of this takes p lace in the b link of an eye, so fast that many people
children~ page 168. don't even realize that the airbags have dep loyed . The airbags also
inflate with a great deal of force and nothing should be in their way
In a col lision airbags must inflate within the blink of an eye and with when they dep loy. Front airbags in combination wi t h properly worn
considerable force. The supplemental airbags can cause injuries if safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement.
the driver or the front seat passenger are not seated proper ly. There - Together they help to prevent the driver and passenger from hitting
fore in order to help the airbag to do its job, it is important, both as parts of the inside the vehic le while reducing the forces acting on
a driver and as a passenger to sit properly at all times. the occupant during the crash. In this way they help to reduce the
By keep ing room between your body and the steering wheel and the r isk of injury to the head and upper body in the crash. Airbags do not
front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate fu lly and protect the arms or the lower parts of the body .
comp letely and prov ide supplementa l protection i n certain frontal Both front airbags w ill not inflate in all fro ntal col lisions . The trig-
collisions => page 130, "Proper occupant seating positions". For gering of the airbag system depends on the vehic le deceleration
detai ls on the operation of the seat adjustment contro ls => page 88 rate caused by the colli sion and registe red by t he electronic contro l
and=> page 89. unit. If this rate is below the reference value programmed into the
It's especially important that chi ldren are proper ly restrained cont rol unit, the airbags w ill not be t riggered, even though the car
=> page 168. may be bad ly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehicle damage, .,,,.
________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a_,g:::.,_
s...,
y'-s_t_e_m
___ !II
repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage is not necessari ly an
indication of whether an airbag should inflate or not.
& WARNING (continued )
It is not possible to define a range of vehicle speeds that will cover • To reduce the ri sk of injury when an airbag inflate s, alw ays
every possible kind and ang le of impact that wil l always trigger the wear safety belt s p rope rly~ page 141, "S afet y belt s".
airbags, since the circumstances wil l vary considerab ly between • If children are not properly restrained , they may be severely
one collision and another. Important factors include, for example, injured or killed whe n an ai rbag inflates .
the nature (hard or sof t) of the object which the car hits, the angle • Never let children ride unrestrained or improperly restrained in
of impact, vehicle speed, etc. The front airbags wi ll also not inflate the vehi cle. Adju st the front seats properly .
in side or rear co llisions, or in roll -overs .
• Alway s sit as far as po ss ible from t he steering wheel or the
Al w ay s rem ember : Airbags wi ll deploy only once, and on ly in certain instrument panel ~ page 130, " Proper occup ant seati ng po si-
kinds of coll isions . Your safety belts are always there to offer protec- tions " .
tion in those situat ions in wh ich airbags are not supposed to deploy,
• Alwa ys sit upright w ith your b ack again st the ba ckrest of your
or when they have already deployed; for example, when your vehic le
seat.
strikes or is struck by another after the f irst coll ision.
• Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat .
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a supplementary Alway s keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help
restraint and is not a substitute for a saf ety be lt. The airbag system prevent serious injurie s to the leg s and hips if the airbag infl ate s.
works most effectively when used with the safety be lts. Therefore ,
always prope rly wea r your safety be lt s => page 137.
& WARNING
& WARNING Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be repla ced.
• Use on ly original equipment airbags app roved by Audi and
Sitting too clo se to the steering wheel or in strument panel will
installed by a trained technici an who has the neces sary tool s and
de crease the effect ivene ss of the airbags and w ill incr ease the risk
diagno sti c equipment to properly repl ace any airb ag in your
of personal injury in a collision.
vehicle and assure sy stem effectivenes s in a crash .
• Never sit closer than 10 in ches (25 cm ) to the steering wheel or
• Never permit salvaged or recy cled airb ags to be in stalled in
in strument panel.
your vehicle . •
• If y ou c annot sit more than 10 in ches (25 cm ) from the steering
wheel , inve stiga t e whether adaptive equipment may be available
to held you reach the pedal s and in crease your seating dist ance Child restraints on the front seat - some
from the steering wheel. important things to know
• If you are unrestra ined , leaning forward , sittin g side w ays or out
of position in any way , your risk of injury is much higher . - Be sure to read the important info r mation and head the
• You will also receive serious injur ies and could even be killed if WARNINGS for important details about chil dren and
you are up again st the airba g or too clo se to it when it infl ates - Advanced Airbags ~ page 168. .-,
even with an Advanced Airbag .
ment
___ A
_________________________________________________ _
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest has not been turned off by the electronic control unit and can
place for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat . It can be a very deploy if the control unit senses an impact that meets the condi-
dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rearward -facing seat. tions stored in its memory.
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has been certified to For example, the airbag may deploy if:
comply with the Requirements of United States Federal Motor
• a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 year-old child is on
Vehicle Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle
the front passenger seat (regardless of whether the child is in one
was manufactured.
of the child safety seats listed => page 170), or
The Standard requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be • a child who has outgrown child restraints is on the front
turned off ("suppressed") if a child up to about one year of age passenger seat .
restrained in one of the rear-facing or forward -facing infant
restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG
which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified has OFF light comes on in the instrument cluster and stays on .
been installed on the front passenger seat. For a listing of the child The front airbag on the passenger side may not deploy (the
restraints that were used to certify compliance with the US Safety PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illuminate and stay litl even
Standard => page 170. if a small adult or teenager, or a passenger who is not sitting upright
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instrument panel tells you with their back against a non-reclined backrest with their feet on the
when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been vehicle floor in front of the seat is on the front passenger seat
turned off by the electronic control unit. => page 130, "Proper seating position for the driver".
Each time you turn on the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF If the front passenger airbag deploys , the Federal Standard requires
light will come on for a few seconds and: the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to reduce the
risk of injury through interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" deploy-
• will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied, ment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations
• will stay on if there is a small child or child restraint on the front as defined in the electronic control unit=> page 157, "PASSENGER
passenger seat, AIR BAG OFF light".
• will go off if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as Always remember, a child safety seat or infant carrier installed on
registered by the weight -sensing mat=> page 157, "Monitoring the the front seat may be struck and knocked out of position by the
Advanced Airbag System". rapidly inflating passenger's airbag in a frontal collision. The airbag
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the control unit could greatly reduce the effectiveness of the child restraint and
detects a total weight on the front passenger seat that requires the even seriously injure the child during inflation.
front airbag to be turned off. For this reason, and because the back seat is the safest place for
If the total weight on the front passenger seat is more than that of children - when properly restrained according to their age and size
a typical 1 year-old child but less than the weight of a small adult, - we strongly recommend that children always sit in the back seat
the front airbag on the passenger side can deploy (the PASSENGER => page 168, "Child Safety" . .,
AIR BAG OFF light does not come onl. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ lllll
& WARNING & WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front To reduce the risk of serious injury , make sure that the PASSENGER
passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the AIR BAG OFF light will be displayed whenever a child restraint is
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant on .
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on , perform
child against the backrest, door or roof. the checks described => page 157, "Monitoring the Advanced
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the Airbag System ".
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR
immediately install the rear -facing child safety seat in a rear BAG OFF light does not stay on.
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your • Have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer immedi-
Audi dealer . ately.
• Forward-facing child safety seats installed on the front • Always carefully follow instructions from child restraint manu-
passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag facturers when installing child restraints .
and cause serious personal injury to the child.
& WARNING & WARNING

If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward or
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat :
child restraint on the front passenger's seat:
• Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effec-
• Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed tiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection.
and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
• An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the
passenger front and side airbag .
airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child -
• Never put the forward -facing child restraint up against or very even with an Advanced Airbag System .
near the instrument panel.
• Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions
• Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in provided with the child safety seat or carrier .
the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
• Never place additional items on the seat that can increase the
airbag as possible before installing the forward -facing child
total weight registered by the weight -sensing mat and can cause
restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position .
injury in a crash . •
• Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on .
ment
___ A_ir_b_a_g
;:::;_
s--:..
y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
Front airbags The front saf ety be lts also have load limiters to help reduce the
f o rc es app lie d t o t he bod y in a cra sh.
Description of front airbags The airbag for the driver is in the steerin g wh eel hub~ fig . 130 and
t he ai rb ag fo r the front passenge r is in the i nstr u ment panel
The airbag system can pro vi de supp lemen tal prot ecti on ~ fig. 131 . The gene ra l loca t ion of the ai rbag s is m arke d "A IRBAG" .
to p rop erly restra ined fro nt seat o ccu pa n ts.
There is a lot you need to know about the airbags in your vehicle . We
u rge y ou t o read th e d eta iled inf orma t ion about airba gs, safe t y belts
and child safety in this and the other chapters that make up the
owne r's lite ratu re. Please be su re to heed the WARNINGS · th ey are
extremely important for your safety and the safety of your passen -
ge rs, especia lly i nfa nt s and sma ll children.
Fig. 130 Location of

& WARNING
driver airbag: in Never rely on airbags alone for protection.
st eering wheel • Even when they deploy, airbags provide only supplemental
protection .
• Airbag work most effectively when used with properly worn
safety belts.
• Therefore , always wear your safety belts and make sure that
everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained .
Fig. 131 Location of

front passenger's
& WARNING
A person on the front passenger seat, especially infants and small
airbag: in the instru -
ment panel children, will receive serious injuries and can even be killed by
being too close to the airbag when it inflates.
Your ve hicle is equipped w ith a dual -stage fr ont "Adva nced Airbag • Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is
System" in comp li ance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle designed to turn off the front passenger airbag if an infant or a
Safet y St anda rd (FMVSS) 208 as app li cable at th e ti me your ve h icl e small child is on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely
was manufactu red. Your veh icle is also equipped with side airbags guarantee that deployment under these special conditions is
fo r th e d river an d front seat passenge r. The safety belt s for the fr on t impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen during
seats have "pretens ione rs" that help to take slac k out of the belt the useful life of your vehicle .
syst em. The p ret ensio ners are also act ivate d by the elec t ron ic • The Advanced Airbag System will deploy in accordance with
control un it for t he airbag system . the "low risk" option unde r the U.S. Federal Standard if a child that .._
Airb a g s yst e m -
----------------=~-
In addition, the system has been certified to comply with the
& WARNING (conti nued) "suppression" requirements of t he Safet y Standard, to turn off t he
is heavier t han the t ypical one-year old child is on th e front front airbag for infants 12 months old and younger who are
passenger seat and the othe r condition s for airba g deploym ent restrained on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are
are met . listed in the Standard=> page 170, "Child restraints and Advanced
• Accident stat istic s have shown that children are generally safer Airbags" .
in th e rear seat area th an in the front seat ing posit ion. "Suppression" requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be
• For it s ow n safety, a child should always ride prope rly turned off if:
restr ained for it s age and size. • • a child up to about one year of age is restrained on the front
passenger seat in one of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant
rest raints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with
Advanced front airbag system
wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified. For
a listing of the child rest raints that were used to certify your
Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System in vehic le's compliance with the US Safety Standard=> page 170,
compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard 208 as applicab le at the time your vehicle was manufactured. • weight less than a threshold leve l stored in the cont rol unit is
detected on the front passenger seat.
Th e front Advanced Airbag System supplements the safety belts to
provide additional protection for the driver's and front passenger 's When a person is detected on the front passenger seat, weighing
heads and upper bodies in frontal crashes. The airbags inflate only more than the total weight of a child that is about 1 year old
in frontal impacts when the vehicle deceleration is high enough . restrained in one of the rear-facing or forward -facing infant
restraints (list ed in Federal M otor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with
The front Advanced Airbag System for the front seat occupants is which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified),
not a substitute for your safety be lts. Rather, it is part of the overa ll the front airbag on the passenger side may or may not deploy .
occupant restraint system in your vehicle. A lways remember that
the airbag syste m can only help to protect you, if you are sitting The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the electronic
upright, wearing your safety be lt and wearing it proper ly. This is why control unit detects a total weight on the front passenger seat that
you and your passengers must always be proper ly restrained, not requires the front airbag to be turned off. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
just because the law requires you to be .
has not been turned off by the con t rol un it and can deploy if the
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has been certified to control unit senses an impact that meets the conditions stored in its
meet the " low risk" requirements for 3 and 6 year-old children on the memory .
passenger side and very small adults on the driver side . The low risk
deployment cr iteria are intended to help reduce the risk of injury If the total weight on the front passenger seat is more than that of
through interaction with the front airbag that can occur, for a typical 1 year -o ld, but less than the weight of a small adult, the
examp le, by being too close to the steering wheel and instrument front ai rbag on the passenger side may dep loy (the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF light does not come onl.
panel when the airbag inflates .
For example , the airb ag may deplo y if:
ment
Airbag system
-
----------------
• a sma ll ch ild t hat is heavi er than a typ ical 1 year-o ld child is on
th e fr ont passenger seat (regar d less of w het her t he ch ild is in on e & WARNING
of th e child safety seats listed~ page 170), A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front
• a chil d w ho has out g row n chi ld restr ai nt s is on t he fr ont passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
passen ger seat. front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System .
If the fr o nt passenge r air bag is tu r ned off, t he PASSENGERAIR BAG • Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is
OFF light i n the cent er of the instrum ent pan el wi ll come on and stay designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward -facing child
o n. restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat , nobody
can absolutely guarantee that deployment is impossible in all
The front airb ag on th e passenger sid e may not depl oy (the
conceivable situations that may happen during the useful life of
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not il luminate and stay lit) if:
your vehicle.
• a small ad ult or t eenage r is on the fr ont passenger seat • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
• a passenger who is not sitting upright with their back against a carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
no n-recli ned backrest w it h t heir fe et o n th e vehicl e flo or in fr o nt of child against the backrest, door, or roof.
th e seat is on th e front passenger seat. • If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
If the front passenger airbag depl oys, the Federa l Standard requ ires front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
the airb ag to me et t he " low risk" dep loy ment crit eria t o help reduce the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on,
t he risk of inj ury t hroug h interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
de ploy men t o ccu rs in those crashes th at t ake place at low er d ecel- seating posit ion and have the airbag system inspected by your
erations as defined in the electron ic contro l unit~ page 157. Audi dealer .
Always remember: Please be sur e to read th e import ant inf o rm at ion
in th e sections that follow and be sur e to heed all of the WARN INGS. & WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances , you must install a forward -facing
& WARNING child restraint on the front passenger's seat :
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates , always wear • Always make sure the forward -facing seat has been designed
safety belts properly. and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag .
• If you are unrestrained , leaning forward, sitting sideways or out
of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. • Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very
near the instrument panel.
• You will also receive serious injur ies and could even be killed if
you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates · • Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in
even with an Advanced Airbag ~ page 146. the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
airbag as possible, before installing the forward-facing child
restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position. ..,.
Airb a g s yst e m -
----------------=~-
• A weight -sensing mat under the upholstery padding of the front
& WARNING (conti nued) passenger seat cushion that measures the total weight on the seat .
• M ake sure th at the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light come s on The information registered is sent continuously to the electronic
and st ays on all the tim e w henever the igniti on is sw itched on. • control unit to regula t e dep loyment of the front Advanced Airbag on
the passenger side.
• An airbag monitoring syste m and indica t or light in the instru -
Advanced Airbag System components ment cluster=> page 157.
• The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on in the
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very important center of the instrument panel=> page 157, fig . 133 and tells you
parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it. These parts inc l ude the when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
weight -sensing mat, sensors, wiring, brackets, and more. The func - turned off .
tion of the system in the front passenger seat is checked by the elec-
• A sensor below the safety belt latch for the front seat passenger
tronic contro l unit when the igni t ion is on. The control unit monitors
to measure the tension on the safety belt . The tension on the safety
the Advanced Airbag System and turns the airbag indicator light on
belt and the weight registered by the weight -sensing mat help the
when a malfunction in the system components is detected . The
control unit "decide" whether the front airbag for the front
function of the airbag indicator light is described in greater detail
passenger seat should be turned off o r not => page 147, "Child
below. Because the front passenger seat contains important parts
restraints on the front seat - some important things to know" .
of the Advanced Airbag System, you must take care to prevent it
from being damaged. Damage to the seat may prevent the • A sensor in the safety belt latch for the dr iver and for the front
Advanced Airbag for the front passenger seat from doing its job in seat passenger that senses whether that safety belt is latched or not
a crash. and t ransmits this information to the electronic control unit.
T h e fr o nt A dva n ce d Airb ag Syst e m c on s ists of th e

following: & WARNING
• Crash sensors in the front of the vehicle that measure vehicle Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag
acceleration/dece leration to prov ide information to the Advanced fr om w orking properly.
Airbag System about the severity of the crash . • Improper repair or disassembly of the front passenger and
• An electronic control unit, with integrated crash sensors for front driver seat will prevent th e Advanced Airbag System from func-
and side impacts. The control unit "decides" whether to fire the tioning properly.
front airbags based on the information received from the crash • Repairs to the front passenger seat must be perfor med by qual-
sensors. The contro l unit also "decides" whether the safety belt ified and properly tra ined work shop per sonnel .
pretensioners should be activated .
• Never remove the fro nt passenger or dr iver seat from the
• A dual -stage Advanced Airbag with gas generator for the driver vehicle.
inside the steering wheel hub .
• Never remove th e uphol stery from the front passenger seat.
• A dual -stage Advanced Airbag and gas generator inside the
• Never disassemble or remove parts from the seat or disconnect
instrument pane l for t he front passenger .
wires from it . ..
ment
_,___ A
_ ir_b_a.::
g<--
s--<
y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued ) How the Advanced Airbag System

components work together
• Never carry sharp object s in your pockets or place them on the
seat. If the weight- sensing mat in the passenger seat is punctured The front Advanced Ai r bag System and the side airbags su pplement
it cannot work properly. th e pro t ect ion offered by t he fro nt three -po i nt safety belts w ith
• Never carry things on your lap or carry objects on the pretensioners and load limite rs and the adjustab le head restraints
passenger seat. Such items can increase the weight registered by t o help reduce th e risk of in jury in a w ide ra ng e of accide nt and
the w eight -sensing mat and send the wrong information to the crash situations . Be sure to read the important information about
airbag control unit . saf et y an d heed the WARNINGS in this chapte r.
• Never store item s under the front passenger seat . Parts of the Dep loyment of the Advanced Airbag System and the activation of
Advanced Airbag System under the passenger seat could be th e safet y be lt pret ens io ners d epends o n th e decele rat ion
damaged , preventing them and the airbag system from working measu red by the crash sensors and regist ered by the electronic
properly. con tr ol un it. Crash sever ity depe nds on speed and decele rat ion as
• Never place seat covers or replacement upholstery that have w ell as th e mass and st iffne ss of th e ve hi cle or objec t invo lved in t he
not been specifically approved by Audi on the front seats. crash .
• Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Airbag System from When t h e elect ronic control unit reg iste rs a low sever ity cr ash and
recognizing child restraints or occupants on the front passenger the safety belt is be ing used, the airbag wi ll not deploy. If the safety
seat and prevent the side airbag in the seat backrest from belt is not being used, th e f irst stage deploys, followed by th e
deploying properly. second stage after a much later time in the crash sequence .
• Never use cushions, pillows , blankets or similar items on the If the electronic contro l unit registers a crash of medium severity,
front passenger seat. The additional padding will prevent the th e fi rst stage of the ai rbag dep loys f ollowed by the second sta ge at
weight -sensing mat in the seat from accurately registering the a much later time i n the crash sequence - regardless of whether the
child restraint or person on the seat and prevent the Advanced saf ety be lt is bein g used o r not. In hig her sever ity cras hes as reg is-
Airbag System from functioning properly. tered by the electronic contro l unit, both the first and second stages
• If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat deploy al mo st at the same tim e.
and the child restra int manufacturer' s instructions require the use On the passe nger side, regardless of safety belt use, the airbag wi ll
of a towel , foam cushion or something else to properly position be tu rned off if the weight on the passenger seat is less than the
the child restraint , make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF amount programmed in the electronic control unit. The front airbag
light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is on the passenger side wi ll also be turned off if one of the chi ld
installed on the front passenger seat . safet y seats t hat has been cer tif ied under Feder al Mot or Vehi c le
• If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay Safety Standard 208 has been recognized on the seat. The
on, have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer. • PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light co m es on and stays o n t o t ell yo u
when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
t ur ned off ~ p ag e 147, "Chi ld rest raint s on t he fro nt seat - so m e
important things to know". .,
Airbag system
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with great force, things
& WARNING you have on your lap or have placed on the seat could become
dangerous projectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag inflates .
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates , always wear
safety belts properly. When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released . This is norma l and is
• If you are unrestrained , leaning forward , sitting sideways or out not caused by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a
of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. powder used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy. It could irritate
skin.
• You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if
you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates · It is important to remember that while the supplemental airbag
even with an Advanced Airbag ~ page 146. • system is designed to reduce the likel ihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example swelling, bruising and minor abrasions , can
also happen when airbags inflate. Airbags do not protect the arms
More important things to know about front or the lower parts of the body. Front airbags on ly supplement the
airbags three point safety belts in some frontal collisions in which the
vehic le deceleration is high enough to dep loy the airb ags.
Front airbags will not deploy:

• if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs,
• in side collisions,
• in rear-end collisions,
• in rollovers,
• when the crash deceleration measured by t he airbag system is
Fig. 132 Inflate d front
less than the minimum threshold needed for airbag deployment as
airbags registered by the electronic control unit.
The front passenger airbag will also not deploy:

Safety belts are important to help keep front seat occupants in the
proper seated posit ion so that airbags can unfold properly and • when the front passenger seat is not occupied,
provide supp lemental protection in a frontal collision. • when the weight on the front passenger seat as sensed by the
Advanced A irbag System indicates that the front airbag on the
The front airbags are designed to provide additional protection for
passenger side has to be turned off by the electronic control unit
the chest and face of the driver and the front seat passenger when :
(the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays onl.
• safety belts are worn properly,
• the seats have been positioned so that the occupant is properly
seated as far as possible from the air bag, & WARNING
• and the head restraints have been properly adjusted . Sitting in the wrong position can increase the risk of serious injury
in crashes. .,,_

-
---- Airbag =---'---------------------------------------------
system
& WARNING (continued) & WARNING (continued)

• To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags inflate, the driver braking or other sudden maneuver and become dangerous projec-
and passengers must always sit in an upright position, must not tiles that can cause serious personal injury if the airbags inflate.
lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area • Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup
where the airbags are located . holders, telephone brackets, large , heavy or bulky objects) on the
• Occupants who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the doors , over or near the area marked "AIRBAG " on the steering
airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with wheel, instrument panel , seat backrests or between those areas
great force in the blink of an eye ~ page 147. and yourself . These objects could cause injury in a crash, espe-
cially when the airbags inflate .
& WARNING • Never recline the front passenger's seat to transport objects .
Items can also move into the area of the side airbag or the front
A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on the front airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver . Objects near the
passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the airbags can become projectiles and cause injury, particularly when
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . the seat is reclined.
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
child against the backrest, center arm rest, door or roof.
& WARNING
The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
conditions.
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on ,
immediately install the rear -facing child safety seat in a rear • To reduce the risk of breathing problems , those with asthma or
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your other respiratory conditions should get fresh air right away by
Audi dealer . getting out of the vehicle or opening windows or doors .
• If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your
& WARNING hands and face with mild soap and water before eating .
• Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts or
Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury scratches .
in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by • If the residue should get into your eyes , flush them with
being pushed into you as the airbag inflates . water. •
• Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle
is in use .
• Never transport items on or in the area of the front passenger
seat . Objects could move into the area of the front airbags during
Airb a g sy st e m
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag & WARNING !continued )

System possible t hat the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to , or
will not inflate w hen it should.
Airbag monitoring indicator light t! • Have the airbag system inspected immedi ate ly by your Aud i
Two separate indicators monitor the function of the dealer. •
Advanced Airbag System: the airbag monitoring indica tor
light and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
The Advanced Airbag System (including the electronic control unit ,
sensor circu its and system w iring) is monitored cont inuously t o
make sure that it is functioning proper ly whenever the ignition is on.
Each time you turn on t he ignition, the airbag monitoring in d icator
light r~will come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics) . )
Th e sy stem mu s t be in s pe ct ed wh e n the ind ic at o r
light ~ :
Fig. 133 Sect ion from
• does not come on when the ignition is switched on , th e instrum ent pa nel :
PASS ENGER AIR BAG
• does not go out a few seconds after you have switched on the
OFF light
ignit ion , or
• comes on whi le driving. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ligh t is located in the center of the
If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the indicator li ght will ins t rumen t panel ~ fig . 133.
f irst start flashing to catch the driver 's attention and then stay on The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on to tel l
continuously to serve as a constant reminder to have the system you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has
inspected immediately . been turned off by the electronic control unit. Each time you turn on
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front airbag on the passenger the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light wi ll flash for a few
side off , the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on seconds and :
whenever the igni t ion is on . • wi ll stay on if the fron t passenger seat is not occupied,
• wi ll stay on if there is a small child or child restraint on the front
& WARNING passenger seat,
• wi ll go out if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as
An airbag system that is not fun ctioning properly cannot provide
supplementa l protect ion in a front al crash.
registered by the weigh t -sensing mat .
• If the airbag indicator light come s on, it mean s that ther e may The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light mu st come on and stay on if the
be something wr ong w ith the Advanced Airbag System . It is ign ition is on and ._

___ A
_________________________________________________ _
• a car bed has been installed on the front seat, or • make sure that things that may increase the weight of the child
• a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front and child safety seat are not being t ransported on the front
passengerseat,or passenger seat;
• a forward-facing child restraint has been insta lled on the front • make sure that the safety belt tension sensor is not blocked.
passenger seat, or Shake the safety belt latch on the front passenger seat back and
forth;
• the weight registered on the front passenger seat is equal to or
less than the combined weight of a typical 1 year-old restrained in • If a strap or tether is being used to tie the chi ld safety seat to the
one of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant restraints listed in front passenger seat, make sure that it is no t so tigh t that it causes
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced the weight -sensing mat to measure more weight than is actually on
Airbag Syst em in your vehicle was certified. t he seat .
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front airbag wi ll not If the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF lig ht still doe s not co m e on and does
deploy, and the PASS ENGER AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Never not stay on continuously (when the ignition is switched on),
install a rearward -facing child restraint on the front passenger seat, • t ake the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it
the safest place for a chi ld in any kind of child restraint is at one of proper ly at one of the rear seat positions. Have the airbag system
the seating positions on the rear seat=> page 147, "Child restraints inspected by your Audi dealer immediately.
on the front seat - some important things to know" and => page 168, • move the child to a rear seat position and make sure that the
"Chi ld Safety" .
child is properly restrained in a child restra int that is appropriate for
If th e PASSENG ER AIR BAG OFF light com es on when one of the its size and age .
conditions listed above is met, be sure to check t he light regularly The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light shou ld NOT come on when the
to make certain that the PASSE NGER AIR BAG OFF light stays on
ignition is on and an adult is sitting in a proper seating position on
continuously whenever the ignition is on. If the PASSENGER AIR
the front passenger seat . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
BAG OFF light does not appear and not stay on all the time, stop as
comes on and stays on or flashes f or about 5 seconds wh i le driving,
soon as it is safe to do so and
under these circumstances, make sure that:
• reactivate the system by turning the ignition off and then turning
• the adu lt on the front passenger seat is properly seated on the
it on again;
center of the seat cushion with his or her back up against the back-
• remove and re install the child restraint. Make sure that the chi ld rest and the backrest is not reclined => page 130, "Proper occupant
restraint is properly insta lled and that the safety belt for the front seating positions",
passenger seat has been correct ly routed around the ch i ld restraint
• t he adu lt is not taking weight off the seat by holding on to the
as described in the child restraint manufacturer's instructions;
passenger assist handle above the front passenger door or
• make sure that the convertible locking feature on the safety belt supporting their weight on the armrest,
for the front passenger seat has been activated and that the safety
• the safety belt is being proper ly worn and that there is not a lot
belt has been pulled tight. The be lt must not be loose or have loops
of slack in the safety belt webbing,
of slack so that the sensor below the safety belt latch on the seat can
do its job=> page 177. • accessory seat covers or cushions or other things that may cause
an incorrect reading or impress ion on the weight-sensing mat ...
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ lffl
under the upho lstery of the seat have been removed from th e front
passenge r seat ,
• a safety belt extender has not been left in the safety be lt latch for • If you must in stall a rearward-facing child safety seat on the
the fr ont pass enge r seat . front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and stay on ,
In addition to the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light in the center of the
immediately install the rear -facing child safety seat in a rear
instrument pane l, the message PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF o r
seating posit ion and have the airbag system inspected by your
PASSENGERAIR BAG ON wi ll br iefly appear in the instrument cluster
Audi dealer .
display . Thi s is to inform the drive r of the current front passenger
air bag status . • • A tight tether or other strap on a rearward-fa cing child restraint
attached to the front passenger seat can put too much pressure
on the weight-sensing mat in the seat and reg ister more weight
Important safety instructions on monitoring than is actually on the seat. The heavier weight registered can
the Advanced Airbag System make the system work as though an adult were on the seat and
deploy the Advanced Airbag when it must be suppressed causing
serious or even fatal injury to the child .
& WARNING • If, in exceptional circumstances , you must in stall a forward -
fac ing child restra int on the front passenger seat , always move the
An airbag system that is not functioning prope rly cannot prov ide
seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjust -
supplemental protection in a frontal crash.
ment range , as far away from the airbag as possible. The backrest
• If the airbag ind icator light comes on , it means that there may must be adjusted to an upright position . Make sure that the
be something wrong with the Advanced Airbag System . It is PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to , or whenever the ignition is switched on .
will not inflate when it should.
• Have the airbag system inspected immediately
dealer.
by your Audi
& WARNING
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not go out when an
& WARNING adult is sitting on the front passenger seat after taking the steps
described above, have the airbag system inspected by your Audi
If the front airbag inflates , a child without a child restraint, in a dealer before transporting anyone on the front passenger seat .
rearward-facing child safety seat or in a forward-facing child
restraint that has not been properly installed will be seriously
injured and can be killed. [i ] Tips
• Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag If the wei g ht -sens ing mat in the front passenger seat detects an
System , make certain that all ch ildren , especially 12 years and empty seat, t he fron t airbag o n th e passenge r sid e wil l be tu rne d
younger, always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their off , and PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF w ill stay on . •
age and size .
ment
___ A_ ir_b_a-g_ s_y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags & WARNING (continued)

Parts of the airbag system are insta lled at many different places on • Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without inter-
your Audi. Inst al li ng, remov in g, servici ng or repai ri ng a part in an ference :
area of the veh icle can damage a part of an airbag system and - Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the
prev ent th at system fr om working pr o per ly in a col lisio n. front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by
There are some important things you have to know to make sure Audi .
that t he effect ive n ess of the system will not be impai red and that - Never use addit ional seat cushions that cover the areas
discarded co m pone nts do not cause i nju ry or po ll ute t he env i ro n- where the side airbags inflate.
ment . - Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area
of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi -
& WARNING ately by an authorized Audi dealer .
• The airbag system can be activated only once . After an airbag
Improper care , servicing and repair procedures can increase the has inflated, it must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or
r isk of personal injury and death by preventing an airbag from qualified technician who has the technical information , training
deploying when needed or deploying an airbag unexpectedly: and special equipment necessary.
• Never cover , obstruct , or change the steering wheel horn pad • The airbag sy stem can be deployed only once . After an airbag
or airbag cover or the instrument panel or modify them in any way. has been deployed , it must be replaced with new replacement
• Never attach any objects such as cup holders or telephone parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model
mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units. version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag
• For cle aning the horn pad or instrument panel , use only a soft , components must be performed by qualified workshops only .
dry cloth or one moi stened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners Make sure th at any airbag service action is entered in your Audi
could damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength Maintenance & Warranty booklet under AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect prop - RECORD. •
erly .
• Never repair , adjust , or change any parts of the airbag system. Other things that can affect Advanced Airbag
• All work on the steering wheel , instrument panel, front seats or performance
electrical system (including the installation of audio equipment ,
cellular telephones and CB radios, etc .} must be performed by a
Changing the vehic le's suspension system can change the way that
qualified technician who has the training and spec ial equipment
th e Adva n ced Ai rb ag Syst em perf o rm s in a cras h. For example,
ne cessary .
using tire -rim combinations not approved by Audi, lowering the
• For any work on the airbag system , we strongly recommend ve hi cle, changing the sti ff ness of t h e sus pe nsi o n, includ ing t he
that you see your authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop . springs, suspens ion struts, shock absorbers etc . can chang e the
• Never modify the front bumper or parts of the vehicle body. forces that are measured by the airbag sensor s and sent to the elec-
tronic control unit. Some suspension changes ca n, for example, .,_
Airb a g sy st e m
increase the force levels measured by the sensors and ma ke the

ai rbag syste m d eploy in crashes in which it wou ld not deploy if t he ffi For the sake of the environment
changes had no t been made . Other kinds of changes may reduce Undeployed airbag modu les and pretensioners might be classified
the force levels measured by the sensors and prevent the airbag as Perchlorate Material -specia l handling may apply, see
from deploying when it should. www.dtsc .ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or
The sensors in the safety belt buckle for the driver and front parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safety belts
passenger seat te ll t he electronic control module if the safety belt is with prete nsioners are scrapped, all appl icable laws and regu la-
latched or not. If t he safety belt is being used, the front airbag will tions must be observed . Your aut hori zed Audi dealer is familiar wi t h
deploy at a sligh t ly h igher rate of vehic le d ece leration than if the t hese requirements a nd we rec o mmend t hat yo u have your dea ler
safety belt is not being used. Therefore , in a particular co llision , it is perform this service for you. •
possible that an ai r bag will not deploy at a seating position where
the safety belt is being used but will inflate at the posi t ion where t he
safety belt is not being used . It is important tha t nothing i nterfere Knee airbags
with the safety belt buckles so t hat the sensors can send the co rrect
information about safet y belt use to the elec t ronic control unit. Description o f knee airbags
The air bag system can pr ovide supplemen tal pr ot ec ti on
& WARNING to p roperly restrained fron t seat occupants.
Changing the vehicle's suspen sion including use of unapproved
tire -rim combinations can change Advanced Airbag performan ce
and increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash.
• Never install suspension compone nt s that do not have the
same performance characteristics as the components originally
installed on your vehi cle.
• Never use tire -rim combination s that have not been approved
by Audi.
Fig. 134 Driver's
& WARNING airba g
Items stored between the safety belt buckle and the center The ai r bag for the driver is located in the instrument panel under -
console can cause the sensors in the buckle to send the wrong neath the steering whee l :=:,fig. 134, the airbag f or the passenger is
inform ation to the electron ic control module and prevent the at about the same height in the instrum ent panel underneath the
Advanced Airbag System from working properly. glove compartment.
• Always make sure that nothing can interfere with th e safety The knee airbag offers add itional protection to the driver 's and
belt buckles and that they are not obstructed. passenger 's knees and upper and lower thigh areas as a supple -
ment to the safety belts . •

___ A
_________________________________________________ _
If the front airbags deploy, the knee airbags also deploy in frontal The knee airbag system basically consists of:
collisions above a certain severity =:>page 155, "More important • The electronic control module
things to know about front airbags".
• Two inflatable airbags (airbag and gas generator), one for the
Besides their normal safety function, safety belts work to help keep driver and one for the front passenger
the driver or front passenger in position in case of a frontal collision • The airbag indicator light in the instrument panel
so that the airbags can provide protection.
The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it The knee airbag system will not deploy:
is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle . • when the ignition is turned off
Always remember that the airbag system can only help to protect • in front-end collisions when the deceleration measured by th e
you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly. This control unit is too low
is why you should always wear your safety belt, not just because the • in side collisions
law requires you to do so=:> page 137, "Gene ral notes" .
• in rear-end collisions
The safety belt buckle for the driver and front seat passenger have
• in rollovers
switches that tell the airbag control module if the safety belt is
being used or not. If the safety belt is being used, the front airbag • in the event of a system malfunction (warning/indicator light illu-
will deploy at a slightly higher rate of deceleration than if the belt is minated) =:>page 19.
not being used. Therefore , in a particular collision, it is possible that
an airbag will not deploy at a seating position where the safety belt
is being used but will inflate at the position where the safety belt is
&, WARNING
not being used . • Safety belts and the airbag system can only provide protection
when occupants are in the proper seating position =:>page 155.
Remember too, airbags will deploy only once and only in certain
kinds of accidents - your safety belts are always there to offer • If the airbag indicator light comes when the vehicle is being
protection in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized
deploy or when they have already deployed, for examp le when your Audi dealer. The airbag may not work properly when the vehicle
vehicle strikes or is struck by another after the first collision. acceleration in a side collision is high enough to deploy the airbag.
See also =:>page 19. •
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is not a substitute for
the safety belt . The airbag system works most effectively when used
with the safety belts. Therefore, always wear your safety belts
correctly.
It is important to remember that while the supplemental airbag
system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example, swelling, bruising, and minor abrasions can
also be associated with airbags .
Airb a g sy st e m
How knee airbags work Important safety Instructions on the knee

airbag system
The risk of injury to the leg area is reduced by fully
deployed knee airbags. Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always w ear
safety belts correctly and ride in a proper seating position.
There is a lot that you and you r passengers must kn ow and do to
help the safety belts and airbags to provide supplemental protec-
tion.
& WARNING
Fig. 135 Inflat ed An inflating knee airbag can cause serious injury. Wearing safety
airbags protect ing in a belt s incorrectl y and improper seat ing positio ns increase th e risk
fr ont al collision of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being
used.
The knee airbag system has been designed so that the airbags for • The airbag system cannot protect you properly if you are
the driver and front passenger are deployed in certain but not all seat ed too close t o any of the airbag location s. When adjust ing
frontal co llisions . their seat position s, it is important that both the driver and the
If the front airbags deploy, the knee airbags also deploy in frontal fro nt passenger keep thei r upper bodies and knees at the
col lisions above a certain severity. following minimum safe dist ances:
When the system is deployed, the airbags start to fill with a propel - - 10 inches (25 cm) betwe en the chest and the st eering
lant gas, and inflate between the lower part of the instrument panel whee l/ instrument panel.
and the driver and the lower part of the instrument panel and the - 4 inches (1O cm) between the knees and the low er part of the
front passenger ~ page 155, f ig. 132. instrum ent panel .
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion" the impact • The risk of personal injury increases if you lean forw ard or t o
and in this way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the lower t he side, or if the seat is improperly positioned and you are not
extremities . w earing your safet y belt . The risk increases even m ore should the
airbag deploy.
All this takes place instantaneously, so fast that many people don 't
even reali ze that the airbags have deployed. The airbags also inflate • Alway s make sure that the knee airbag can inflate w itho ut
with a great deal of force and it is important for occupant safety that interferen ce. Objects betwe en yourself and the airba g can
nothing should be in their way when they dep loy. increase the risk of injury in an accident by inte rferi ng w ith the
wa y th e airbag deploy s or by being pushed into you as the airbag
Fully inflated airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts deploys. •
slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement and help to
reduce the risk. •

__ .....:.
A..:..::..:.
ir-=
b:....:
a=-g
=- s= y -=
s-=
t -=
e-=
m.;._;_
________________________________________________ _
The side airbags are located in the sides of the front seat backrests
& WARNING (cont inued) =>fig . 136 f acing t he do o rs. They are id enti fied by t he word
- No persons (children) or animals should ride in the footwell "AIRBAG" .
in front of t he passenger seat . If the airbag deploy s, thi s can The side airbag system basically consists of:
result in serious or fatal injuries.
• t he elect ron ic co ntrol mo d ule and external sid e i mpact sens o rs
- No objects of any kind should be carried in the footwell area
in front of the driver's or passenger's seat. Bulky objects (shop- • the two side airbags located in the sides of the front backrests
ping bags, for example ) can hamper or prevent proper deploy- • the airbag war ni ng light in the instrument clus t er.
ment of the airbag . Small objects can be thrown through the The airbag system is monitored electronicall y to make certain that
vehicle if the airbag deploys and injure you or your passenger s. it is functioni n g properly at all t imes . Each t ime you t urn o n t he igni -
• Make sure there are no cracks, deep scratches or other damage tion, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few
in the area of the instrument panel where the knee airbags are seconds (self diag nostics).
located .
The side airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help
• If children are incorrectly seated , their risk of injury increases in to reduce the r isk of injury to the drive r's and fr o nt passenger's
the case of an accident => page 168, "Child Safety". • upper torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side co lli -
sion. The air bag deploys only in side impacts and only when the
vehic le acceleration reg ist ered by the control unit is high eno ugh . If
Side airbags this rate is below the refe rence value programmed into the control
unit, the side airbags will not be tr iggered, even thoug h the car may
Description of side airbags be badly damaged as a resu lt of the co llision. It is not possible to
def ine an air bag t rigge ring range t hat wi ll cover every possible
The air bag system can p ro vide sup plemen ta l p ro tection angle of impact , since the circumstances will vary considerab ly
to p rope rly restraine d front seat occup ants. bet w een o ne collision a nd anot her. Importa nt fac t ors include, fo r
example, the nat ure (hard or soft) of the impacting object, the ang le
of i mpact, vehicle speed , etc. =>p age 166, "Importan t safety
i nstructions on th e side airba g syst em".
Aside from their normal safety function, safety belts wo r k to help
keep t he d river or front passenger in pos iti on in th e event of a side
col lision so that the side ai rbags can provide prot ect ion .
The airbag system is not a subst it ute for yo ur saf ety b elt . Rat her, it
is part of the overa ll occupa nt restrain t system in your vehicl e.
Fig. 136 Side airbag
locat ion in t he driver 's A lwa ys reme m ber t hat t he side ai rbag syst em can only help t o
seat pro t ect you if you are w ear ing your saf ety belt and wear i ng it prop -
erly. This is another reason why you should always wear your safety .,
Airb a g sy st e m
belts, not just because the law requires you to do so=> page 137, How supplemental side airbags work
"General no t es" .
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help reduce the risk
It is important to remember that while the supplemental side airbag
of upper torso injuries for occupants who are properly
system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example, swelling, bruising, and minor abrasions can restrained .
also be associated with deployed side airbag .s. Remember too, side
airbags wil l deploy only once and on ly in certain kinds of accidents
- your safety belts are always there to offer protection.
Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage are
not necessarily an indication of over -sensitive or failed airbag acti-
vation. In some collisions, both front and side airbags may inflate .
Remember too , that airbags will deploy only once and only in
certain kinds of collisions - your safety belts are always there to
Fig. 137 Inflat ed side
offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not airbags on left side of
supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed . vehicle
Th e s id e a ir ba g sy stem will not dep lo y :

When the system is triggered , the airbag is fi ll ed with propellant gas
• when the ignition is turned off and brea ks through a seam in the seat surface area marked
• in side coll isions when the acce leration measured by the sensor "AIRBAG" . It expands between the side trim pane l and the
is too low passenger. In order to help provide this additional protection, the
• in front -end collisions side airbag must inflate within a fraction of a second at very h igh
speed and with great force. The supp lemental side airbag could
• in rear-end collisions
injure you if your seat ing position is not proper or upright or if items
• in rollovers. are located in the area where the supplemental side airbag expands.
In some types of accidents the front airbags and side airbags may This applies especially to child ren => page 168, "Child Safet y" .
be triggered together. Supp lemental side airbags inflate between the occupant and the
door panel on t he side of t he vehicle that is struck in certain side
collision=> fig . 137.
& WARNING Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion" the impact
• Safet y belt s and the airbag system w ill only provide prote ct ion and in this way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper
w hen occupants are in the proper seating position => page 166. part of the body .
• If the airbag indicat or light come s on when the vehicle is being A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys . This is normal
used, have the system inspected imm ediatel y by your authori zed and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle. •
Audi dealer. The airbag may not w ork properly when the vehicle
acceleration in a side collision is high enough to activ at e th e
airb ag. •

-
-----Airbag ~ ~---------------------------------------------------------
system
Important safety instructions on the side & WARNING (continued)

airbag system
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always prop- of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi-
erly wear safety belts and ride in a proper seating posi- ately by an authorized Audi dealer .
tion. • Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of
injury in an accident by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and act
or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
accordingly to help the safety belts and airbags do their job to
provide supplemental protection. - Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as
cup holders, telephone brackets, or even large, bulky objects)
on the doors, over or near the area marked "AIRBAG" on the
& WARNING seat backrests.
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or fatal injury. Improp- - Such objects and accessories can become dangerous projec-
erly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase tiles and cause injury when the supplemental side airbag
the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is deploys.
being used. - Never carry any objects or pets in the deployment space
• In order to reduce the risk of injury when the supplemental side between them and the airbags or allow children or other
airbag inflates: passengers to travel in this position.
- Always sit in an upright position and never lean against the • Always use the built-in coat hooks only for lightweight
area where the supplemental side airbag is located. clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the
- Never let a child or anyone else rest their head against the pockets that may interfere with side airbag deployment and can
side trim panel in the area where the supplemental side airbag cause personal injury in an accident.
inflates. • Always prevent the side airbags from being damaged by heavy
objects knocking against or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.
- Always make sure that safety belts are worn correctly,
- Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat put their hand or • The airbag system can only be triggered once. If the airbag has
been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized
any other parts of their body out of the window.
Audi dealership.
• Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without inter-
• Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.I to the original seat covers
ference.
or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always
- Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the
be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
front seat backs that have not been specifically approved by
Audi. • If children are seated improperly, their risk of injury increases
in the case of an accident ~ page 168, "Child Safety" .
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas
where the side airbags deploy . • Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system
in anyway. _.,
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ ,n
• In a side collision, side airbags will not function properly if
sensors cannot correctly measure increasing air pressure inside
the doors when air escapes through larger, unclosed openings in
the door panel.
- Never drive with interior door trim panels removed.
- Never drive when parts have been removed from the inside
door panel and the openings they leave have not been properly
closed .
- Never drive when loudspeakers in the doors have been
removed unless the speaker holes have been properly closed.
- Always make certain that openings are covered or filled if
additional speakers or other equipment is installed in the
inside door panels.
- Always have work on the doors done by an authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop. •
ment
___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t_y____________________________________________ _
Child Safety
Important things to know urge you to read t he detai led informat ion in this owner's manua l
about airbags and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and
the very i mportant inf ormation about tra nsport ing chi ldren on the
Introduction
front passenger seat. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
are ext remely important for yo ur safet y and t he saf et y of you r
The physica l principles of what happens when your veh ic le is in a passengers, especia lly infants and small children.
crash apply also to children => page 139, "What happens to occu -
pants not wearing safety belts?" . But un like adu lts and t eenagers,
their musc les and bones are not fully developed. In many respects
children are at g reater risk of serious injury i n crashes than adul t s.
& WARNING
All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained
Because chi ldren's bodies are not fully developed, they require properly wheneve r riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improp-
restraint systems especial ly designed for their size, weight, and erly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by
body structure. Many countries and all st ates of the United States being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or
and provinces of Canada have laws requiring the use of approved impa ct . An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at
chi ld restraint syste ms f or inf ants and sma ll children. greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating
airbag .
In a fronta l crash at a speed of 20-35 mph (30-56 km/h) the forces
acti ng o n a 13-po und (6 kg) infant wil l be mo re tha n 20 times the
weight of the child. This means the weight of the child would
suddenly be more than 260 pounds (120 kg). Under these condi -
& WARNING
tions, on ly an appropriate child restraint properly used can reduce Children on the front seat of any car even w ith Advanced Airbags
the risk of serious injury . Child restraints, like adult safety belts, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflat es. A
must be used prope rly t o be eff ective. Used improper ly, t hey can child in a rearward-fa cing child safety seat installed on the front
increase the risk of serious injury in an accident . passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflate s.
Consu lt the ch ild safety seat manu f act u rer's inst ruc t ions t o b e su re
the seat is right for your child's size=> page 171, "Important safety • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
instruct ions for using child safet y seats" . Please be sure to read and carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
heed all of the important information and WARN INGS about chi ld child against the backrest, door or roof.
safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child restraints in • Never install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front
this chap t er. passenger seat unless the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes
on and stays on. If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your
come on and stay on, have the airbag system inspected immedi -
veh icle and how they work when i nfants and chi ldre n in child
ately by your Audi dealer. _,.
restra ints are on the front passenger seat. Because of the large
amount of impo rt ant informati o n, we can not repeat it all here. We
_____________________________________________ C_h
_ il_d _S_ a_ fe_t.....:
y'----""
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag

& WARNING system, a child should always ride in theseat pr o perly restrained for
If, in exceptional circum st ances, you mu st install a forward -fa cing
its age and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front
seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat
child restraint on the front passenger' s seat:
is not the safest place for a child in a forward -facing child safety
• Always make sure the forw ard-facing seat has been designed seat . It can be a very dangerous p lace for an infant or a larger child
and cert ified by it s manufa cturer for use on a front seat with a in a rearward -facing seat. •
passenger fro nt and side airbag .
• Alwa ys follow the manufacturer' s instruct ions provided with
the child safety seat or carrier. Advanced Airbags and the weight -sensing
• Alway s move the passenger seat into it s rearmo st position in mat in the front seat
the seat's fore and aft adjustme nt range, as far aw ay from the
airbag as possible before installing the child restraint. The back- The Advanced A irbag System in your vehicle detects the presence
rest must be adjusted to an upr ight position . of an infan t or child in a chi ld rest rain t on t he front passenger seat
• Alway s make sure th at the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light using the weight -sensing mat in the seat cushion and the sensor
come s on and stays on all the time wheneve r the ignition is below the safety belt latch on the front passenger seat that
switched on. • measures t he tension on the saf ety belt.
The weight -sensing mat measures total weight of the child and the
child safety seat and a chi ld blanke t on the front passenger seat . The
Advanced front airbag system and children weight on the front passenger seat is related to the design of the
child rest ra int and it s "footprin t ", the size and shape of the bottom
Your vehicle is equipped with a dual-stage front "Advanced Airbag of the child restraint as it sits on the seat . The weight of a child
System" in comp liance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle restra int and its "fo otprint" va ry for different kinds of ch il d
Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 as applicab le at the t ime your vehic le restraints and for the different models of the same kind of chi ld
was manufactured . restraint offered by child restraint manufacturers .
The Advanced Airbag syst em in yo ur vehicle has been cer t ified to The weight ranges for t he ind ividual types, m akes and models of
meet the "low -risk" requirements for 3 and 6 year-old children on child restraints that the NHTSA has specified in the Safety Standard
the passenger side and small adults on the d river side. The low risk t ogether with the weight ranges of typical infan t s and typica l 1 year -
deployment criteria are intended to reduce the risk of injury through old chi ld have been stored in the control unit of the Advanced
interaction with the airbag that can occur, for examp le, by being too Airbag Syst em. When a child rest raint is being used on t he front
close to the steering wheel and instrument pane l when the airbag passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old chi ld, the Advanced Airbag
inflates . In addition, the system has been certified to comp ly with System compares the weight measured by the we ight sensing ma t
the "suppression" requirements of the Safety Standa rd, to turn off with the information stored in the electronic control unit.
the front airbag for infants up to 12 months who are restrained on
The electronic contro l unit also registers the tension on the front
the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the
passenger safety belt. The tension on the safety be lt for the front
Standard .
passenger seat will be different for an adult who is properly using •
ment
___ C_h
_ il_
d_S
_ a_fe_ ty______________________________________________ _
the safety belt as compared to the tension on the belt when it is requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These
used to attach a child restraint to the seat. The sensor below the child restraints are:
latch for the safety belt for the front seat passenger measures the
tension on the belt. The input from this sensor is then used with the A. Car beds, manufactured on or after September 1,
weight to "decide", whether there is a child restraint with a typical 1 2004:
year-old child on the front passenger seat and whether or not the • Cosco Dream Ride 02-719
airbag must be turned off. •
B. Rear facing child restraint systems, manufactured
on or after September 1, 2004:
Child restraints and Advanced Airbags (When the restraint system comes equipped with a removable base,
compliance has to be certified with or without the base).
Regardless of the child restraint that you use, make sure that it has • Britax Handle with Care 191
been certified to meet United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards and has been certified by its manufacturer for use with • Century Assura 4553
an airbag. If in exceptional circumstances you must use it on the • Century Smart Fit 4543
front passenger seat, carefully read all of the information on child • Cosco Arriva 02727
safety and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the applicable WARN- • Evenflo Discovery Adjust Right 212
INGS. Make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by
the weight-sensing mat inside the front passenger seat, that the • Evenflo First Choice 204
front passenger airbag is turned off and that the airbag status is • Graco Infant 8457
always correctly signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light.
C. Forward-facing convertible child restraint systems,
Many types and models of child restraints have been available over manufactured on or after September 1, 2004:
the years, new models are introduced regularly incorporating new
• Britax Roundabout 161
and improved designs and older models are taken out of produc -
tion. Child restraints are not standardized. Child restraints of the • Britax Expressway
same type typically have different weights and sizes and different • Century Encore 4612
'footprints,' the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint • Century STE 1000 4416
that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat. These
• Cosco Olympian 02803
differences make it virtually impossible to certify compliance with
the requirements for advanced airbags with each and every child • Cosco Touriva 02519
restraint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the • Evenflo Horizon V 425
course of the useful life of your vehicle. • Evenflo Medallion 254
For this reason, the United States National Highway Traffic Safety • Safety First Comfort Ride 22-400
Administration has published a list of specific type, makes and
models of child restraints that must be used to certify compliance
of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle with the suppression
Child Safety -
--------------------''---
- When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety
& WARNING seat, you must first activate the convertible locking
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child seat from moving ::::>page 177.
restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition
is switched on.
- Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to
get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
• Never install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front
passenger seat unless the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cml.
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an
come on and stay on the inflating airbag will hit the child safety
Advanced Airbag system, a child should always ride in the seat
seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child
properly restrained for its age and size.
safety seat and child against the backrest, door or roof. Have the
airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer.
& WARNING
[i] Tips Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or
The child seats listed in categories A to C have been tested by Audi improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious
only for the Advanced Airbag function. • personal injury and death.
• All vehicle occupants and especially children must always be
restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle.
Important safety instructions for - An unrestrained or improperly restrained child can be injured
using child safety seats or killed by being thrown against the inside of the vehicle or by
being ejected from it during a sudden maneuver or impact.
Correct use of child safety seats substantially reduces the - An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is at much
risk of injury in an accident! greater risk of injury or death by being struck by an inflating
airbag.
As the driver, you are responsible for the safety of every -
• Commercially available child safety seats are required to
body in the vehicle, especially children:
comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
- Always use the right child safety seat for each child and 213 (in Canada CMVSS 213).
always use it properly ::::>page 173. - When buying a child restraint, select one that fits your child
and the vehicle.
- Always carefully follow the child safety seat manufac-
turer's instructions on how to route the safety belt prop- - Only use child restraint systems that fully contact the flat
portion of the seat cushion. The child restraint must not tip or
erly through the child safety seat.
lean to either side. Audi does not recommend using child safety
seats that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not provide
adequate contact with the seat. ..
ment
Child Safety
-
---=-------------------
& WARNING (continued ) & WARNING (continued)
- Always heed all legal requirements pertaining to the installa- - Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost
tion and use of child safety seats and carefully follow the position of the passenger seat's fore and aft adjustment range ,
instructions provided by the manuf acturer of the seat you are and as far away from the airbag as possible before installing
using. the child restraint .
• Never let more than one child occupy a child safety seat . - Always make sure that nothing prevents the front
• Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting passenger's seat from being moved to the rea rmost position in
on the lap of another passenger. its fore and aft adjustment range .
- Holding a child in your arms is never a substitute for a child - Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright posi-
restraint system. tion.
- The strongest person could not hold the child with the forces • Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in pla ce even if a
that exist in an accident . The child will strike the interior of the child is not sitting in it . A loose child safety seat can fly around
vehi cle and can also be struck by the passenger. during a sudden stop or in a collision .
- The child and the passenger can also injure each another in • Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
an accident . restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 137, " Safety belts ",
=> page 146, "Airbag system" and => page 168, "Child Safety".
passenger seat unless the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes
on and stays on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
& WARNING
seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child To reduce the risk of serious injury , make sure that the PASSENGER
safety seat and child against the backrest , door or roof . Have the AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child
airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer. restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition
is switched on .
• Forward-facing child safety seats installed on the front
passenger's seat can interfere with the airbag when it inflates and • Never install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front
cause serious injury to the child . passenger seat unless the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes
on and stays on . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
• If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward -
facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat , the child's
safety and well-being require that the following special precau-
safety seat and child against the backrest, door or roof. Have the
tions be taken :
airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer. •
- Make sure the forward -facing seat has been designed and
certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag.
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instruct ions
provided with the child safety seat or carrier.
Child Safety
Child safety seats

& WARNING
Infant seats Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious
Babies and infants up to about one year old and 22 lbs or personal injury and death in a crash.
10 kg need special rearward-facing child restraints that • Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the forward-facing
support the back, neck and head in a crash. direction. Such restraints are designed for the special needs of
infants and very small children and cannot protect them properly
if the seat is forward-facing.
passenger seat unless the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes
Fig. 138 Rearward- safety seat and child against the backrest, door or roof. Have the
facing infant seat, airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer.
properly installed on
the passenger seat • Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
restrained in a vehicle is being used ~ page 137, "Safety belts",
- When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety ::::,page 146, "Airbag system" and::::, page 168, "Important things
to know". •
seat, you must first activate the convertible locking
retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety
seat from moving ::::,page 177.
get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
Infants up to about one year (22 lbs. or 10 kg) are best protected in
special infant carriers and child safety seats designed for their age
group. Many experts believe that infants and small children should
ride only in special restraints in which the child faces the back of the
vehicle. These infant seats support the baby's back, neck and head
in a crash.

___ C_h_i_
ld_ S_a_f_e_t .:..
y ____________________________________________ _
Convertible child safety seats dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing
seat.
Properly used convertible child safety seats can help
protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh
between 20 and 40 lbs. (10 and 20 kg) in a crash. & WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situa-
tion.
• Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced
Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag
Fig. 139 Passenger
seat: smaller child in a inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on
properly installed the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed
forward-facing if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System.
convertible child safety
seat • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
When us ing the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety child against the backrest, door or roof.
seat, you must first activate the convert ible locking • Never install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front
retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety passenger seat unless the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes
seat from moving ~ page 177.
come on and stay on have the airbag system inspected immedi-
Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to ately by your Audi dealer.
get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot • Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm) restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 137, "Safety belts",
~ page 177. => page 146, "Airbag system" and=> page 168, "Important things
to know".
A toddler or child is usually too large for an infant restraint if it is
more than one year old and weighs more than 22 lbs. (10 kg).
Toddlers and children who are older than one year up to about 4
& WARNING
years old and weigh more than 22 lbs (10 kg) up to 40 lbs. (18 kg) If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward-facing
should be properly restrained in a child safety seat certified for their child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and
size and weight=> fig . 139. well-being require that the following special precautions be taken:
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially • Make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certi-
dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest fied by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger
place for a child in a forward -facing child safety seat. It is a very front and side airbag . .,
Child Safety
& WARNING !continued) Booster seats

Properly used booster seats can help protect children
• Always follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with
the child safety seat or carrier. weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80 lbs. (18 kg and 36
kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. tall.
• Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost posi-
tion of the passenger seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and as
far away from the airbag as possible before installing the child
restraint.
• Always make sure that nothing prevents the front passenger's
seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft
adjustment range.
• Always make sure the backrest is in an upright position.
Fig. 140 Passenger
• Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on seat: child properly
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. restrained in a booster
• If the light does not stay on, perform the checks ~ page 157,
II seat
uMonitoring the Advanced Airbag System".

The vehicle 's safety belts alone will not fit most children
• If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. tall and weigh about 80 lbs.
on have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi
(36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so that the
dealer. •
safety belt will pass properly over the stronger parts of their
bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a crash .
- Do not use the convertible locking retractor when using
the vehic le's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster
seat.
- Always posit ion the shoulder portion of the safety belt
midway over the child's shoulder.
- Always make sure that the shoulder port ion of the safety
belt never rests against or across the child's neck .
- Always make sure that the child can properly wear the
lap portion of the belt low across the thighs or pelvis and
never over the stomach or abdomen. •

___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t_y____________________________________________ _
Children up to about 40 lbs (18 kg) are best protected in child safety
seats designed for the i r age and weigh t . Experts say t hat t he skel -
eta l structure, part icularly the pelv is, of these ch ildren is not fully improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death
developed, and they shou ld not use the vehicle saf et y belts in a collision or other emergency situation . To help reduce the risk
::::>fig. 140. of serious personal injury and/ or death :
Children who weigh more than 40 lbs . (18 kg) may generally use the • Alway s make sure to position the shoulder portion of the three-
available three point combinat ion lap and shou lder belts when t hey point belt over the middle of child's shoulder.
sit on an appropriate booster seat. Be sure the booster seat meets • Never let the shoulder portion of the belt rest against or across
all applicable safety sta n dards . the neck, face, chin, or throat of the child .
Booster seats raise the seating position of the ch ild and reposition • Always make sure the lap belt portion of the three -point belt is
both the lap and shou lder part s of t he safety belt so tha t they pass worn snug and passes as low as possible across the child's pelvis.
across the child's body in the right places. The routing of the belt Never let the belt pass over the soft abdomen.
over the child's body is very important for the child 's p rotection. • Failure to properly route safety belts over a child's body will
This app lies whenever a chil d uses the vehicle's safety belt s, even cause severe injuries in an accident or other emergency situation
when the child is big enough to use them without a booster seat. => page 137.
In a crash, air bags must inflate with in a bl ink of an eye and with • Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced
considerable force . In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag
inf late so tha t it wi ll b e there t o prot ect th e o ccupant as th e occu - inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on
pant moves forward into the airbag . the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed
if the front airbag inflates .
A vehic le occupant including a child who is out of position and too
close to the airbag get s in the way of an inflati ng airbag. When an • Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat , for example the
occupant is too close , he or she will be struck vio lent ly and will front seat .
receive serious or po ssib ly even fatal injury. • Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle .
In order for the airbag to offer protect ion , it is important that all • Alway s remembe r that a child leaning forward , sitting side-
veh icle o ccupan t s, especia ll y any child ren, who mu st be in th e fron t ways or out of position in any way during an accident can be
seat in exceptional circumstances , be properly restrained and as far struc k by a deploy ing airb ag. This will result in serious personal
away from the airbag as possible. By keeping room between the injury or death .
child's or othe r occupant's body and the front of the passenger • If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and comp letely and front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances the
provid e supp lemental pro t ect ion in cer t ain fro nt al crashes. PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on, when -
ever the ignition is swit ched on.
& WARNING • If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
on, perform the checks described => page 157, "Monitoring the
Not using a booster seat, using the booster seat improperly, incor- Advanced Airbag System ". .,_
rectly installing a booster seat or using the vehicle safety belt
Child Safety
& WARNING !continued) & WARNING

• If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay Using wrong child restraints or improperly installed child
on whenever the ignition is switched on the inflating airbag will restraints can cause serious personal injury or death in a crash.
hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will
• Failure to properly route safety belts over a child's body will
smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, door or
cause severe injuries in a crash. The lap belt portion of the three
roof. Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi
point belt must always pass as low as possible across the pelvis,
dealer.
never over the stomach or abdomen.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
• An improperly worn safety belt will not provide the best protec-
restrained in a vehicle is being used=> page 137, "Safety belts",
tion in a crash and may cause serious personal injury. Always
=> page 146, "Airbag system" and => page 168, "Important things
make sure that children and other vehicle occupants properly
to know". •
wear available restraint systems. Carefully follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturers of child restraints. •
Safety belts and older children
Properly worn three point lap and shoulder belt can help Installing a child safety seat
protect children weighing more than 80 lbs. (36 kg) and
who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. tall. Securing a child safety seat using a safety
belt
Safety belts for the front passenger can be locked with the
convertible locking retractor to properly secure child
safety seats.
The safety belts emergency locking retractors for the front
passenger's seat safety belt have a convertible locking retractor for
Fig. 141 Child taller
child restraints. The safety belt must be locked so that belt webbing
than 4 ft. 9 in. properly
restrained on the front cannot unreel. The retractor can be activated to lock the safety belt
I seat and prevent the safety belt webbing from loosening up during
normal driving. A child safety seat can only be properly installed
Children who weigh more than about 80 lbs (36 kg) and are at least when the safety belt is locked so that the child and child safety seat
4 ft . 9 in . tall can generally use the vehicle's three point lap and will stay in place.
shoulder belts. Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Airbag system, a child should always ride in the seat
properly restrained for its age and size. .,_

___ C_h
_ il_
d _S
_ a_f _
e _ty~----------------------------------------------
& WARNING & WARNING (continued)

Improperly installed child safety seats increase the risk of serious • If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
personal injury and death in a collision. on whenever the ignition is switched on the inflating airbag will
hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will
• Always make sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when
smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest , door or
installing a child safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
roof . Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi
cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or
dealer.
in a crash.
• Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effec-
• Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a
tiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection .
child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a collision • An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the
airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child.
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and • Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions
child against the backrest, door or roof. provided with the child safety seat or carrier .
• Forward-facing child safety seats or infant carriers installed on • Never place additional items on the seat that can increase the
the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of total weight registered by the weight -sensing mat and can cause
the airbag and cause serious injury to the child . injury in a crash .
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 168. Special precau-
tions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front
in.WARNING
passenger seat => page 147, "Child restraints on the front seat - Forward -facing child restraints:
some important things to know" . • Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed
and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
& WARNING passenger front and side airbag .

• Never put the forward-facing child restraint up , against or very
Always take special precautions if you must install a forward or near the instrument panel.
rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat in
• Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in
exceptional situations : the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
• Whenever a forward or rearward-facing child restraint is airbag as possible before installing the forward -facing child
installed on the front passenger seat , the PASSENGER AIR BAG restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position.
OFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is
• Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
switched on.
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. ~
• If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
on , perform the checks described => page 157, ''Monitoring the
Advanced Airbag System".
_______________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t..,:c
y__ __
& WARNING get the safety belt really tight.
Rearward-facing child restraints:
- Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating
• A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the position .
front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if
the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - Guide the safety belt back into the retractor unt il the belt
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant lies flat and snug on the child safety seat.
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and - You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt winds back
child against the backrest, door or roof.
into the inertia reel. Test the convertible locking retractor
• Always be especially careful if you must install a rearward by pul li ng on the belt. You should no longer be able to
facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional
pull the belt out of the retractor. The convertible locking
circumstances.
retractor is now activated .
• Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. - Make sure that the red release button is facing away from
• Never install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front the child restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly.
passenger seat unless the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes - Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is properly
tight and fastened so that the seat cannot move forward
come on and stay on have the airbag system inspected immedi -
or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
ately by your Audi dealer. •
Activating the convertible locking retractor & WARNING

Using the wrong child restraint or an improperly installed child
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a child restraint can cause serious personal injury or death in a crash.
restraint.
• Always make sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's instruc - installing a child safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
tions when installing a child restraint in your vehicle . To cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or
in a crash.
activate the convertible locking retractor:
• Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a
- Place the child restraint on a seat . child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a crash.
- Slowly pull the belt all the way out.
• Always make sure the seat backrest to which the child restraint
- Route it around or through the child restraint belt path is installed is in an upright position. Otherwise, the seat back with
~ &- the child safety seat attached to it could fly forward in the event of
an accident or other emergency situation. ..,
ment
___ C_h
_ il_
d_S
_ a_f e
_ ty______________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continu ed) & WARNIN G (continued )

• Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child • Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
rest rained in a vehicle is being used =>page 168. Special precau- restrained in a vehicle is being used =>page 168. Special precau-
tion s apply when inst alling a child safety seat on the front tio ns apply w hen installing a child safet y seat on the front
passenger seat => page 147, "Child restraint s on the front seat - passenger seat => pag e 147, "Child restrain ts on the front seat -
some important thing s to know ". • some import ant things to know ". •
Deactivating the convertible locking retractor Additional Information

The convertible locking retractor for child restraints will
be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all Where can I get additional information about
the way back into the retractor. child restraint application and usage?
- Press the red button on the safety belt buckle. The belt There are a number of sources of additional information about child
tongue will pop out of the buckle. restraint selection, installation and usage:
- Guide t he belt all the way back into its stowed position. NHTSA advises that the best child safety seat is the one that fits
you r child and fits in your vehicle, and that you wi ll use correctly and
A lways let the safety belt retract complete ly into its stowed position . consistently.
The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt without
Try before you buy!
the convertible locking retractor for child restraints.
Nat ional Highw ay Traffic Safety Administr ati on
If the conve rtible locking retractor should be activa t ed inadvert-
ently, the safety belt must be unfastened and guided completely Tel.: (888) DASH-2-DOT
back in t o its stowed posi t ion t o deactiva t e this feature. If the www.nhtsa.dot.gov
convertible locking retractor is not deactivated, the safety belt will Nat ional SAFE KIDS Campaign
gradually become tighter and uncom f ortable to wear . Tel.: (202) 662-0600
www .saf ekids.org
& WARNING Safety BeltSafe U.S.A

Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English)
Imprope rly installed child safety seat s increase th e risk of serious
Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
personal injury and death in a collision.
www.carseat.org
• Never unfa sten the safet y belt to deacti vate the convertibl e
locking retractor for child restra int s w hile the vehicle is moving. Transport Canada
You would not be restrained and could be seriously injured in an Tel.: (800! 333-0371
accident . www .tc .gc .ca
_______________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t..,:c
y__ lllll
Audi Client Relations
Tel.: (800) 822-2834 a
ment
Vehicle operation
_1--_ l_
n_t _
e _ll_,
ig,_,_
e_n_t_t_e_c
_ h_n_o_l_o~g""-
y
.e-__________________________________________ _
Intelligent technology
Notice about data recorded by Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)

vehicle control modules
1
Genel'6
Your vehicle is not equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR), The Electronic Stability Program increases driving
installed by some manufacturers for the express purpose of
sta bility.
capturing data for retrieval after an accident or crash event . EDR's
are sometimes called "crash recorders".
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or downloading of data stored
by EDR's that were installed in a vehicle for the express purpose of
retrieving data after an accident or crash event w ithout the owner's
consent.
Although your vehicle is not equipped with an EDR, it is equipped
with a number of electronic control modules for various vehicle
systems such as, for example, engine function, emission control, as Fig. 142 Cente r
console with ESP
well as for the airbags and safety belts.
switch
These electronic control modules also record vehic le-related data
during norma l vehicle opera t ion for diagnostic and repair purposes . With ESP,control over the veh icle is increased in situations when
The recording capacity of the electronic control modules is limited the vehicle is close to the limits of grip, such as during acce leration
to data (no sound is recorded) and only a small amount of data is and in curves. ESP reduces the risk of skidding and improves vehicle
actually recorded over a very limited period of time and stored when stability under all road conditions . It operates at all speeds .
a system fault or other condition is sensed by a control unit. Some
The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Electr onic Differentia l Lock (EDS)
of the data then stored may relate to vehic le speed, direction,
and Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR) are integrated in the Elec-
braking as well as restraint system use and performance in the
tronic Stability Program .
event of a crash or other condition . Stored data can only be read and
downloaded with special equipment. H o w ESP work s
The ESP control unit processes the following data from high-sensi -
tive sensors: the rotational speed of the vehicle about its vertica l
axis, fore -and -aft and lateral acceleration forces, brake pressure and
steering angle.
Using steering ang le and vehicle speed, the direction the driver
wishes to travel is determined and continuously compared with
actual vehicle behavior . If the two do not match, for example when
In te llig ent t ec hn o lo gy
the vehicle begins to skid, ESP brakes the appropriate wheel auto- about 45 mph (70 km/h) and deactivated automatical ly below this
matical ly. speed.
The vehicle is stabilized again by the forces acting on the wheel D eac ti va t in g ES P/ ASR
during braking. With an oversteering vehicle (tendency for the rear
Press the button for more than 3 seconds . Deactivation is indicated
end to skid out of the curve), the brake application is mainly at the
by the ESP lamp in the instrument cluster staying on permanently .
front wheel on the outside of the curve, with an understeering
This deactivates the Electronic Stabi lity Program (ESP)in addition to
vehicle (tendency to run wide in the curve) at the rear wheel on the
ASR. No Electronic Stability System operation and no Anti-Slip
inside of the curve or additionally at the other wheels as needed .
Regu lation is availab le across the entire speed range; ASR and ESP
This brake application is accompanied by noises.
are activated only when the brakes are used for the duration of the
ESP works in conjunction with ABS=:> page 189. If there is ma lfunc- braking action and remain active until a stab le vehicle condition has
tion in the ABS, ESP is also inoperative . been reached. There is no driving situation which requires ESPto be
deactivated, so this should only be done if the driver's skill and the
Act iva t ing
traff ic situation permit .
The ESP is automatica lly activated when the engine is started, and
it performs a self-test. As soon as the test is completed, the system
is in normal operating mode . With ASR deactivated, or with ESP/ASR & WARNING
deactivated, pressing the button=> page 184, fig. 142 returns the • The limi ts of physics cannot be suspended by ESP. Even in vehi-
system to normal operation. cles with ESP,you should always adapt your driving to road and
D eac ti va ting tr affi c condition s. This is part icular ly tr ue on a slippe ry and w et
road. Do not be te mpt ed by th e increased safet y provided to ta ke
ESP should norma lly be activated at all times because this ensures
risks - danger of an accident !
optimum vehicle stability . Only in certain exceptional cases it does
make sense to deactivate Anti -Slip Regulation (ASR) or the Elec- • Please note that when ASR or ESP/ASR is deactivated , the drive
tronic Stability Program !ESP) by pressing the button =:>page 184, w heels can spin on icy and slippery roads and the vehi cle can
fig. 142. Both deactivation stages can only be activated from normal break away - danger of skiddin g!
mode.
Dea c ti vat ing ASR Ii ] Tip s

Tap the switch . Deactivation is indicated by slow flashing of the ESP In the event of a defect in the rear spoiler system or in Audi
lamp in the instrument cluster. In certain situations (e.g. driving magnetic ride, it can happen that ASR and ASR/ESP cannot be deac -
with snow chains, in deep snow or on loose ground, or when tivated, or they are activated automatica lly in the deactivated
rocking the car free), it may be necessary to deactivate ASR. Deacti - state. •
vation is effective only up to a speed of about 45 mph (70 km/h). At
higher speeds, ASR is switched on again automatical ly in front -
whee l drive vehicles, deactivation is possible only up to about 30
mph (50 km/h). With all-whee l drive vehicles, ASR is active above
ment
___ ln_t_e_ ll-'"
ig...,_
e
_ n_t _t_e_c_h
_ n_o_l_o_,.
g=y,_ __________________________________________ _
Electronic different ial lock (EOL)

The electronic differential lock monitors the rotational
& WARNING
• When accelerating on slippery surfaces, such as on ice or snow,
speed of the drive wheels.
always be careful when depressing the accelerator pedal. Even
General notes with the EDL working, the drive wheels can spin and reduce your
ability to control your car. - Risk of crash!
The electronic differential lock (EDU helps the car to start moving,
accelerate and climb a gradient on surfaces providing poor or • The increased safety afforded by EDL does not mean that you
almost no grip. Without EDL, this would be difficult, if not impos - can take safety risks. Always adapt your driving style to the road
sible. conditions and traffic situation.
How the system works

The EDL operates automatically. It monitors the rotational speed of
[i] Tips
the drive wheels on an axle with the help of the ABS sensors If a fault occurs in the ABS, the EDL is also not functioning . This is
=>page 189. If a noticeable difference in rotational speed between indicated by the ABS warning light => page 20. •
the drive wheels on one axle is detected (e.g. on slippery ground on
one side), the spinning wheel is braked, thereby transferring power
to the other drive wheel or wheels (all-wheel drivel. This is done up Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR)
to a speed of about 60 mph (100 km/hl. Noises from the brake The Anti-Slip Regulation System prevents the driven
system signal that wheel spin is being controlled. wheels from spinning when the car is accelerating.
Driving off
General notes
When driving off, always be sure to keep road conditions in mind as The Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR) is integrated in the electronic
you accelerate . If one drive wheel spins because it is on a surface stabilization program (ESP).When the vehicle starts up and acceler -
with less grip, gradually increase the pressure on the accelerator ates , the wheels are prevented from spinning by adjusting the
pedal until the car starts to move. The wheel less able to transfer engine power to match the amount of grip available from the road
power spins. surface .
Overheating of brakes
How the system works
To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel from overheating if ASR performs automatically, i.e. without the driver's intervention .
subjected to excessive loads , the EDL cuts out temporarily . The With the aid of the ABS sensors => page 189, ASR monitors the
vehicle remains operational and behaves in the same way as a speed of the driven wheels. If the wheels start to spin, the engine
vehicle without EDL. torque is reduced automatically until the tires find enough grip to
As soon as the brak e has cooled down, EDL switches on again auto- lock onto the road surface . The system is active across the entire
matically. speed range.
The ASR works in conjunction with the ABS. If a malfunction should
occur in the ABS, the ASR will also be out of action . ~
Activating cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
The ESP is automatically activated when the engine is started and it See also ::::>page 249, "New tires and replacing tires and wheels".
performs a self-test. You can activate a deactivated ASR if required
by pressing the => page 184, fig. 142 button. When it is activated,
the message ESP/ASR on appears briefly in the display. Vehicles Rear spoiler
with front -wheel drive a deactivated ASR automatically re-activates
itself at a speed of 40 mph (70 km/h). The rear spoiler improves vehicle handling and enhances
driver control.
Deactivating
You can deactivate the ASR if required by pressing the button (for
less than 3 seconds) => page 184, fig. 142. With the ASR deactivated,
the ESP check light comes on, see=> page 18. The message ASR off
appears in the display as well. On vehicles with front -wheel drive:
deactivation is possible only up to 30 mph (50 km/h) for safety
reasons. Vehicles with all-wheel drive : the ASR can be deactivated
at any speed.
The ASR should normally be activated all the time. Only in certain
Fig. 143 Switch for
exceptional situations when some slip is desirable does it make rear spoiler
sense to deactivate the ASR. Examples:
• when driving with tire chains The rear spoiler deploys and retracts. Spoiler operation can be set
• when driving in deep snow or on loose ground and for automatic or manual operation .
• when rocking the vehicle loose after it has become stuck. Automatic mode (normal operation)
When the abnormal situation is over, you should activate the ASR • Automatic deployment : At a speed of about 75 mph (120 km/h),
again. the rear spoiler deploys automatically.
• Automatic retraction: When speed drops below about 50 mph
& WARNING (80 km/h), the rear spoiler retracts automatically.
The increased safety afforded by ASR does not mean that you can Manual mode
take safety risks. Always adapt your driving style to the road • Manual deployment: Tapping briefly on the switch ::::>fig. 143
conditions and traffic situation. deploys the rear spoiler .
• Manual retraction: At speeds up to about 10 mph (20 km/h),
[i J Tips
retract the rear spoiler by pressing and holding the switch
::::>fig. 143. At speeds between 10 mph (20 km/h) and 75 mph (120
To ensure that the ASR works properly, all four wheels must be fitted km/h), retract the rear spoiler by tapping on the switch=> fig. 143.
with identical tires. Any differences in rolling radius of the tires can

- Intelligent t e chnology
--- =---- ----"
-!...!-
------------------------------
After 15 cycles (deploy and retract), manual operation is suspended Braking
f o r up t o 2.5 minutes . Above 75 mph (120 km/h), operation swi t ches
to automatic mode .
General "nformation
& WARNING Wh at aff ect s braking effi cien cy?
Driving at higher speeds witho ut the rear spoiler deployed can

Operating condition s and driving habits
impair handling characteri stics, making the vehicle harder to The brakes on today's automob iles are sti ll subject to wea r,
control. depending large ly o n operati ng co nditions and driving habits~ & .
On vehicles which are driven mostly in stop -and -go city traffic or
• Always make sure that the spoiler is deployed when driving at
whic h are driven hard, the brake pad s shou ld be checked by your
speeds over 85 mph (140 km/ h). If the rear spoiler warning / indi-
authorized Audi dea ler more often than specified in the Mainte -
cator light in the instrument cluster come s on, the rear spoiler
nance & Warranty booklet.
may not have deployed .
• Never drive at speeds higher than 85 mph (140 km/ h) if the On steep slopes, you should use the braking effect of the eng ine.
spoiler is not deployed . Have the spoiler inspected as soon as This way, you prevent un neces sary wea r on the brake syste m. If you
possible by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop. must use your brakes, do not ho ld the brakes down continuous ly.
Pump the brakes at interva ls.
• Always obey speed limits and other traff ic law s.
Moisture or road salt
& WARNING Unde r certain con diti o ns, for example, when driving th rough water
or very heavy rain, or even after washing your vehicle, the braking
Improper operation of the rear spoiler can cause crushing injuries. effec t can be reduced d ue to mo isture (or in freezing co nditions ice)
• Always make sure that nobody, especially children, is in the o n the brake pads . A few cautious brake appl icat ions should dry off
way when the rear spoiler is deployed or retracted. the brake pads or remove any ice coat i ngs.
The effe ct iveness of t he brakes can be reduced when th e vehic le is
0 Note
driven on a salt -covered road and the brakes are not used. Likewise,
you clean off accu mu lat ed salt co atin g fr o m bra ke d iscs and pads
Never push the vehicle or ap ply fo rce t o the rear spoi ler - it cou ld be with a few cautious applications of the brake~ & .
damaged .
Corrosion
[i ] Tips There may be a tendency for dirt to build up on the brake pads and
corr osi o n to for m on t he d iscs if t he car is not driven regu larly or
Clean the spoi ler compartment every 2 to 3 months . The spoiler
only for short trips with litt le use of the brakes .
compa rtment must always be free of ice, snow, leaves or other
debris. • If the brakes are not used frequently, or if co rros ion has formed on
the d iscs, it is adv isable to clean off the pads and discs by braking
firm ly a few times from a moderately high speed ~ & . .,_
Faults in th e brake syst e m

If you shou ld notice a sudden i ncrease in brake pedal tr avel, then
one of the two brake circuits may have fai led=> &- • If you damage the front spoiler, or if you install a different
spoiler, be sure the air flow to the front brakes is not obstructed.
Low brake fluid level Otherwise the brake system could overheat reducing the effective-
Ma lfunctions can occur in the brake system if the brake fluid leve l is ness of the entire brake system.
t oo low. Th e brake fluid level is m oni t ored elect ronica lly. • Failure of one brake circuit will impair the braking capability
resulting in an increased stopping distance. Avoid driving the
Brake pow e r assist unit
vehicle and have it towed to the nearest Audi dealer or qualified
The brake pow er assist un it increas es th e pressure t hat you workshop.
generate with the brake peda l. It works only when the engine is
running. • Never let the vehicle roll to a stop with the engine shut off .
• If the brake booster is not working , for example when towing
& WARNING your vehicle, or because the brake booster has somehow been
damaged , the brake pedal must be pressed considerably harder to
• You should perform braking maneuver s for the purpose of make up for the lack of booster assistance . •
cleaning the brake system only if road conditions permit . Other
road users must not be put at risk - you may cause an accident!
Anti- lock brake system (ABS)
• Before descending a steep grade, reduce speed and shift trans-
mi ssion into a lower gear or lower driving position . Do not ride the ABS p revents the wheels from loc king unde r braking.
brakes or hold the pedal down too long or too often . This could
The anti -lock brake syst em (ABS) makes a major contri b ut ion to
cause the brakes to get hot and diminish braking efficiency.
i ncreasing act ive d riv ing saf ety . You should not expect that brakin g
• Do not "ride the brakes " by resting your foot on the pedal when distances wi ll be shortened unde r all c ircums t ances wi t h ABS.
you do not intend to brake . This may cause the brakes to overheat, Braki ng distance may even become somewhat longer , f or exam p le,
premature we ar and increased stopping distan ce. on gravel or in new snow on slippery ground, even if you are driving
• Under certain climatic and operating condit ions such as carefully and slowly.
passing through water , driv ing in heavy rain or after washing the
vehicle, the effectiveness of the brakes can be reduced . In winter , ABS operation
ice can accumulate on the brake pads, linings, discs and drums . W hen a veh icle speed of about 10 m p h (20 km/ h) is reached , an au to-
Cautiously apply brakes for a te st. Brakes will dry and ice coatings matic test sequence is run. Some noise from the pum p may be
will be cleaned off after a few cautious brake appli cations . audible.
• Driving for an extended period of time on salt-covered roads If the speed of a wheel slows down too much re lative to vehicle
without using your brakes can also affect brak ing effic iency. Clean speed and it st arts t o lo ck, br ake pr essu re t o t h is whee l is reduce d.
off accumulated salt coating from brake discs and pads with a few This adjustment process can be felt as a pulsing motion of the brake
cautiou s brake applications . pedal , acco mp an ied by some noises. You as th e d ri ve r are int ent io n-
ally being g iven t he inf or mation that the wh eels are tendin g to lock
ment
-- ~ ln~t~e~l~li~g~e~n~t~ t e~ c~h~n~o~l'o~g
..!:~yL ________________________________________ _
(ABS control range) . In order for ABS to be ab le to operate optima lly Electro-mechanical power assist
in th is range, you must keep the brake pedal depressed - do not -----
"pump the brakes" . The electro-m echan ical pow er assist helps the driver
whe n s teering.
Brake ass istant
The brake power assist unit increases the pressure that you The degree of power assist is electronically matched to vehic le
ge nerat e wi th t he brake p edal. It wo rks only whe n t he engine is speed.
running . The power steering system assists the driver so that he can steer the
vehi cle wi t h red uced phy sica l eff o rt .
Automatic full braking
This function allows fu ll braking in spite of high brake pedal forces Power steer i ng w ill not wo r k if the eng ine is off . As a result, the
(e.g. whe n t he b rakes are seve rely stre ssed beca use th e veh icle is steering wheel wi ll be hard to turn.
ful ly loaded). The driver notices this function through a reduction of
pedal f orce and increase d pedal tr avel. When th e brake peda l is
released, fu ll braking assist switches off again automatically .
& WARNING
If the system develops a problem, you must seek qualified profes-
If there is an ABS fail ure, the brake assistant and automatic fu ll
sional assistance .
brak i ng assist are not available.
& WARNING 0 Note

If there is an electronic ma lfunction , servotronic wi ll still funct ion
• ABS cannot suspend the law s of physics. You should keep this like a conventional power stee ring system, pr oviding a constant
in mind in particular on an icy or wet road . If ABS control of braking steer ing suppo rt f o rce t hat is no longe r proportionate to t he veh icle
intervenes , you should adjust your speed immediately to road and speed . This is most noticeable when turning the steering wheel at
traffic condit ions. Do not be tempted by the increased safety low speeds (fo r examp le w hen park ing), - mo re effor t w ill be
provided to t ake risks - danger of an accident. required than usual.
• Please keep in mind that the risk of an accident is increased by • Be awa re of the d iffer ent than usua l steering response and
driving too fast, particularly in bends and on icy or wet roads, and adjust your steering force accordingly.
by driving too close to the vehicle ahead . The increased risk of an
• Have the problem chec ked and set ri g ht by an authorized Audi
accident cannot be reduced by the brake assistant - danger of an
dea ler as soon as possible .
accident .
• If a steering ma lfunct ion occurs, this is signaled with the ~ or.
@ ind icat o r ligh ts and a w arn ing t one, see . ._
[i ] Tips
If a ma lfunction occurs in the ABS, this is signa ll ed by an indicator
lig ht, see =>page 20. •
Off - Road driving?

[i ] Tips Your Audi do es not have en ou gh gr o und clearance t o be used as an
• If the pow er st eering system sho u ld f ail , or if the eng i ne is not off -road vehicle. It is therefore best to avoid roug h tracks and
running (for examp le, whi le being towed), you will stil l be able to u neven t errain as muc h as possible. A lso refer to => page 194.
st eer the ve hi cle . How eve r, more eff ort w i ll be requi red to do so.
• If the powe r steering system is not f unctioning pr o pe r ly, contact
your authorized Audi dea ler immediate ly. & WARNING
Always adjust your driving to road and traffic conditions. Do not
let the extra safety afforded by All Wheel Drive tempt you into
Ap p lies to vehicles : w ith A ll Wheel Drive
taking extra risks.
Driving w ith your quattro® • Although the All Wheel Drive is very effective , always
remember that braking capacity is limited by tire traction. You
With A ll Wheel Drive, all four w heels ar e dri ven.
should therefore not drive at excessive speeds on icy or slippery
General information road surfaces.
With All W heel Drive, power is d istr ibute d to all fou r whee ls. Th is • On wet road surfaces, be careful not to dr ive too fast because
happens automat ica lly depending on your driving style and the the front wheels could begin to slide on top of the water (aqua-
road cond it io n s at t he time. See also => page 186, " Elec tr onic diffe r- planing ). If th is should occur, you will have no warning from a
entia l lock (EDU" . sudden increase in engine speed as with a front -wheel drive
vehicle . Always drive at speeds w hich are suited to the road condi-
Winter tires tions. - risk of crash. •
When driving in the winter, your vehic le with All Wheel Drive has an
advantage, even wi th reg u lar t ires. In winter road conditions it may
be advisable to mount winter tires (or all -season tires) for improved
driveabi lit y an d braking : these t ires m ust be m ounted on all four
wheels . See also=> page 254, "Win t er t ires" .
Snow chains
Where tire cha ins are mandatory on certain roads, this normally
also ap p li es t o vehic les wi t h Al l Wheel Drive => page 255, "Sn ow
chains".
Replacing wheels / tires

Vehicles with A ll Wheel Drive must always have tires of t he same
size. Also avo id t ires w it h d iff eren t tr ead dep th s. For d etails see
page=> page 249, " New t ires and replacing tires and whee ls" .
ment
___ D_r_i_v_i_n""'
g"'-a_n_d
_ e
_ n_v_i_r_
o_n_m
_ e_n_t ___________________________________________ _
Driving and environment
The first 1,000 miles ( 1 ,500 km) and During the first few hours of driving, the engine's internal friction is
higher than later when all the moving parts have been broken in.
afterwards How well this break-in process is done depends to a considerable
extent on the way the vehicle is driven during the first 1,000 miles
New engine (1,500 kilometres).
The engine needs to be run-in during the first 1,000 miles
(1,500 km). 0 Note
Extremely high engine speeds are automatically reduced. However,
For the first 600 miles (1,000 kilometres):
these RPM-limits were programmed for an engine well run-in, not a
Do not use full throttle. new engine.
- Do not drive faster than 3/4 of the top speed marked on
the speedometer. ~ For the sake of the environment
- Avoid high engine speeds . Do not drive with unnecessarily high engine speeds - upshifting
early saves fuel, reduces noise and protects the environment . •
From 600 to 1,000 miles (1,000 to 1,500
kilometres): New tires
- Speeds can gradually be increased to the max imum
permissible road or engine speed. If your vehicle is running on new tires, drive particularly
careful for the first 350 miles (500 kilometres) after fitting.
During and after break-in period
- Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it is cold.
This applies whether the transmission is in N (Neutral) or
& WARNING
1n gear. New tires tend to be slippery and must also be "broken-in". Be
sure to remember this during the first 350 miles (500 kilometres).
Brake gently. Avoid following closely behind other vehicles or
After the break-in period
other situations that might require sudden, hard braking. :I
- Do not exceed maximum engine speed under any
circumstances.
- Upshift into the next higher gear before reaching the red
area at the end of the tachometer scale => page 12.
Dri v ing a nd e nvironm e nt
New brake pads The catalytic converter is an efficient "clean-up" device built into the
exhaust system of t he vehicle . The cataly t ic converter burns many
Remember t hat new brake pads do not have a full braking of the pollutants in the exhaust gas before they are re leased into the
atmosphere.
effec t during the first 250 miles (400 kilometres) after they
are in stalled. The exclusive use of un leaded fuel is critica lly important for the life
of the catalytic converter and proper functioning of the engine.
New brake pads have to be "burnished in" before they have optima l
grab=> & .
During the break -in period, you should avoid putting severe loads
& WARNING
on the brakes. Severe loads include, for example, sudden hard • Do not park or operate th e vehicle in areas whe re the hot
braking, in particular at very high speeds or, for example, on moun - exha ust syst em may com e in conta ct wi th dry grass, brush, fuel
tain passes. spill or other mat erial which can cause a fire.
• Do not apply additi onal undercoat ing or rustpr oofing on or
& WARNING near the exhaust manifold, exhaust pipe s, cat alyti c convert er or
heat shields. During driving, th e subst ance used for undercoating
Until the y develop the maximum "bite " for best stoppi ng powe r, could overheat and cause a fire.
th e surfaces on new brake pads require some "breaking-in" during
th e init ial 100 to 150 miles 1150 to 200 kilomet res) of normal city
driving . You can comp ensat e for thi s by pressing t he brake pedal
0 Note
more fi rmly. This appl ies w henever new pads are inst alled. • • Be aware that just one tank fi ll ing with leaded fuel wi ll already
seriously degrade the performance of the catalytic converter.
• Do not exceed t he correct engine oil level => page 225 .
Catalytic converter • Do not drive until the fuel tank becomes completely empty. The
engine could misfire . Unburned fuel could also get into the exhaust
It is very important that your emission control system system and this could cause the catalytic converter to overheat .
(catalytic converter) is functioning properly to ensure that
• Do not turn off the igni t ion wh ile the vehicle is moving.
your vehicle is running in an environmentally s ound
• Do not continue to operate your vehicle under these conditions,
manner. as otherwise fue l can reach t he cata lytic converter. This could resu lt
- Always use lead-free gasoline ~ page 214, "Fuel supply". in overheating of the converter, requiring its replacement .
• To assure efficient operation of the Emiss ion Control System:
- Never run the tank down all the way to empty.
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with
- Never put too much motor oil in your engine~ page 225, the service recommendations in your Maintenance & Warranty
11
"Adding engine oi l 'l=:;r\ • booklet.
- Neve r t ry to push - or t ow -st art your ve hi cle.
ment
___ D_ r_
iv_i_n-'g
"'""'-
a
_ n_d_ e_n
_ v_i_r_
o_n_m
_ e
_ n_t_____________________________________________ _
- Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the If you anticipate what you need to do next and drive economically,
vehic le will impair the function of the emission con t rol system you can easily cut your fuel consumption by 10-15 percent . This
and could lead to damage. section will give you some tips on how you can help the environ-
ment and your pocketbook .
<i'For the sake of the environment [i ] Tips

Even when the Emission Control System is operating properly, the
exhaust gas can have a sulfur -like exhaust gas smell under some The consumption estimates as published by ENVIRONMENTAL
operating states . This depends on the sulfur content of the fuel PROTECTIONAGENCY (EPA) and Transport Canada may not corre-
being used. Using a different brand of fuel may help, or filling the spond to your actua l consumption on the road, which will vary
tank with lead-free super grade gasoline. • depend ing upon vehicle load and speed, road and weather condi-
tions, trip length, etc. •
Avoid damaging the vehicle

Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
When you are driving on poor roads, or over curbs, steep ramps, Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating.
etc., make certain that low-lying parts such as spoilers and exhaust
system parts do not bottom out and get damaged. Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking.
This is especially true for vehicles with low-slung chassis (sports Vehicles use the most fue l when they are accelerating . If you antici-
chassis) and fully loaded vehicles. • pate what is going to happen next, you will need to brake less and,
thus, accelerate less. Let the vehicle coast whenever possible - for
example when you see that the next traffic light is red. •
Operate your vehicle economically
and minimize pollution Avoid full throttle
General Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and improves your
mileage.
Your personal style of driving will determine the economy
of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and noise levels. - Try and keep well below your car's maximum speed.
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and wear on your engine, Acce lerating gently reduces fuel consumption, eng ine wear, and
brakes and t ires largely depend on three factors: does not disturb the environment.
• your personal driving style Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine noise increase
• operating condit ions disproportionately at high speeds. If you drive at approximately
• technical limitations three quarters of top speed, fuel consumption wil l be reduced by 9J,,
Dri v ing a nd e nvironm e nt
one half. Never drive faster than the posted speed limit and weather By having your vehicle regularly serviced by an Audi dea ler helps to
con d iti ons permit. • ensure that it runs properly and economically . The conditio n of your
vehic le not only affects its safety and abi lity to hold its value, it also
affects fuel consumption .
Reducing unnecessary Idling
Check your oil each time you fill your tank.
Even when your car is just idling it burns up fuel. The amount of oil used is related to engine load and speed .
- Shut the eng ine off when you are not driving the vehicle . It is normal for the oi l consumption of a new eng ine to reach its
lowest value after a certain mi leage has been driven.
- Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the eng ine run at
idle. You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometres)
bef ore you can proper ly assess o il consumpt ion.
It makes sense to shut off the engine in traffic jams, when waiting This also applies to fuel consumption and engine output .
for trains to pass at railroad crossings, or at traffic lights that have
long waits on red. Turning the engine off for j ust 30-40 seconds
saves more fue l than is burned st arting the engine again . 0 Note
It takes a long time for the engine to warm up fully when it is • Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with
running at idle . However, wear and noxious emissions are especial ly t he service recommendations in your Main t enance & Warranty
high when the engine is warming up. So you should drive away as booklet. Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the
soon as you start the engine and avoid running at high RPMs whi le vehicle wi ll impair t he function of the emission control system and
the engine is stil l warming up . cou ld lead to da mage.
• Do not alter or remove any component of the Emission Contro l
0 Note
System unless approved by the manufacturer .
• Do not alt er or remove any device, such as heat shields,
Do not leave engine idling unattended after starting . If warning
switches, ignition wires, valves, which are designed to protect your
lights should come on to indicate improper operation, they would
veh ic le's Emission Control System and ot her important vehicle
go unheeded. Extended idl ing also produces heat, wh ich cou ld
components. •
result in overheating or other damage to the vehicle or other
property . •
Fewer short trips
Regular maintenance Fuel consu mp ti on will alwa ys be relatively high on shor t
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot of fuel. trips.
- Have your vehicl e serv iced at reg ul ar intervals. - Try t o avo id driving short dista nces wi t h a cold engine.
ment
___ D
_ r_iv_ in_...
g"'-a_n
_ d_ e_n
_ v_i_r_
o_n_m
__ e_n_t_______________________________________________ _
The engine and catalytic converter have to reach their optimal oper-
ating temperature to reduce fuel consumption and noxious emis -
sions effectively.
• Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid -size car burns the fuel
at a poor rate of 6-8 miles per gallon (30-40 l/100kml. Half a mile
down the road, the mileage improves to 12 MPG (20 1/100 kml. It will
take the engine no less than two and a half miles (4 km) of driving to
warm up to its proper operating temperature and operate at an
economic mileage. This explains why taking the car for short trips is
a rather wasteful convenience.
• The outside temperature is also critical in this regard. Your car
consumes more fuel in the winter than in the summer.
Trailer towing
General information
Your Audi TT Roadster is not designed to tow a trailer.
Towing a trailer with your Audi TT Roadster is not recommended
and can cause damage to the car. Damaged caused by towing a
traile r is not covered by your Audi Warranty. •
Driving and environment
ment
___ _ l_
C e_a_n_in_g
~_a_n_d___
p
___
r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_o_n_____________________________________________ _
Cleaning and protection
General information & WARNIN G (conti nued)

Regular care preserves vehicle value. • Do not clean the undersides of chassis, fenders, wheel covers,
etc . without protecting your hands and arm s. You may cut yourself
Any automobi le is exposed to industrial fumes, corrosive road salt,
on sharp-edged metal part s.
muddy dog feet, etc . A wel l cared for Audi can look like new many
years after purchase. Regu lar and correct care will contribute to • Moisture and ice on brakes may impair braking efficiency
maintaining the beauty and value of your Audi. =>page 188, "General information ". Test the brake s carefully each
time you wa sh the vehicle.
Furthermore, good care may be a conditi on for substantiating a
war ranty claim should corrosion damage or paint defects occur.
Your authorized Audi dealer has a variety of dedi cated vehicle-care ~ For the sake of the environment
product s and can advise whic h ones to use for cleaning the exterior Select only environmenta lly friend ly c leaning products . Leftover
and interior of your vehicle. clean ing products should not disposed of in the household waste. •
Whether you use p roducts recommended by Audi or other commer -
cially availab le cleaning agents , please make sure you apply them
correctly. Care of exterior
Washing
& WARNING Frequent washing protects the vehicle.
• Cleaning agents may be poisonous. Keep them out of the reach
of children . Th e best protection against envi ronmental influences is frequent
• Heed all caution labels. washing and waxing .
• Alway s read directions on the contai ner before using any How often t his is required depends on:
produ ct . Follow the direction s carefully. • How much the vehic le is used
• Most chemical cleaners are concentrated and have to be • Where the vehicle is pa rked (garage, in the open under t rees,
diluted . etc.)
• Use spot removing fluids only in well ventilated area s. • The seasonal and weather conditions
• Do not use gasoline , kerosene, diesel fuel, nail polish remover • Environmental influences
or oth er volatile fluid s. They may be toxi c, flammable or hazardous
in other way s. Do not w ash, wa x or dry the vehicle w it h the igni- The longer bird droppings, insects, tree resin, road and industrial
tion on or the engine running. grime, tar, soot, road salt and other materials remain on the vehicle
p aint, the more lasting t heir dest ructive effects will be . _,,,
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in_g_a
_ n_d_ p_r_o_t_e_ c_t _io_n__ _
High temperatures, as from exposure to intense sunlight, intens ify If you have installed additional accessories on the vehicle - such as
the corrosive effect particularly when humidity is high as well. spoilers, etc. - it is best to ask the car wash operator if these should
be removed.
Under ce rtain circumstances , weekly washing may be necessary .
Under other conditions, a monthly washing and waxing may be
adequate. & WARNING
After the winter, the underside of the vehicle should be thoroughly Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
washed preferably in a professional car wash .
=>page 200. •
& WARNING Washing the vehicle by hand

Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
A lot of water is needed when washing a vehicle by hand.
=> page 200 . •
- Before you start washing, make sure you have read and
Automatic car wash understood the WARNINGS ::} &
in "General informa-
tion" on page 200.
The vehicle can be washed in almost any modern auto-
matic car wash. - First soak all dried dirt until it is soft, then rinse it off.
The vehicle paint is so durable that the vehicle can normally be

- As you clean your vehicle, start with the roof and work
washed without problems in an automatic car wash . However , the your way down to the bottom, using a sponge, a sponge
effect on the paint depends to a large extent on the design of the glove or a clean brush.
facility, the filtering of the wash water, the type of wash and care - Rinse the sponge or the sponge glove often, flushing it
material, etc. If the paint has a dull appearance after going through
clean each time.
the car wash or is scratched, bring this to the attention of the oper-
ator immediately . If necessary, use a different car wash . - Use special car shampoo only for very persistent dirt .
The power top does not require specia l precautions before passing - Rinse the car thoroughly with water.
through a car wash. However, the car must not be treated with hot
wax after the wash cycle! The wax could adversely affect the power - Use a chamois leather to gently wipe the exterior dry .
top and even damage the fabric over a period of time.
Use a separate sponge for cleaning the wheels, door si lls and other
The power top do es not have t o be washed every t ime you use a car
regions exposed to road dirt. In this way, you will not scratch the
wash . The power top can be spared if the car wash facility is paint with coarse particles imbedded in the sponge the next time
equipped with manually adjustable roof brushes or rollers.
you wash the car . .,,
Before going through a car wash, be sure to take the usua l precau -
tions such as closing the windows. Remove antenna if applicable .
• Vehicle care I t
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
Washing your vehicle with a power washer

& WARNING Cleaning the exterior of your car with a high-pressure
• Do not clean th e underside of th e chassis, fender s, w heel
power washer is safe as long as you observe a few simple
covers, or other hard to reach part s w ithout protecting your hands
and arms. You may cut yourself on shar p-edged met al part s. rules .
• Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other informat ion - Before us in g the powe r washer, make sure you have read
~ page 200 . and understood the WARNINGS~ &
in "General infor -
mation" on page 200.
0 Note Always follow the operating instructions for the power
• Never try to remove dirt, mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle washer.
is dry . Never use a dry cloth or sponge, since this cou ld scratch your
vehic le's paint or w indows . Make sure that the jet on t he sp ray hose produces a "fan
• Never wash your car in br ight sunl ight. Drops of wa t er act as shaped sp ray".
magnifying lenses and may damage your paint . Do not hold the spray nozzle too close to soft mat erials .
• When you wash your car in the winter : if you rinse your vehicle
with a hose, be careful not to aim the stream of water directly at Never use a power was her to clean the power top itself .
locks, or at door or hat ch openings - t hey can freeze shut. When cleaning the vehicle with a power washer always follow the
• Never use sponges designed to remove insects, or any kitchen operating instructions. This applies particula rly to the operating
scouring sponges or simila r products. They can damage your paint pressure and the spraying distanc e. Maintain a sufficient distance
finish . to soft materia ls such as rubber hoses and sound/vibration dead-
• Never use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the head lights. Only use ening materia ls (particularly on the underside of the engine hood).
wet cloths or sponges to prevent scratches . It is best to use soapy Do not use a jet which sprays water in a direct stre am or one that
water. has a rotating jet.
Water temperature shou ld not exceed 140 °F (60 °Cl.
c£>
In the interest of the environment,
washed in special wash bays. •
the vehicle shou ld on ly be in.WARNING
Never wa sh tires w ith a jet that sprays w ater in a direct stream .
Thi s could cause invisible damage to the tire s and weaken them ,
even if the spray is from a relati vely long dist ance and for a short
tim e. Damaged and we akened tire s can fail and cause accident s
and personal injury. .,,_
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in_g_a
_ n_d_ p_r_o_t_e_ c_t _io_n__ lftl
0 Note & WARNING
• Never use a power washer to clean the powe r top itself . Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information on
• To avoid damaging your vehicle, always make sure that there is :=>page 200.
sufficien t distance between the spray head and soft materials like
rubber hoses, plastic parts and sound -deadening materials. Never
aim the spray head at the same point for a long time. This also 0 Note
applies t o cleaning headlights and painted bumpers. Remember: Never use a high -pressure power washer to clean the folding top. •
the closer the nozzle is to the surface of the material, the greater the
stress on the material. •
Ap pli es to ve hi cles: w ith w ind def lecto r
Wind deflector
Folding top care
Clear the wind deflector with water or, if it is heavily soiled, a chem-
The folding top requires special care.
ically neutral cleaning solution.
Keeping your top looking great and making certain that it lasts a
long time depend to a great extent on proper use and care. Remove
bird droppings as soon as possible, since the corrosive chemicals in & WARNING
them will cause the rubber impregnation in your top to swell and Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information on
possibly allow t he fabric to leak . =>page 200. •
W ith normal soiling, all you need to do is clear the top with a soft
brush and clear water . Always brush in the direction of the fabric
Waxing
from front to rear.
If the top is very dirty and has spotted areas clean it with a brush Wax protects the vehicle's paint.
using a convertible top cleaner. Always brush in the direction of the
- Use a manually applied car wax occasionally to protect
fabric from front to rear . Rinse with plenty of clear water, and allow
the paint.
the top to air-dry.
Chamois are not suitable for drying the top. A good wax coating protects the vehicle paint to a large extent
against the environmental factors listed under ~ page 200,
Never use gasoline, spot remover, benzene, paint thinner or
"Washing" and even against slight scratches.
solvents to remove spots. We recommend that you only use
cleaners especially formulated for use on convertible tops, and that You can use a liquid car wax to protect your paint as soon as one
you follow the produce use directions carefully . Authori zed Audi week after your vehicle has been delivered.
deals can provide detailed information.
Even if you regularly use a waxing process in automatic car washes ,
we recommend that you manually apply a coat of wax to give the .,_
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
paint extra protection, particularly if water no longer beads on the

clean paint . 0 Note
Protect p lastic body parts with car wax in the same way as the Do not treat matte anodized metal trim, p lastic or rubber parts with
vehic le body . polish or wa x. •
During wa r m weather dead insects t end to collect on the fron t

bumper and on the forward area of the hood. They are much easier Trim strips
t o remove from paint that is waxed often .
Met al trim needs speci al care .
& WARNING For environmental reasons, Audi fabricates the bright trim strips
and tr i m pi eces from pure chromium -free aluminum.
Alway s read and heed all WARNING S and other information
Dirt and marks on the trim strips should be removed with a pH -
~ page 200.
balanced clean ing agen t (do not use a chrome cleaner) . Audi
dea lers carry cleaning products which have been tested for use on
0 Note you r vehic le and are not harmful to the env ironment.
Do not use car wax on To avoid corrosion on the exterior t rim st rips, only a pH-balanced
• matte or anodized metal trim solution should be used for the windshield washer .
• rubbe r or rubber -like trim . •

& WARNING
Polishing Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other inform ation
~ page200 . •
Polishing restores the gloss to the paint.
Polish your veh icle on ly if t he paint has lost its shine and t he g loss
Plastic and vinyl
cannot be brought back with wax.
If the polish used does not contain preservative compounds, the Plastics needs spe cia l care.
paint mus t be wax ed afterwards ~ page 203, "Waxing" . Use a clean, damp cloth or sponge to remove dust and light surface
dirt. For other soil, use a lukewarm all -purpose cleaning so lution or
& WARNING a mild sadd le soap for vinyl tr i m. Remove water spots and soap
traces with a clean, damp cloth or sponge. Use a clean, soft cloth to
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information rub dry .
~ page 200.
Grease, tar or oil stains can be removed with a clean cloth or sponge
soaked wi th all -purp o se cleaner o r wi th a solven t designe d espe -
cia lly to clean vinyl. .,.
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in_g_a
_ n_d_ p_r_o_t_e_ c_t _io_n__ _
Occasiona lly apply a co lorless vinyl or leather preservative to retain

t he material's luster and pliability. & WARNING
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
& WARNING :=>page 200 . •
Alway s read and heed all WARNING S and the information

~ pag e 200. • Windows
Clear vision to all sides .
Aluminum trim
Clean all windows regu larly to remove road fil m and
ca rwas h wax bu il dup.
Use only neutr al-pH products to remove spots and deposits from
alum inum surfaces . Chrome care products and alka line cleaners Remove snow f rom windows using a brush .
wi ll attack aluminum surfaces and can damage them over time.
- Use a plastic ice scrape r to rem ove ice from windows and
mirr ors .
& WARNING - Remove ot her residue on the wind ows with a spray-o n
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and t he information glass clea ner.
~ pa ge2 00. •
Wipe the windows dry with a clean piece of cloth or
kitchen paper t owel.
Touch - up paint
The best way to remove snow from windows and mirrors is to use a
Min or paint damages should be touched up immediately.
brush . Use a non -abrasive plastic ice scraper - better still, a spray
- Use either a touch -up pa in t stick or spray paint to cover deicer - to remove ice from windows and mirrors .
mino r scratches and ni cks. The windows must not be cleaned with insect remover or wax since
these can interfere with the function of t he windshield wiper b lades
Your Audi dealer has touch -up paint for minor scra t ches and stone (chatter).
chips. Scratches shou ld be touched up soon after they occur to
prevent corrosion . Oil, grease or silicone residue can be removed w ith glass cleaner or
silicone remover . However, wax residue requires the use of a
The nu mber for t he or iginal vehicle paint can be found on the specially formulated solvent . Please contact your Audi dealer for
vehicle identification label~ page 288 . advice on safe products for wax removal.
Windows should also be cleaned on the ins ide at regular intervals . ..,_
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
Never dry windows with the same chamois that you use to dry
pa i nted sur faces. Wax residue on the chamois can impair vision & WARNING
through the windows .
Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
=> page 200.
& WARNING
• The windshield must not be treated with water-rep ellent mate- [i ] Tips
rials. They can increase glare under poor visibility conditions such Keep si licone sp rays off the windsh ield to avo id wiper smear in
as w etne ss, darkne ss, or when th e sun is low on th e horizon. In rain . •
addition , they can cause the wind shield wipers to chatter .
• Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and oth er infor mat ion Ap plies to vehi cles: w ith steel w hee ls
=> pa ge 200.
Steel wheels
0 Note
The wheels also have to be cleaned.
• Never use warm or hot wa t er to remove snow and ice from Always include the hub caps and wheel rims when
windows and mirrors. This could cause the glass to crack. washing your vehicle t o remove road dirt, salt sprays and
• To prevent damage to t he w ires of the rear defogger, do not p lace brake dust.
any adhesive stickers on the inside of the rear window over the
wires. If necessary, use a commercial wheel cleaner to remove accumu -
• To he lp prevent dirt from scratching the w indow, always scrape lated brake dust.
in a forward direction - pushing the scraper away from you - never The wheel rims are eas ier to keep clean if they are regularly coated
back and forth . • wi t h liquid wax .
Paint scratches should be touc hed up as soon as possible to prevent
Weatherstrips corrosion=> page 205, " Touch -up paint".
Complete car care includes the weatherstrips as well.

- App ly a suitable rubber co nditioner to the weat herstr ips
& WARNING
• M oisture and ice on brakes m ay affect braking efficie ncy -
f rom t ime to t i me . => page 188, "General information ". Test the brake s carefully after
each vehi cle wa sh.
To be able sea l properly, the weatherstrips around the hood, doors,
rear lid, etc. must remain pliable . Spray the weath erstrips with si li- • Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
cone or coat them w ith ta lcum powder or glycerine t o retain the => pa ge 200. •
flexibili t y of the rubber and to protect them against free zing in the
winter .
------------------------------------=-----=------- Cl e aning and prote c tion BIi
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w ith Cast alloy wh eels Body cavity sealing
Cast (light) alloy wheels
The body cav ity sealing does not need to be checke d.
Cast (light) alloy wheels require special care.
A ll body cavities which could be aff ected by corrosion have been
- Wash the wheels w ith a sponge or hose brush eve ry given thor o ugh protecti o n at t he facto ry.
ot her week . This sealing does not require any inspection or add itional treat -
- For de ep cleaning afterwar d s, use only a dedicated acid - ment . If any wax shou ld seep out of the cavity when the ambient
tempera t ure is high , it can be removed wi t h a p last ic scraper and a
free cast alloy wheel cleaner .
suitable solvent.
- Rub a coat of liquid wax on t o t he rims every t hr ee mon t h.
Be sure t o reach and t reat all parts of the rim .
& WARNING
To preserve the decora t ive appearance of t he cast alloy whee ls, Solvent s can be dangerous.
some special care is necessary . In addition to road dirt and salt , • Benzine is flammable and tox ic. If you use benz ine for removing
b rake dust is also co rro sive . If left o n f o r to o long, brake dust can
the wax , keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes away . Never
cause pitting . dump benz ine on the ground , into open streams or down sewage
Use only special acid-free cleaners formulated for alloy rims . Safe drains .
products are available at your Audi dea ler. Never leave t he cleaner • Be sure to observe all safety and environmental regulat ions.
on the r ims longer t han specified on the label. If not rins ed off Follow all instru ctions on the container.
promp t ly, the acid contained in some cleaners can at tack the
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
threads on the wheel bolts .
=> page 200 . •
Never use abrasive or met al po lishing cleaning agents . If t he protec -
tive coat ing has been chipped, e.g . by kicked up road dir t. t ouch it
up as soon as possib le. Chassis
Have the undercoa ting checked for damag e from time to
& WARNING time .
•
Moi sture and ice on brakes may affect braking efficiency The lowe r body shell of your Audi is also thoroughly protected
=>page 188, "General information ". Test the brakes carefully each against corros ion.
time you wash the vehicle.
Any damage to the undercoating caused by road hazards sh ould be
• Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other informat ion repaired promp t ly.
=>page 200 . •
& WARNING
Too much unde rcoat ing in the wrong places can cause a fire .
•
., __ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
carpets and floor mats, since other fabric surfaces could be harmed
& WARNING (continu ed) by brushes .
• Do not apply additional undercoating or rustpr oofing on or Normal surface stains can be cleaned using a commercially avail-
near the exhaust man ifold, exhaust pipes, catalyt ic converte r or able foam cleaner . Spread the foam on the surface of the fabric with
heat shields. W hile driving, the substan ce used for undercoatin g a soft sponge and work it in gently. Do not saturate the f abric. Then
could overheat and cause a fi re. pat the foam dry using absorbent, dry cloths (e.g. microfiber c loth)
• Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and oth er inform ation and vacuum it af t er it has dried complete ly.
~ page 200. •
C leaning st a ins
Stains caused by beverages (e.g. coffee, fruit j uice, etc.) can be
Care of interior treated with a mild detergent solution. Apply the detergent so lution
with a sponge . In the case of stubborn stains, a de t ergent paste can
be applied directly to the stain and worked into the fabric. After -
Aluminum trim
wa rds, use copious amounts of clean wa t er to remove the
remaining detergent . App ly the water with a damp cloth or sponge
Use on ly neutral -pH products to remove spots and deposits from and pat the fabric dry w ith an absorbent, dry clot h.
aluminum surfaces. Chrome care products and alka line cleaners
wi ll attack aluminum surfaces and can damage them over t ime. Stains from choco late or makeup shou ld have detergent paste (e.g.
ox-gall soap) rubbed into them . Afterwards, remove the soap with
water (damp sponge).
& WARNING Alcoho l can be used to treat stains from grease, oi l, lipstick or a ba ll-
Alway s read and heed all WARNIN GS and the inform ation point pen . Melted grease or dye must be patted off using absorbe nt
~ page 200. • material. It may be necessary to retreat the areas with detergent
paste and wa t er.
In t he case of general soiling of t he upholstery and cover material,
Fabrics and fabric coverings
we recommend hiring a specialist that has the equipment to clean
the seat covers and other fabr ic surfaces by shampooing and spray
Fabrics and fabric coverings (e.g. seats, door trim pane ls, etc.) extraction.
should be cleaned at regu lar intervals with a vacuum cleaner. This
removes surface dirt particles which could become embedded in
the fabric through use. Steam cleaners should not be used, because
the steam tends to push the dirt deeper into the fabric and lock it
& WARNING
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
there .
~ page 200 .
Norm a l c leanin g
Genera lly, we recommend using a soft sponge or a lint -free
microfiber cloth to the clean fabric. Brushes should only be used for
_______________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in
_____
g___
a_n_d
___
p_r_o_t_e_c_t_i_o_n
__ lfll
In order to preserve the anti -glare properties of the instrument
[i ] Tip s cluster glass, it should on ly be cleaned wi t h a soft. dam p c lot h. •
Open Velcro fasteners on your cloth ing can damage the seat cover .
Please make sure that Velcro fasteners are closed . •
App lies to veh icles: w ith nat u ral leat her
Natural leather
Plastic parts and instrument panel
Aud i m akes gre a t effo r ts to m ai nt ain t he pr oper ties,
n atur al look and feel of interi or lea ther.
Always use a clean cloth moistened in clear water to clean these
areas . For persis t ent dirt use an Audi approved solvent -free plastic Gener a l
cleaner/protectant. We offe r many d ifferent types of leathe r on our vehicles. Mo st are
different types of nappa leather , which has a smooth surface and
& WARNING comes in various co lo rs.
The intensity of the color determ ines the visua l characteristics and
Solvents can change the propertie s of some plastics and make it
appearance. If the surface of the leather has a typical natura l look,
harder for the airbag to deploy.
then t he leather is a nappa leat her that has bee n left in a relatively
• Never clean the instrument panel or the surface of Airbag natura l condition. This leather offers particu lar ly good comfort and
modules with cleanin g product s that contain solvents . b reathes well. Fine veins, closed g rains, insect b ites, skin folds, an d
• Products containing solvent s will make the surface of th is part subtle variations in co lor remain visib le. These characteristics
porous. dem o nstrate that the mater ial is natural.
• Serious injuries can result if plastic parts come loose when the Natura l nappa leather is not covered by a co lor finish . It is therefore
airbag is deployed . more sensitive to soil ing and wear, which is something you need to
• Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information consider if chi ldren, animals or other fac t ors might prove to be
~ page 200 . particularly hard on the leather.
By con t rast, leather types that are covered by a colo red fin ish layer
0 Note are more durable. This has a positive effect on the leather's resis -
tance t o wea r and so iling in daily use . On t he ot her hand, the typical
Cleaning agents containing solvents wil l attack the material and can
characteristics of natura l leather are barely or not apparent .
change the way it behaves. •
However, this does not mean that the leather itself is of inferior
qua l ity .
Instrument cluster glass Care and handling
Because of the exclusive nature of the types of leather that Audi
- Clean t he glass w ith a soft, damp cloth. uses and thei r unique prope rties (suc h as sens it ivity to oi ls, g rease,
soi l ing, etc .), you wi ll need to be somewhat careful w ith these
leathers, and a certain type of care is required. For example, dark .,.
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
clothing materials can discolor leather seats (especially if such App li es to vehicles: w it h natu ral leather
clothing is damp and was not dyed correctly). Dust and dirt particles Cleaning and caring for leather upholstery
in pores, folds, and seams can have an abrasive effect and can and trim
damage the leather surface as well as weaken seams.
Natural leather requires special care and attention .
The leather should be cleaned regularly as needed. After having
been used for a relatively long time, your leather seats will acquire Normal cleaning
a rich aged finish. This is a characteristic of natural leather and a
sign of true quality. - Clean soiled areas with a slightly moistened cotton or
woolen cloth.
In order to maintain the value of this natural product over the life of
your vehicle, you should follow the recommendations below: More stubborn dirt
- More stubborn dirt can be removed using a cloth satu-
0 Note rated with a mild soap solution (2 tablespoons mild
• To keep your leather from bleaching out, do not allow it to be liquid soap).
exposed to bright sunlight for long periods of time. If you have to
leave the vehicle parked outside for long periods, cover the leather - Never allow the soap solution to saturate the leather , and
to protect it from direct exposure to sunlight. make certain that no water soaks into the seams.
• Sharp objects on clothing, such as zippers, rivets or sharp pieces Wipe off the soap solution with a soft, dry cloth.
on belts can leave permanent scratches or scrape marks on the
surface of the leather. Cleaning spots
- Remove fresh water-based spots (such as coffee, tea,
[i J Tips juices, blood) with an absorbent cloth or paper towel.
• After each time you clean the leather and at regular intervals, use
- Remove fresh grease or oil-based spots (such as butter,
a leather preservative creme that contains UV-blockers and that
works into the leather. This creme will nourish and moisturize the
mayonnaise, chocolate) with an absorbent cloth or paper
leather, helping it to breathe and stay supple. It also helps to build towel, or use the cleaner from the leather care kit if the
up a protective coating on the surface. spot has not yet penetrated into the surface of the
• Clean the leath er every 2 - 3 months, and clean any areas that get leather.
soiled. - Use an oil/grease dissolving spray, if oil/grease spots
• Remove fresh marks made by ballpoint pens, ink, lipstick, shoe have dried on.
polish, etc. as soon as possible.
- Remove specific kinds of spots (ballpoint pen, felt
• Preserve the color of the leather as needed by using a special
colored leather care creme to touch up areas of uneven color. •
marker, fingernail polish, water-based paint, shoe polish,
etc.) with a spot remover specifically formulated for
leather. ..,_
-------------------=----------- Cl e aning and prote c tion 111
Leath e r c are Ap plies to veh icles: w ith Alcant ara up holste ry
- Every half year use an app roved leather care product Cleaning Alcantara ® (synthetic suede)
(available from your Aud i dealer) to care for the leathe r.
Removing dust and dirt
- Ap pl y the product very spar in gly .
- Mo ist en a cl oth, squeeze out excess water an d wip e dow n
- Wip e it off wit h a damp cloth . t he seat surfaces.
If yo u have any questi o ns about clean ing an d caring fo r the leather Removing stains
in your vehic le, it is best to contact your authorized Audi dea ler, who
wi ll be glad t o help you and tell you about o ur full range of leat her - Mo iste n a cloth w ith lukewa r m wa t er o r w ith d ilu ted
care products, such as: ethyl (rubbing) alcohol.
• Leath er cl eaning and care kit - Dab at t he stain. St art at the outside and work inwards.
• Cremes to care for co lored leather Once t he st ain is no lo ng er visi ble, use a soft dry clo t h or
• Spot removers f or bal lpoin t pens, shoe po lish , etc. t issue to soak up th e mois t ure .
• Oil/gr ease disso lving spray
Do not use leat her cleaning products on Alcantara.
• New and upcoming products.
You may use a suitab le shampoo for remov ing dust and dirt.
& WARNING Dust and grit in the por es and seams can scratch and damag e th e
surface . If t he car is left stand ing in th e sun for long peri o ds, t he
Always read and heed all WARNING S and the information leather should be protected against direct sun light to prevent it
=> page 200 . from fading. Slight color var iat ions will develop in nor mal use and
are not an indication of materia l deterioration .
0 Note
• Never use chemical solvents (e.g. ligh t er flu id, t urpentine), 0 Note
waxes , shoe polish or simi lar p roduc t s on t he leat her surfaces in • Never use chemical solvents (e.g. lighter fluid , turpentine),
your Audi. waxes, shoe polish or similar products on Alcantara ® surfaces.
• To avoid damage, have stubborn stains removed by a commer - • To avoid damage , have stubborn stains removed by a commer -
cia l cleaning specialist. • cia l cleaning specialist .
• Do not use brushes, stiff sponges or similarly abrasive cleaning
aid s. •
•
Cleaning and prot ec tion
-
-~--------------
Safety belts Engine compartment
Only w ell-maintained safety belts work reliably when Be esp ecially caref ul when cle a ning the engine compart-
needed. ment.
Heavily soiled safety be lts may no t retract properly. Alwa ys swit ch off the ignition before cleaning the engine =>& .
- Keep belts clean. Plenum pan e l
- For clean ing, use a mild soa p an d wa t er so luti o n. Let Remove leaves from t he plenum pane l in front of the w indshield
under the engine hood. This prevents the water drain holes from
belts dry thoroughly and away from direct sunlight.
becoming blocked, and it prevents debris from entering the vehicle
- Do not all ow inertia reel safe t y belts to retra ct bef o re inter ior through the heating and ventilation ducts.
they are com pl etely dry .
Corrosion protection
- Check the condition of your safety belts regularly . The engine compartment and transmission have been corrosion -
pro t ected at the factory.
& WARNING Good anti -co rros ion treatment is very important, particularly in the
winter. If the vehicle is frequent ly driven on salt treated roads, the
Damaged safety belt s can break in a crash. enti re eng ine compartmen t and p lenum panel should be t hor -
• Anything that might damage your safety belts could mean that oughly cleaned at the end of winter and retreated to prevent salt
you and your passengers would not be adequatel y prote cted in an damage . At the same time, the unde rside of the vehicle shou ld be
accident . washed as we ll.
• Safety belt performance depend s on correct installation . Never If the engine compartment is cleaned at any time with grease
remove belt s from the vehicle to clean them. removing solut ions ll, or if you have the engine washed, the anti -
• Do not use chemi cal cleaning agents , blea ch or dyes. They have corrosion treatment is almost always removed as well. It is therefore
corrosive propertie s wh ich weaken the webbing. essential to have a long-lasting corrosio n pro t ect ion reapp lied t o all
• When cleaning your safety belts , inspect them for dam age. If
surfaces, seams, joints and components in the engine compart -
you discover damage, see your Audi dealer.
ment .
•
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the infor mation
=>page 200. • & WARNING
Be awa re: The engine comp artment of any motor vehicle is a
potentially hazardou s area .
• Before working in the engine compartme nt , be sure to read the
informat ion => page 212. .,.
11
Use on ly the correct cleaning so lutions. Never use gasol i ne or diesel fuel.
Cleaning and protection -
----------------
• Before reaching into the front plenum panel , always remove the
ignition key. Otherwise , the windshield wiper system could unin -
tent ionally be sw itched on, possibly caus ing personal injury from
the moving wiper linkage.
• Never reach into the area around or touch the radiator fan. The
auxiliary fan is temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly
- even when the ignition is off .
• Do not wash, wax or dry the engine with the engine running .
Moving or hot parts could injure you .
• Do not clean the underside of the chassis , fenders, wheel
covers , or other hard to reach parts without protecting your hands
and arms. You may cut yourself on sharp-edged metal parts .
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
=>page 200. •
•
Fue l sup p ly and fillin g y o ur fu e l t ank
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
Gasoline Gasoline most commonly used in the United States and Canada has
the following octane ratings that can usual ly be found on the filler
pump:
Fuel supply
• Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment clean and
• Regular Grade : 87 - 90 AKI
prevents engine damage.
Explanation of the abbreviations:
Fu e l reco mm e nd a ti o n
AKI = Anti Knock Index= (R+Ml/2 = (RON+MON)/2
The fuel recommended for your vehicle is unleaded premium grade
gasoline . See also => page 291, "Data". Audi recommends using TOP RON= Research Octane Number
TIER Detergent Gasoline with a minimum octane rating of 91 AKI (95 MON = M otor Octane Number .
RON). For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please
go to the official website (www.toptiergas.coml.
The recommended gasoline octane rating for your engine can also 0 Not e
be found on a label located on the ins ide of the fuel filler flap. This • Do not use any fuel with octane ratings lower than 87 AKI or 91
rating may be specified as AKI or RON. RON otherwise expensive engine damage will occur .
Your vehicle may also be operated us ing un leaded regu lar gasoline • Do not use leaded gaso line! The use of leaded gasoline will
with a minimum octane rating of 87 AKl/91 RON. However, using 87 severely damage your vehic le's cata lytic converter and its abi lity to
AKl/91 RON octane fuel will slight ly reduce engine performance . contro l exhaust emissions. •
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gasoline is available

throughout the USA, Canada, and in most European countries . We Blended gasoline
recommend that you do not take your vehicle to areas or countries
where unleaded gasoline may not be available. U s e o f g a s o line co nt a inin g alco h o l o r MTB E (m et h y l
For more information on refueling your vehicle, see => page 215. t e rt iary bu ty l e th e r )
You may use unleaded gaso line blended with alcohol or MTBE
O c t ane ra tin g (common ly referred to as oxygenates) if the blended mixture meets
Octane rating indicates a gasoline's abil ity to resist engine t he fo llowing criteria:
damaging "knock" caused by premature ignition and detonation.
Blend of gasoline meth anol (wood alcoho l or methyl alcohol)
Therefore, buying the correct grade of gasoline is very important to
help prevent possible engine damage and a loss of engine perfor- • Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
mance. • Blend must contain no more than 3% methanol.
• Blend must contain more than 2% co-so lvents.
___________ Fuel supply and filling
...:._:......:,_______;::;...a,__ your fuel
__ tank -
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol) Gasoline additives
• Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
• Blend must not contain more than 10% ethanol. A major concern among many auto manufacturers is carbon
depos it build -up caused by the type of gasoline you use.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
Although gasoline grades differ from one manufacturer to another,
• Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. they have certain things in common. All gaso line grades contain
• Blend must contain not more than 15% MTBE. substances that can cause deposits to collect on vita l engine parts,
such as fue l injectors and intake valves. Although most gasoline
Seasonally adjusted gasoline
brands include additives to keep engine and fue l systems clean,
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform especially well for they are not equally effective.
winter or summer driving . During seasona l change -over, we suggest
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergen t Gasoline. For more
that you fil l up at busy gas stations where the seasonal adjustment
information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the offi-
is more likely to be made in time.
cial website (www.toptiergas .coml.
0 Note
Aft er an extended period of using inadequate fuels, built-up carbon
deposits can rob you r engine of peak performance.
• Methanol fuels which do not meet these requirements may
cause corrosion and damage to p lastic and rubber components in
the fue l system. (D Note
• Do not use fue ls that fail to meet the specified criteria in this Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel qua lity is not covered by
chapter . the Audi New Vehic le Limited Warranty . •
• If you are unable to determine whether or not a particu lar fuel

blend meets the specifications, ask your service station or its fuel
suppl ier.
Fuel tank
• Do not use fue l for which the contents cannot be identified.
Fuel filler neck
• Fuel system damage and performance problems resu lting from
the use of fuels different from those specified are not the responsi -
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear side panel behind the
bility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the
fue l filler f lap.
Emission Control System Warranties.
• If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveability and If the unlocking system should fai l, you can stil l open the flap manu -
performance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, ally - for detai led instructions see=> page 218.
we recommend that you switch to unblended fuel. • You can find the fuel tank capacity of your vehicle in Technical Data
=> page 291. _.,
•
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap tells you the correct fuel Refuelling
for your vehicle. For more information about fuel specifications, see
~ page 214.
Your vehicle fuel tank has an on -board refuelling vapor recovery

system. This feature helps to prevent fuel vapors from escaping
from the tank and polluting the environment while you refuel your
vehicle. In order to fill the tank properly while protecting the envi-
ronmen t , please follow this refueling procedure carefully.
& WARNING Fig. 144 Driver's door:

Unlocking fuel filler
flap
Under normal operating conditions, never carry additional fuel
containers in your car. Gas canisters and other containers used to
transport fuel can be dangerous. Such containers, full or empty,
may leak and could cause a fire in a collision. If you must transport
fuel to use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc ., be very careful
and always observe local and state laws regarding the use, trans-
portation and storage of such fuel containers . Make certain the
container meets industry standards (ANSI/ASTM F852 - 861.
0 Note
Fig. 145 Fuel cap
hooked on the opened
fuel filler flap
Never drive your vehicle until the fuel tank is completely dry . The
irregular supply of fuel can cause misfiring . Gasoline could enter
into the exhaust system and damage the catalytic converter. • When adding fuel, the ignition and any cellular phones in
the vehicle must be switched off.
Taking the fuel cap off

To open the fuel filler flap, pull the button ~ fig. 144.
Unscrew fuel filler cap counter-clockwise and hang it on
the fuel filler flap ~ fig. 145.
Refuelling procedure
Insert the fuel nozzle from the gasoline pump into the
fuel filler neck as far as it will go. .,_
_____________________________________ F
_u_ e_l _s_u-=pc...:...
p_ly=--- o-u_r_fu_ e_l _t_a_n_k__
a_n_ d_f_i_ll_in-=:gc..y-=--- ffll
- Select a medium refuelling rate so that the nozzle & WARNING (continued)
switches off automatically when the tank is full.
• For your safety, we strongly recommend that you do not travel
Putting the fuel cap back on with a portable fuel container in your vehicle. The container, full or
empty may leak and could cause a fire, especially in a crash .
- After filling your tank, twist the fuel filler cap clockwise
until you hear a definite click. • If, under exceptional circumstances, you must transport a
portable fuel container, please observe the following:
- Close the fuel filler flap. - Never fill a portable fuel container while it is anywhere in or
on the vehicle (for example, in the luggage compartment, or on
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel tank always close
the trunk). Static electricity can build up while filling and can
fuel filler cap properly and completely. An improperly closed fuel
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
filler cap may also cause a message in the driver information system
=> page 24 or cause the MIL lamp => page 26 to come on. - Always place a portable fuel container on the ground before
filling.
& WARNING - Always keep the filler nozzle completely

container before and during filling.
inside the portable
Improper refueling or handling of fuel can cause fire, explosion - If filling a portable container made of metal, the filler nozzle
and severe burns . must always be in contact with the container. This will help
• Fuel is highly flammable and can cause severe burns and other prevent static electricity from discharging and cause a fire .
injuries. - Never spill fuel inside the vehicle or luggage compartment.
• Failure to shut the engine off while refueling and/or to insert Fuel vapors are highly flammable.
the pump nozzle fully into the fuel filler neck could cause fuel to - Always observe local and state/provincial laws regarding the
spray out of filler neck or to overflow. Fuel spray and overflowing use, storage and transportation of fuel containers
fuel can cause a fire. - Make certain the fuel container meets industry standards
• Never use a cellular telephone while refueling . The electromag- (ANSI / ASTM F852-86l.
netic radiation can cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors and
cause a fire .
• Never get back into your vehicle while refueling. If in excep-
(D Note
tional circumstances you must get back in your vehicle while refu- If any fuel has spilled onto the car, it should be removed immedi -
eling, make certain that you close the door and touch metal to ately to prevent damage to the paint.
discharge static electricity before touching the filler nozzle again.
Static electricity can cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors
released during refueling.
<£>
As soon as the correctly operated nozzle switches off automatically
• Never smoke or have an open flame anywhere in or near your for the first time, the tank is full. Do not try to add more fuel because
vehicle when refueling or filling a portable fuel container. fuel may spill out. In addition, the expansion space in the fuel tank ..,_
•
Fu e l s upply a nd filling y o ur fu e l ta nk
will be filled - causing the fuel to overflow when it becomes warm - Pull the plastic cord in the direction of the arrow to
and pollute the environment. unlock the fuel filler flap ~ fig. 146. •
[i ] Tips
• Running your engine while refuel ling may cause vapors to
escape or even fuel to spill out of t he tank . This would then shut off
the fue l nozzle before the tank is full.
• Do not refuel your vehicle with the ignition switched on . The fuel
gauge may otherwise not indicate the correct fuel level after
refuel ling . •
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand

You can open the fuel filler flap by hand i f the p ower
locking system should fail .
Fig. 146 Luggage

comp artm ent : Cover in
t he right-side interi or
tri m
If the power loc king syst em sho uld fa il, you can still open
the flap manually :
- Ope n the rear lid .
Open the round cover in the right -side interior trim.
Remove the red plastic knob from its reta iner .
_____________________________________________ C_h_e_c
_ k_in-=g_a
_ n_d_ f _
il_li_n..;::
g=--____.
ffllll
Checking and filling
Engine hood Opening the engine hood
Releasing the engine hood

The engine hood is released from inside the vehicle.
Fig. 148 Release lever

under the engine hood
Fig. 147 Driver's side Before opening the engine hood , make sure that the wind-
footwell: engine hood
shield wipers are flat against the windshield. Otherwise,
release lever
they could damage the paint on the hood.
- Open the driver's door . Lift the hood slightly => & .
- Pull the release lever on the left under the instrument Pull up on the release under the hood => fig. 148. This
panel => fig. 147 in the direction of the arrow. releases the catch.
The hood pops up slightly under spring pressure. • - Open the hood all the way.
The hood is kept in the open position by two gas struts.
& WARNING
Hot engine coolant can burn you.
• To reduce the risk of being burned, never open the hood if you
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart-
ment. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen or heard before
carefully opening the hood. •

-~_ C_h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_
in-'g:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
Closing the engine hood & WARNING (continued)

- Pull the hood down until the pressure from the struts is • Move selector lever of automatic transmission to "P" {Park);
reduced. put manual transmission in Neutral.
• Always let the engine cool down. Hot components will burn
- Let the hood drop down and latch in place. Do not try to skin on contact.
push it shut; it may fail to engage ~ & .
• To reduce the risk of being burned, never open the hood if you
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart-
& WARNING ment. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen or heard before
carefully opening the hood .
A hood that is not completely latched could fly up and block your
• Keep children away from the engine compartment.
view while driving.
• Never spill fluids on hot engine components. They can cause a
• When you close the engine hood, check it to make sure the
fire.
safety catch has properly engaged. The hood should be flush with
the surrounding vehicle body parts. • Never touch the radiator fan. The auxiliary electric fan is
temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly.
• If you notice while driving that the hood is not secured prop-
erly, stop at once and close it. • • Never open the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is still
warm. The coolant system is pressurized and hot coolant could
spray out .
Working in the engine compartment • Protect your face, hands and arm from steam or hot engine
Be especially careful whenever you work in the engine coolant by placing a thick rag over the cap when you open the
coolant reservoir.
compartment!
• If work on the fuel system or the electrical system is necessary:
Whenever you must perform any work in the engine compartment, - Always disconnect the battery .
for example checking and filling the different fluids, there is a risk of
- Never smoke or work near heaters or open flames. Fluids in
injury, burns and accidents. To prevent personal injury always
the engine compartment could start a fire .
observe the following WARNINGS. The engine compartment of any
vehicle is a hazardous area! => & - Keep an approved fire extinguisher immediately available.
• To avoid electrical shock and personal injury while the engine
& WARNING is running or being started, never touch :

- Ignition cables
To help avoid injury, before you check anything under the hood :
- Other components of the high voltage electronic ignition
• Switch off the engine. system.
• Remove the ignition key. • If you must perform a check or repair with the engine running: .,_
• Apply the parking brake.
_____________________________________________ C_h_e;::..:.
c :..:..
k:..:..
in;..:..=
g:.....:.;
a :..:..
n:....:
d:..:....:.
f.:.:
il.:.:
li:..:..
n:.::
g:!-____,J-
& WARNING !continued )

ffi For the sake of the environment
- First, fully apply the parking bra ke, move selector leve r of To detect leaks in time, inspect the vehic le floor pan from under-
automatic tran s miss ion to "P" (Pa rk); put manu a l tran s mi ssio n neath regularly. If you see spots from oil or other vehicle fluids, have
in Neutral. your vehicle inspected by an authorized Aud i dealer . •
- Always us e extreme ca ution to p revent clothing, jew elry, or
long hair from getting caught in the radi ator fan , V-belts or
other moving pa rt s, or from conta ct ing hot parts. Tie b ack ha ir Engine compartment
before s tarting , and w ear no cloth ing th at will hang or droop
into the e ngine. Ap p lies to vehicles: wit h 1.8I1 80-h p engi ne
• Minimize exposure to emi ss ion and chemical hazards :=>& . 2.01 200 -hp engine
These are the most important items tha t you can check.
& WARNING
California Propo sition 65 Warning :
• Engine exha ust , some of its constituent s, a nd certa in vehi cle
components contain or emit chemical s known to the State of Cali-
fornia to cause cancer and birth defe cts a nd reprodu ct ive harm . In
addition , certain fluid s cont a ined in vehicle s and certain produ ct s
of compone nt wear co ntain or emit chemi cals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and birth defe ct s or oth er repr oduc -
tive ha rm.
• Battery post s, terminals a nd related ac cess ori es conta in lead
and lead compou nds , chemic a ls kno w n to th e St ate of California
to ca use cancer and reproductive harm s . Wash hand s after
ha ndling.
0 Note
When adding fluids , always make sure t hat they are poured into the
Fig. 149 Engine comp art men t : 2.01 200 -hp en gi ne
proper container o r filler opening, otherwise ser ious damage to
vehicle systems will occur . 0 Coolan t expansion t ank (J_ ) .. . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .• .. 228
0 Engine oil filler cap(~) . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. . . . . 225
© Engine oil dipstick (orange) .. .. . ... .. .. . .. .. . .. . . 224
© Brake fluid reservoir ( ) . . ... . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . 230 .,.

- Checking and filling
P'll:I ---=---------------
© Jump start points(+) under a cover, (-) bolt head 279 © Jump start points(+) under a cover,( -) bo lt head . . . . 279
© Windshield/headlight washer container (O ) .. . .. . . . 236 © Windshield/headlight washer container (O ) .. . ... . . 236
& WARNING & WARNING

Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always
read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
in "Working in the engine read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
in "Working in the engine
compartment" on page 220. • compartment" on page 220. •
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w it h 3,21 250-h p eng ine

Engine oil
3 .21 250 -hp engine
These are the most important items that you can check. Engine oil specifications
The engine oil used in your Audi needs the right kind of
oil.
The engine in your Audi is a sophisticated powerp lant that was built
to exacting specifications. This engine needs the right kind of
engine oil that meets specifications regarding quality and viscosity
so that it can run smoo t hly and reliably. Choosing the right oil and
changing oil wi t hin the time and mileage interva ls printed in your
vehic le's Maintenance & Warranty booklet matters a lot more today
than it did years ago. Audi has developed a special quality standard
for engine oil that wi ll help assure that your vehicle's engine will get
the lubrica t ion it needs for proper operation.
Modern engine lubrication has taken a quantum leap in the last few
years. Many synthetic oils available today provide better engine
lubrication that can outlast traditional petroleum -based oils,
making them a smart choice for use throughout th e life of your Audi.
Whether you use synthe t ic or petro leum-based engine oil, the oil
Fig. 150 Engine compartment: 3.21 250-hp engine
that you use must conform to Audi's oil quality standard VW 502 00
G) Coolant expansion tank (J - ) .. ... . .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . 228 to help keep your vehicle's engine running smoothly and help
prevent the formation of harmful deposits, sometimes called
0 Engine oil dipstick (orange) . . .. .. .. .. .. . ....... .. 224
"sludge,' ' that over time can lead to expensive repairs. •
© Engine oil fi ller cap (<i=:r.) .. . .. ... . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . 225
© Brake fluid reservoir ( ) .. . .......... . . .. .. .. . . . 230
Ch ec kin g and fillin g -
--------------~-
At the time of printing, engine oils available in the U.S. and Canada For more information about engine oil that has been approved for
t hat meet the exacting specifications of Audi oil standard VW 502 00 your vehicle, p lease con t act eit he r your authorized Audi dea ler or
are synthetic engine oils . This does not mean, however, that every Aud i Customer Relations at 1 (800) 822-2834 or visit our web site at
synthetic engine oil will meet Audi oil standard VW 502 00. So www .audiusa .com or www .audicanada.ca. Here you will also find a
always be sure that you use an approved oil. current list of oils (manufacturers, brand names etc.l that conform
to Audi oi l standard VW 502 00 .
To help prevent the formation of harmful deposits use only oil with
the follow ing spec ifica t ions pr inted on the oil container: Changing the engine oil
Audi oil st andard VW 502 00 The engine oil and oil filter must be changed according to the
mi leage (kil ometers) and time intervals specified in your vehic le's
Oil container labels may carry the specification singly or in combi-
Maintenance & Warranty booklet. Do not exceed these intervals -
nation with other designations and o il quality standards.
harmfu l deposits from old engine oil can reduce engine perfor-
Viscosity mance and can lead to expens ive eng ine repairs.
Engine oils are graded according to their viscosity . The proper Changing the oil at the recommended interva ls is so very important
viscosity grade oi l for your engine depends on climactic or seasona l because the lub ricating properties of oi l decrease gradua lly during
conditions where you drive . You can use oil with a v iscosity grade of normal vehicle use. If you are not sure when you have your oil
SAE 5W40 across all temperature ranges for normal driving condi - changed, ask you r authorized Audi Service Advisor .
tions.
Under some circumstances the engine oil should even be changed
However, if eng ine oil viscosity grade SAE 5W40 is not available, you more frequently. Change oi l mo re often if you drive mostly short
can also use viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 or SAE 0W-40 as long as it distances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas o r mostly under stop-
meets Audi oil qua lity standard VW 502 00 specifications . and -go traffic conditions, or when you use your vehicle where
Because engine oil that meets the Audi oil standard may not be temperatures stay below freezing point for long per iods.
available everywhere when you need it, we st rong ly recommend Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oi l look dark after the
that you always carry with you an extra quart (liter) of oil that engine has been running for a sho rt t ime. Th is is normal and is not
expressly conforms to the VW 502 00 specification, in case you have a reason to change the oil more often than recommended.
to top off the o il while on the road.
Damag e or malfun ct ions due to lack of mai nten ance
Only if the level of the oil is at or below the minimum mark on the
oi l dipstick - and no oil that express ly conforms to Audi oi l standa rd It is essential that you change your oi l at the recommended interva ls
using on ly engine oil that complies with Audi oil standard
VW 502 00 specifications is available - may you top off with a high
VW 502 00. Your Limited New Vehicle War ranty does not cover
qual it y engine oi l, preferably synthetic -based, t hat meets ACEA A3,
damage or malfunctions due to failure to fol low recommended
ACEA A5 or ACEA 85, API SL or ILSAC GF-3 specifications, but even
maintenance and use requirements as set forth in the Audi Owner's
then, only in viscosity grades SAE 5W-40, SAE 5W-30, or SAE 0W-40.
Manual and Maintenance & Warranty booklet . Your dealer wi ll have
However, dur ing the entire time between oi l change intervals, never
to deny warranty coverage unless you present to the dealer proof in
top off w ith more than a total of 0.5 qt/liter engine oil that does not
the form of Service or Repair Orders that all scheduled maintenance
confo rm to Audi oil specificat ion VW 502 00.
was performed in a timely manner. •
•
-L ~ C~h~ e ~c ~k~in~ g~a~ n~d~f~i~ll~in~g~------------------------------------------
Engine oil consumption

The engine in your vehicle depen ds on an ade quate
0 Note
Driving with an insufficient o i l level is likely to cause seve re damage
amount of oil to lubric ate and co ol all of its moving parts. to the engine .
In order to provide effective lubrication and cooling of interna l
engine components, al l internal co m bustion engines consume a [i ] Tips
certain amount of oil. Oil consumption varies from engine to engine
• The oil pressure warning display 't!:r. is not an indicator of the oil
and may change sign ificant ly over t he life of the engine . Typ ical ly,
level. Do not rely on it. Instead , check the oil level in your engine at
engines with a specified break -in period (see=> page 192) consume
regular intervals , preferab ly each time you refuel, and alw ays before
more oil duri ng the brea k-in period than t hey consume afte r o il
going on a long trip.
consumption has stabi lized.
• If you have the impression your engine consumes excessive
Unde r no r mal conditions, the rate of oil consumption depends on am oun t s of oi l, we recommend tha t you consu lt your Audi dealer to
the quality and viscosity of t he oil, the RPM (revo lutions per m inute) have the cause of your concern properly diagnosed . Keep in mind
at which the engine is operated, the ambient temperature and road that the acc urate m easure m ent of o il co nsum ptio n requires grea t
co nd itions. Further f actors are the amount of oi l dilut io n from water care and may take some time . Your Audi dea ler has instructions
condensation or fue l residue and the oxidation leve l of the oil. As about how to measu re o il consump ti on accurately. •
any e ng ine is subject to wear as mil eage builds up, the o i l consump -
tion may increase over time until replacement of worn components
may bec o me necessary . Checking the engine oil level
With all these var iables com ing i nto p lay, no standard rate of oil
consu m ption can be est ab lished or speci f ied. There is no alt ernative
t o regular and frequent checking of the oi l leve l, see Note .
If the yellow engine oi l level warning symbol in the instrumen t
cluster _ lights up, you should check t he oil level as soon as
possible with the oil dipstick => page 224. Top off the oil at your
ear lies t conve nience => page 225.
ln.WARNING Fig. 151 Illust rat i on of

principle 1: M arker s on
oil dip st ic k ~
Before you check anything in the engine compartment , alway s
read and heed all WARNINGS => &
compartment" on page 220.
Checking and filling -
------------- --------=-
---" =---------
....
M Oil level within range ©
9
i - You must add oil. Afterwards, the oil level should be
within range @ .
The oil level needs to be checked at regular intervals . The best times
to do this are whenever you refuel and prior to long trips. •
Fig. 152 Illustration of

principle 2: Markers on Adding e ngin e oil ~
oil dipstick
Before you check anything in the engine compartment,

always read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
in "Working in
the engine compartment" on page 220.
Determining oil level

- Park your vehicle so that it is horizontally level.
Fig. 153 Engine
- Wh ile at operating state temperature, briefly let the compartment : Oil filler
engine run at idle and then shut it off . cap location
- Wait approx. two minutes. Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
- Pull out the oil dipstick. Wipe off the oil dipstick with a always read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
in "Working in
clean cloth, and slide it back in as far as it will go. the engine compartment " on page 220.
Pull it back out and read off the oil level ~ page 224, - Unscrew the cap "l=:7':to the engine oil filling hole
fig. 151 or ~ fig. 152. Top off the engine oil, if applicable ~ fig. 153.
~ page 225.
- Carefully top off with the appropriate oil in 0.5 liter doses.
Oil level within range @ - Check the oil level again after two minutes ~ page 224.
- Do not add oil. - Top off the oil again, if necessary.
Oil level within range @ - Screw the cap back on the filling hole and slide the oil
dipstick in as far as it will go . .,_
- You can add oil. Afterwards, the oil level should be within
range @ .
Vehic le care I I irechnical data

llffll,.___ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_in-'g=- --------------------------------------------
because the lubricating properties of oil diminish gradually during

& WARNING n ormal vehicle use.
• While topp ing off, the oil mu st not come in cont act with hot Under some circumstances the engine oil should be changed more
engine part s - fire haz ard! frequently. Change oil more often if you drive most ly short
• The oil filler cap mu st be properly secured to prevent oil from distances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas or unde r predomi-
being sprayed on the hot engine and exhau st system when the nant ly stop -and -go traffic conditions, or have your vehic le where
engine is running - fire hazard ! t emperatures remain below freezing for extended per iods .
• If your skin has come in conta ct w ith the engine oil, you mu st Detergent additives in the oi l wi ll make fresh oil look dark after the
subsequentl y cleanse it th oroughly. engine has been running for a short time . This is normal and is not
a reason to change the oi l more often than recommended.
0 Note Because of the problem of proper disposal, along with the special
t ools and necessary expertise required, we strong ly recommend
• The oil level must not be above range @ - danger of converter or
that you have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a
engine damage! Contact an authorized dealership to draw off oi l, if
qualified serv ice stat ion.
necessary .
If you choose to change your oil yourself, please note the fo llowing
• Audi does not recommend the use of oil additives. They may
damage the engine and adversely affect your New Vehicle Warranty.
i mportan t information:
<i'For the s ake of the environment & WARNING

• Under no circumstances can the oil come in contact with the To reduce the risk of personal injury if you must change th e engine
sewage network or the soil. oil in your vehicle yourself:
• Observe and fol low legal regulations when disposing of empty • Wear eye protection.
o il containers . • • To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine oil, let the engine
cool down to the touch.
Changing the engine oil • Wh en removing the oil dra in plug with your fingers, stay as far
away as possible. Alw ays keep your forearm parallel to the ground
We recommend that have your oil changed by an autho- to help prevent hot oil from running down your arm.
rized Audi dealer or a qualified service station. • Drain the oil into a contain er designed for thi s purpose, one
large enough to hold at least t he total amount of oil in your engine .
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, alway s read
and heed all WARNING S => & in "Working in the engine compart - • Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of the reach of children .
ment" on page 220. • Cont inuous contact with used engine oil is harmful to your
skin. Alwa ys prote ct your skin by was hing oil off th oroughly wi th
The engine oil must be changed according to the intervals specified
soap and w ater . .,_
in your Maintenance & Warranty book let. This is very important
_____________________________________________ C_h_e
_ c_k_in____
g_a_n_d_ f_il_li_n__
g____ ffll
least 50% but not more th an 60% to maintain antifreeze protection
0 Note and co o ling effic iency. If the coo lant fros t protect ion is too low, the
Never mix oil additives with your engine oil. These additives can coolant could freeze and damage the vehic le heating and engine
damage your engine and adversely affect your Audi Limited New coo ling system.
Vehicle Warranty . For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at the f actory for temper -
atures down to:
W For th e sake of th e environm ent • - 31 °F ( - 35 °C) USA
• Before changing your oi l, first make sure you know where you • - 40 °F ( - 40 °C) Canada.
can properly dispose of the used oil.
You can mix the G12+ coo lant additive with other additives (fo r
• A lways dispose of used engine oil properly. Do not dump it on examp le G11 or G12l. Always check with your authorized Audi
garden soil, wooded areas, into open streams or down sewage dea ler.
drains .
• Recycle used engine oi l by taking it to a used engine oil collec -
tion fac ility in your area, or contact a service station. • & WARNING
Before you check anything in the engine compartment , alway s
read and heed all WARNIN GS =:> &
Engine cooling system compartment " on pag e 220.
Coolant
0 Note
The engine coolant performs two functions: it keeps the • Before winter sets in, have t he coolant checked to see if the
engine from overheating and it protects the engine from coolant additive in your vehicle is sufficient to meet the climate
freez i ng in the winter. conditions . This is especia lly important if you live in a region where
the winter is extremely cold. If necessary, increase the proport ion of
The coo ling system is sealed and generally requires little attention. coo lant additive t o 60%.
The coo ling system has been filled at the factory with a permanent • When adding coolant additive to your coo ling system,
coolant which does not need to be changed . The coolant consists of remember :
a mixture of water and the manufacturer's glycol-basedcoolant - We recommend using only coolant additive G12+ (check the
addit ive G12+ antifreeze with an ti corrosi o n addit ives (50% for USA label) for your vehicle. This coolant additive is avai lable at autho -
models; 60% for Canadian models). This mixture both assures the rized Audi dealers. Other types of antifreeze can significantly
necessary frost protection and protects metal components in the reduce corrosion protection. The resulting corrosion can cause a
engine's cooling system from corrosion and scaling . It also raises loss of coolant and serious engine damage.
the boiling point of the coo lant .
• Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant t o your vehicle's
Do not reduce t he concentration of the coolant in the summer by engine coolant. Adding radiator repair fluid may adverse ly affect the _.,
adding plain water. The prop ort ion of coolant additi ve must be at
•
_ __ C_h_e
_ c_k_in
--==
g'--a_n_d_ f_il_li_n..:::
g:::..-
___________________________________________ _
function and performance of your cooling system and could result When the coolant leve l is too low, the warning light in the Auto-
in damage not covered by your New Vehicle Limi t ed Warranty . • Check System ~ page 32will blink unt il you add coolant and the
level has been restored to normal. Even though there is an electric
coo lant level sensor, we still recommend you check the coolant level
Checking the engine coolant level from time to time .
The engine coolant level can be checked with a quick C oolant los s
glance . Coolant loss may indicate a leak in the cooling system . In the event
of coo lant loss, the cooling system should be inspec t ed i mmedi -
at ely by your authorized Audi dealer . It is not enough mere ly to add
coolant.
In a sealed system, losses can occur only if the boi ling point of the
coolant is exceeded as a result of overheating.
Fig. 154 Engine

0 Note
compartment : coolant
Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant to your vehicle's engine
expansio n t a nk coo lant. Ad ding rad iator repair fluid may adversely affec t t he func -
tion and performance of your cooling system and could result in
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, damage not cove red by your New Veh icle Limi t ed War ranty. •
always read and heed all WARNINGS => &
in "Working in
the engi ne compa rtment" on page 220. Adding coolant
- Switch t he ignition off. Be very careful when adding engine coolant.
- Read the coo lant leve l at th e coola nt expansion tank Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
=> fig . 154. Wit h a cold engine , it must be above t he
"min" mark . With a hot engine, it can be a little above t he
in "Working in
the eng ine compa rtment" on page 220 .
indicated range .
- Turn off the engine.
The location of the coo lant expansion tank can be seen in the
engine compartment illustration. - Let the engine coo l d ow n.
To obtain an accurate reading, the engine must be switched off . - Place a t hick rag over t he coola nt expansio n tank
The expans ion tank in your vehicle is equipped with an electric
=> fig . 154 and carefully twist t he cap cou nter -clockwise
coo lant level sensor . =>& .
- Add coolant .
___________________________________________ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n_g_ a_n_d_ f_il_li_n_g__ ffll
- Twist the cap on again tightly.
0 Note
Replacement engine coolant must conform to exact specifications • Coolant po ll utes the env ironment and could cause an engine
=> page 227, "Coolant " . If in an emergency coolant additive G12+ is fire . Excess coo lant wil l be forced out through the pressure relief
not avai lable, do not use a d ifferen t addit ive. Use p lain water valve in the cap when the engine becomes hot .
instead until you can get the correct additive and can restore the
• If, in an emergency, only water can be added, the correct ratio
correct ratio . This should be done as soon as possib le. between water and antifreeze=> page 227must be restored as soon
If you have lost a considerable amoun t of coolant, then you should as possib le.
add cold antifreeze and cold water only when the engine is cold.
Always use new engine coolan t when refilling . <£>
Do not fi ll coolant above the "MAX" mark . Excess coo lant will be Drained coolant should not be reused . Always dispose of used
forced out through the pressure relief valve in the cap when t he coolant while observi ng all environmental regulations. •
engine becomes hot.
Radiator fan
& WARNING The radiator fan switches on automatically by itself.
• The cooling system is under pressure and can get very hot .
Reduce t he risk of scald ing from hot coolant by following the se The electric radiator fan is controlled by thermoswitches that switch
step s. on and off depending on coolant and engine compartment temper-
atures.
- Turn off the engine and allow it to cool down .
- Protect your fa ce, hand s and arms from escaping fluid and An auxiliary electric radiator fan * switches on and off depending on
steam by covering the cap with a large, thick rag.
coolant temperature and other vehic le operation conditions .
- Turn the cap slow ly and very carefully in a count er-clockw ise After you switch the eng ine off , the aux il iary fan can continue
direction while applying light , dow nward pressure on th e top running for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition off. It can even
of the cap. switch on again later by itself =>& , if
- To avoid being burned, do not spill antifre eze or coolant on • the temperature of the engine coolant rises due to the heat
th e exhaust syst em or hot engine parts . Under cert ain condi- build - up from the engine in the engine compar t ment, or
tion s, the eth ylene glycol in engine coolant can cat ch fire . • the engine compartment heats up because the vehicle is parked
• Antifr eeze is poisonous. Alw ays store antifr eeze in its origi nal in intense sunlight.
container and well out of the reach of children.
• If you drain th e coolant, it mu st be caught and safely stored in
a proper contain er clearly marked "poison".
& WARNING
• To reduce the risk of personal injury never t ouch t he radiato r
fan. .,_
•
__ _ C_h_e_ c_k_in--==
g'--a _n_d_ f_il_li_n..:::
g:::..-
___________________________________________ _
The fluid level may drop slightly after some time due to the auto-
& WARNING (continued) matic adjustment of the brake pads. This is not cause for alarm.
• The auxiliary electric fan is temperature controlled and can If the brake fluid level falls considerably below the "MIN" mark, the
switch on suddenly even when the engine is not running. brake warning/indicator li ght (U.S. models: BRAKE , Canadian models:
• The auxiliary radiator fan switches on automatically when the ill ) will come on~ page 20 and~ page 32. Do not continue to
engine coolant reaches a certain temperature and will continue to operate the vehicle . The complete brake system should be thor -
run until the coolant temperature drops. • oughly checked by an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified
facility and the cause corrected. If the brake fluid level is too low, the
brake warning/indicator light will illuminate. Contact an authorized
Brake fluid Audi dealer immediately . •
Checking brake fluid level Changing brake fluid

The brake fluid level can be checked with a quick glance. Have the brake fluid changed by an experienced techni-
cian.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If the water content in the
brake fluid is too high, corrosion in the brake system may result
after a period of time. The boiling point of the brake fluid will also
decrease considerably and decrease braking performance.
Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed every two years. Always
use new brake fluid which conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Stan -
Fig. 155 Engine dard "FMVSS 116 DOT 4".
compartment: brake
fluid reservoir The brake fluid reservoir can be difficult to reach, therefore, we
recommend that you have the brake fluid changed by your autho-
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, rized Audi dealer . Your dealer has the correct tools, the right brake
in "Working in fluid and the know -how to do this for you.
the engine compartment" on page 220.
- Read the brake fluid level from the brake fluid reservoir & WARNING
~ fig. 155. The brake fluid level must be between the • Brake fluid is poisonous. It must be stored only in the closed
"MIN" and "MAX" markings. original container out of the reach of children!
• Brake failure can result from old or inappropriate brake fluid.
The brake fluid reservoir is loca ted behind the rear partition of the
Observe these precautions : .,,_
engine compartment on the left side~ page 221.
Ch ec kin g and fillin g -
--------------~-!':WIii
Di sc onn ec t in g th e batt e ry t e rm inal s
& WARNING (conti nued)
Some vehic le functions (power window regulators, for example) are
- Use only brake flu id th at meet s SAE specificati on J 1703 and lost if the battery terminals are disconnected. These functions have
conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle St andard 116. Always check to be relearned after the batte ry term inals are connected again. To
w ith your authori zed Audi dealer to make sure you are using prevent this, the battery should only be disconnected from the
the correct brake fluid . The correct typ e of brake fluid is also vehicle electrical system when abso lutely necessary for repairs.
indicat ed on the brake fluid reservoir.
V ehi c le s not dri ve n for long period s
- The brake fluid mu st be new. Heavy use of t he brakes can
cause a vapor lock if the brake f luid is left in the syste m too If you are going to let your vehicle stand for a long t ime and not
long. Thi s can seriou sly affe ct the eff iciency of the brake s as drive it, you should remember there are electrica l components
w ell as your safety. This could result in an accident . which are still functioning and they will draw energy from the
battery and drain it, f or examp le, the engine immob ilizer. To prevent
this, you can either charge the battery occasionally to keep it in
0 Note good working condition or you can d isconnect the negative cab le
on the battery.
Brake fluid wi ll damage the paint of your vehicle.
W inter op e ra ti o n
<i'For the sake of the environment During the winter months, battery capacity tends to decrease as
temperatures drop. This is because more power is also consumed
Because of the prob lem of proper disposal of brake fluid as well as
t he special too ls required and the necessary expertise, we recom- while starting, and the headlights, rear window defogger, etc., are
mend that you have the brake f luid changed by your authorized Audi used more often .
dea ler. • Avoid unnecessary power consumption, particularly in city traffic or
when t rave ling on ly shor t distances . Let your aut horized Audi dea ler
check the capacity of the vehicle battery before winter sets in
Battery => page 235. A well charged battery will not on ly prevent start ing
p rob lems when t he weather is cold , but wi ll also last longer .
General information
Replacing battery
The new battery must have the same capacity, voltage (12 volts},
Your vehicle is equipped with a specia l battery, an AGM battery. This
amperage, construction and p lug sealing, as the origina l battery.
battery is located in the luggage compartment and must be
Specifications are listed on the battery hous ing. Batteries specially
replaced with an origina l equipment battery. Under normal oper -
developed by Audi fulfill the mai ntenance, output, and safety
ating conditions, the battery is maintenan ce-free .
requirements.
Have the battery checked when you take your vehicle in for service.
When installing the battery, make sure the ignition and all electrical
You are we ll advised to replace a battery that is o lde r t han 5 years .
consumers are switched off => 0 . .,_
•
Ch ec king a nd filling
-
---=-----=----------------
We recommend that you use maintenance -free or cycle-resis-
tant / leak -proof batteries according t o the standards TL 825 06 (from [i ]Tips
December 1997) and VW 7 50 73 (from Augus t 2001 ). If your ve h ic le is left standing for several weeks at extremely low
Replacing the battery should be carried by a qualified workshop. temperatures, the vehicle battery should be removed and stored
Please follow the instructions on the battery cover. where it will no t free ze. This will preven t it from being damaged and
having to be replaced. •
0 Not e
Working on the battery
• All work on the battery requires technical knowledge. Please
contact an Audi dealership or another authorized facility for ques- Be especially care ful w hen wor king on or near the
tions about the battery- danger of acid bu rns and explosion hazard! battery!
• The battery must not be opened! Do not try to change the
battery's liquid level, otherwise detonat i ng gas wil l escape from t he
battery - explosion hazard!
• The AGM battery in the luggage compartment cannot leak,
because the electrolyte for this battery is absorbed into a special
g lass mat . This leak-proof battery must not be rep lace with a
conventiona l battery .
• Make sure the ventilation hose on the side of the battery is
connected, otherwise fumes or battery acid can leak out. Fig. 156 Luggage
comp artment : AGM
• Battery holde r and terminals always have to be secured correctly . batte ry
• Before al l wo rk on the battery fo llow the warning s bel ow :::>& in
" Working on the battery" on page 232. The batte ry is loca t ed in the lugga ge compartmen t.
- Sw in g up t he luggage compartmen t f loo r.
~ For the sake of the environment
Remove the cover plate by t urning the t hu mbw heel.
Because of the problem of proper d isposal of a battery, we recom-
mend your authorized Audi dea ler change the battery fo r you. The positive (+) battery term i na l is protected by a pla st ic cover . This
Batteries contain sulfur ic acid and lead and must always be cover must be removed to access the positive( +) terminal when
disposed of properly in compliance with all environmental regula - connecting jumper cab les to start the engine.
t ions . Disposing of vehicle batteries i m proper ly is very dangerous to
the environment. Make sure that the removed battery cannot over - Always heed the safety w arnings , when working on the vehicle
ba lance, otherwise sulfur ic acid m igh t escape! battery or the vehicle electrical system to prevent injury.
__________________________________________ C_h
_ e_c_k_in_g
=- a_n__df _i _
lli_n___
g__ __
The following WARNINGS are very important when

working on the battery:
- If you should ingest any battery acid, seek medical attention
Always heed the following WARNING SYMBOLS and safety pre-
immediately.
cautions when working on the battery .
• Do not expose the battery to an open flame, electric sparks or
Always wear eye protection . an open light.
• Do not smoke.
Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Always wear
• Do not interchange the positive and negative cables .
gloves and eye protection.
• When working on the battery, be sure not to short -circuit the
No terminals with tools or other metal objects. This would cause the
- sparks battery to heat up very quickly, which could lead to damage or
- flames explosion and personal injury.
- smoking.
• When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen gas which is
When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen explosive and could cause personal injury.
gas which is explosive and could cause personal
• Always keep the battery well out of the reach of children.
injury.
• Before work is done on the electrical system, disconnect the
Always keep the battery well out of reach of chil - negative ground cable .
dren.
• Before performing any work on the electrical system, switch off
the engine and ignition as well as any electrical equipment. The
& WARNING negative cable on the battery must be disconnected. If you are just
going to replace a light bulb, then it is enough to switch off the
Whenever working on the battery or on the electrical system, lights.
there is the risk of injury, accident and even fire. Read and heed the
• Before disconnecting the battery, switch off the anti-theft
following WARNINGS:
alarm system! Otherwise you will set off the alarm.
• Always wear eye protection. Do not let battery acid or any lead
• When disconnecting the battery, first disconnect the negative
particles get on your skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive
cable and then the positive cable.
gases can cause blindness or other injury.
• Before reconnecting the battery, make sure all electrical
• Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Sulfuric acid can cause
consumers are switched off. Reconnect the positive cable first and
blindness and severe burns.
then the negative cable . Never interchange the cables - this could
- Always wear gloves and eye protection. Do not tilt the start a fire!
battery because acid could leak out of the ventilation openings.
• Never charge a frozen or a thawed-out battery. It could
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or on your skin, immedi- explode! If a battery has frozen, then it must be replaced. A
ately rinse with cold water for several minutes and get medical discharged battery can freeze over at 32 °F (0 °CI. .,,_
attention.
•
__ _ C_h_e_ c_k_in--==
g'--a _n_d_ f_il_li_n..:::
g:::..-
___________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) Checking the battery acid level on magic eye
batteries*
• Make sure the vent hose is always attached to the opening on
the side of the battery. The battery acid level in the battery can be checked
through the clear inspection window.
• Never use batteries which are damaged. Danger of explosion!
Always replace a damaged battery .
& WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning :
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and reproductive problems . Wash hands after Fig. 157 Luggage
handling .
I compartment : Battery
with magic eye.
0 Note On top of the battery, there is a round "window". This

• Do not disconnect the vehicle battery when the ignition is window (magic eye) changes color as the battery charge
switched on or when the engine is running, otherwise, you will and acid level change.
damage electronic components in the electrical system.
• When working on the engine, protect the battery housing from - Read and heed all WARNINGS=> & in "Working on the
ultraviolet (UV) rays by not parking the vehic le in direct sunlight. battery" on page 232
• If your vehicle is going to stand for a long period of time without - Read the acid level from the window on the battery
being driven , protect the battery from "freezing", otherwise it will => fig. 157.
be damaged and will then have to be replaced. •
Air bubbles in the window can cause an inaccurate reading. Care-
fully tap on the side of the window.
• If the window is green, the battery acid level is correct .
• If the window has no color or is bright yellow, the battery acid
level is too low . Have the battery tested by your authorized Audi
dealer or a qualified workshop.
• If the window is black, then the battery is insufficiently charged.
Recharge the battery as soon as possible => page 235. ...
Checking and filling -
------------- --------=-
---" =---------
- Make sure the area is well ventilated when you charge
0 Note the battery.
Do not overfill the battery, otherwise battery acid will overflow
through the vent opening. This can damage the paint and cause - Connect charger cables. ALWAYS connect charger cables
corrosion. • POSITIVE (v to POSITIVE (v ; NEGATIVE Q to NEGATIVE
o.
Checking the battery acid level on - Switch on the charger.
conventional batteries * - Make sure the charging rate is not over 6 amps.
The acid level of a conventional battery can be checked - Turn off the charger=> & .
visually.
- Disconnect the charger cables.
- Connect both battery cables to the battery if necessary -
first plus, then minus.
It is not necessary to remove the battery from th e engine compart-

ment, and it is also not necessary to disconnect the cables.
Normally, a battery should be charged at no more than 10 percent
of its rated capacity .
Fig. 158 Battery : Elec- For example, a charging current of 4.5 amps would be used on a
trolyte level
battery rated at 45 Ah . Rated capacity of the battery in your vehicle
is listed on the battery housing.
- Check the electrolyte level on the front of the battery. The
The battery caps should not be opened when charging a battery.
level should be between the "MIN" and "MAX" markings.
If the electrolyte level is below the "MIN" level, have an authorized

workshop fill the battery cell with distilled water . •
& WARNING
Charging a battery can be dangerous.
• Never charge a frozen battery. It may explode because of gas
Charging of battery trapped in the ice. Allow a frozen battery to thaw out first.
Starting the engine requires a well charged battery. • Do not reuse batteries which were frozen. The battery housing
may have cracked and weakened when the battery froze .
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS below => & and • Charge the battery in a well ventilated area. Keep away from
=> & in "Working on the battery" on page 232. open flame or electrical spark. Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas gener-
- Switch off the ignition and all electrical consumers. ated by the battery is explosive. .,_

__ _ C_h_e
_ c_k_in
--==
g'--a _n_d_ f_il_li_n..:::
g:::..-
___________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) Windshield / headlight washer

container
• To reduce the danger of explosion, never connect or disconnect
charger cables while the charger is operating. Using plain water is not adequate for filling the wind-
• Fast charging a battery is dangerous and should only be shield washer system and the headlight washer system*.
attempted by a competent technician with the proper equipment.
• Battery acid that may spill during charging should be washed
off with a solution of warm water and baking soda to neutralize
the acid.
0 Note
Never use a fast charger as a booster to start the engine. This will
seriously damage sensitive electronic components , such as control Fig. 159 Fender, left:
units, relays, radio, etc., as well as the battery charger. Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
[i ] Tips The washer fluid container is marked with the symbol e.;.on
The vehicle battery must not be charged with a standard small its cap.
charger that plugs into the cigarette lighter or outlet . •
- Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
always read and heed all WARNINGS=> &
in "Working
in the engine compartment" on page 220.
- Lift the filler cap tongue to add washer fluid. You can fill
the container to the top.
- Press the cap back onto the filler neck after filling the
container .
You can find the reservoir capacity in the table in ~ page 291.
Use winterized windshield washer solvent during the cold season
even though the vehicle is equipped with heated washer jets . It
helps to keep your windshield clean and prevents the fluid from
freezing in the winter.
Follow the directions on the container for the correct amount to be
used. ~
___________________________________________ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n_g_ a_n_d_ f_il_li_n_g__ ffll
0 Note
Do not mix engine coo lant antifreeze or any other addit ives to fill up
the windshield washer reservoir. •
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
Tires and wheels
Tires When removed, the wheels or tires shou ld be stored in a coo l, dry
and preferably dark place.
General notes St ore tires in a vertical pos it ion if they are not mounted on rims, in
a horizonta l position if they are mounted on rims.
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts
of a motor vehicle. New tir es
New tires have to be broken in=> & .
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts of a
motor vehicle. Tires are, however, one of the most important parts The tread depth of new ti res may vary, according to the type and
of a vehicle, particu larly considering the comparatively small patch make of tire and the tread pattern.
of rubber on each tire that assures that all-important contact
H idd e n damage
between you, your vehic le and the road.
Damage to tires and rims is often not readily visible. If you notice
Maintaining the correct tire pressure, making sure that your vehicle unusual vibration or the vehicle pu ll s to one side, this may indicate
and its tires do not have to carry more weight than they can safely that one of the tires has been damaged . The tires must be checked
handle, avoiding damage from road hazards and regularly immediately by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop .
inspecting tires for damage inc luding cuts, slashes irregular wear
and overa ll condition are the most important things that you can do Unid ire c ti o n a l t ires
to help avoid sudden tire failure including tread separation and A unidirectional tire can be identif ied by arrows on the sidewa ll, that
blowouts. point in the direction the tire is designed to rotate . You must fo llow
t he specified directio n of rotation . This is necessary so that these
A vo iding d a m age
tires can develop their optimum characteristics regarding grip, road
If you have to drive over a curb or similar obstac le, drive very slowly noise, wear and hydrop laning resistance . For more information
and as close as possible at a right angle to the curb. => page 272.
Always keep chemica ls including grease, oi l, gaso line and b rake
fluid off the tires.
Inspect the ti res regu larly for damage (cuts, cracks or b listers, etc.l .
& WARNING
Remove any foreign bodies embedded in the treads. New t ires or ti res th at are old, w orn or damaged cannot provide
maximum cont rol and braking ability .
Storing t ires • New tires te nd to be slippery and must be broken in. To reduce
Mark tires when you remove them to indicate the direction of rota - the risk of losing cont rol, a collision and serious personal injurie s,
t ion. This ensures you to be able t o mount them correctly when you drive w ith special care for the first 350 miles (560 km l.
reinstal l them. • Driving w it h w orn or damaged t ires can lead to loss of control ,
sudden tir e fa ilure, including a blowout and sudden defl at ion, ..,_
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ l'III
& WARNING (continu ed) & WARNING (continued )
crashes and serious personal in j ur ies . Have worn or da m aged t ires • Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of
replaced immediately . their "previous history." Old used t ires may have been damaged
• Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly , even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can tire failure and loss of vehicle control.
only be used in an emergency and then w ith special care and at • If you noti ce unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side
low speed. when driving, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check
the wheels and tires for damage . •
Glossary of tire and loading terminology
Accessory weight Cold tire inflation pressure

means the co m bined we ig ht (i n excess of those sta nda rd items mea ns t he ti re pressure reco mm ended by the ve hi cle ma n uf acturer
which may be rep laced) of automatic transmission, power steering, for a tire of a designated size that has not been d riven for more tha n
power brakes, power w in dows, powe r seats, rad io, and heater, to a cou pl e of miles (kil ometers) at low speeds in t he t hre e ho ur per iod
the extent that these items are avai lab le as factory-installed equip- before the tire pressure is measured or adj usted .
m ent (w het her insta ll ed o r not).
Curb weight
Aspect ratio means the weight of a moto r vehic le with standard equipment
means t he ratio of t h e height to t he w idt h of the ti re in perce nt. i nc lud in g the m aximu m capac ity of fue l, o il , and coola nt , ai r co nd i-
N umbers of 55 or lower indicate a low sidewa ll for improved tioning and additiona l weight of optional equipment.
steer in g respo nse and bette r overall ha ndl in g on d ry pave m ent.
Extra load tire
Bead means a tire designed to ope rate at higher loads and at higher infla -
means the part of the tire that is made of stee l wires, wrapped or tion pressures than the corresponding standard tire. Extra load tires
reinforced by p ly cords and that is shaped to fit the rim. my be identified as "XL", "x i", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the side -
wa ll.
Bead separation
means a breakdow n of t he bo nd bet ween co mpo nents in t he bead. Gross Axle Weight Rating (" GAWR ")
means the load -carrying capacity of a sing le axle system, m easured
Cord at the ti re-ground interfaces.
m eans t he str ands f o rmi ng the pl ies in t he ti re.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (" GVWR "l
mea n s the max imum t ot al loade d weigh t of the vehicle.
•
-~_ T_ ir_e_s
_ a_ n_d_ w_ h_ e_e_l_s_________________________________________________ _
Groove Ply
means the space between two adjacent tread ribs. means a layer of rubber -coated parallel cords.
Load rating (code) Production options weight

means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given means the combined weight of those installed regular production
inflation pressure . You may not find this information on all tires options weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of those standard
because it is not required by law. items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
Maximum load rating heavy duty battery, and special trim.
means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible infla-
tion pressure for that tire. Radial ply tire
means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the
Maximum loaded vehicle weight beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the
means the sum of: tread.
(a) Curb weight
Recommended inflation pressure
(b) Accessory weight
see =:>page 239, "Cold tire inflation pressure".
(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and
(d) Production options weight Reinforced tire
means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher infla-
Maximum (permissible) inflation pressure
tion pressures than the corresponding standard tire. Reinforced
means the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be tires my be identified as "XL", "xi", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the
inf lated. Also called "maximum inflation pressure ." sidewall.
Normal occupant weight Rim
means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms) times the number of occupants means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon
seated in the vehicle up to the total seating capacity of your vehicle. which the tire beads are seated .
Occupant distribution Rim diameter
means distribution of occupants in a vehicle . means nominal diameter of the bead seat. If you change your wheel
size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new rim diam -
Outer diameter
eter.
means the overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
Rim size designation
Overall width
means rim diameter and width.
means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of
an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or Rim width
protective bands or ribs . means nominal distance between rim flanges .
__________________________________________________ T_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e
_ e_l_
s__ _
S idewa ll dations . Under UTQG, tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in
means that portion of a tire between the tread and bead. three areas : treadwear, trac t ion and temperature resistance. The
UTQG information on the tires, mo lded into the sidewalls.
S p eed ra ting <le tt e r c od e)
U .S . DOT Tire Identifi ca tion Number (TIN )
means the speed at which a t ire is designed to be driven for
extended periods of time. The ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) This is the tire's "serial number" It begins with the letters "DOT" and
t o 186 mph (298 km/h) => page 251. You may not f ind this informa - indicates t hat the ti re meets all f edera l standards. The next two
tion on all tires because it is not required by law. numbers or letters indicate the plant where it was manufactured,
and the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufac -
The speed rating letter code, where applicab le, is molded on the tire ture . For example,
sidewa ll and indicates the maximum perm issible road speeds=> &
in "Winter tires" on page 254. DOT ... 2207 ...
means that the t ire was produced in the 22t h week of 2007. The
T ire pre ssu re m o n it o rin g syste m
other numbers are marketing codes that may or may not be used by
means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle's tires t he tire manufacturer. This information is used to contact
are under inflated and illuminates a low tire pressure warning tell- consumers if a tire defect requires a reca ll.
tale.
Vehi c le cap ac it y we ight
Tre ad
means the rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lbs. (68 kilograms)
means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road . times the vehicle's tota l seating capacity as list ed on the label
located on the driver's side B-pi llar.
Trea d sepa ra ti o n
means pu lling away of the tread from the t ire carcass. V eh ic le maximum load on the tire
means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib -
Tr ea dw ea r indi ca t o rs (TW I)
uting to each axle its share of the max i mum loaded vehicle weight
means the projections with in the principal grooves designed to give and dividing by two.
a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread . See
~ page 248, "Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)" for more information on Ve hic le normal lo a d on t he tire
measuring tire wear. means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib -
uting to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory we ight,
U ni form T ir e Q u a lity G ra din g
and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with tab le
is a tire information system developed by the United States National below => page 242) and dividing by two . ._
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) that is designed to
help buyers make re lative comparisons among tires. The UTQG is
not a safety rating and not a guarantee that a tire will last for a
prescribed number of miles or perform in a certain way. It simply
gives tire buyers additiona l information to combine with other
considerations, such as price, brand loya lty and dealer recommen-
•
_ __ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_ d_w_ h_e_e
_ ls_________________________________________________ _
Occupant loading for vehicle normal load (no luggage)
Designated seating capacity , number of occupants Vehicle normal load (no luggage ), number of occupants
2 2
•
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire pressure affects the overall handling, performance and safety of a vehicle.
ij
--~--------------- j
. (SEATING
Thecombmedwolghl
TIRE
CAPAOn':jorAL
"'°"'""""ond
SIZE
l '.CENTER
l :FRONT
a,gor.hould ,_
COLOTIREPRESS
URE
I '.REAR
I )
a "9
l'>CC<Od
SEEOWNER'S
o,
- I
b.
FROl'rr - KPa,- PSI MANUALFOR

REAR - KPa,- PSI ADDITIONAL
Fig. 160 Tire pressure INFORMATION
~ E i..===..=;;;..;.;; KP
A_R_ ..;;
a,:.=;;;;;..;..
PS;;..;.
I_
label: located on Fig. 161 Tire pressure
driver's side B-pillar label
Tire pressure generally refers to the amount of air in a tire that it tires are a major cause of sudden tire fa ilure. Keeping tires at the
needs it to do its job and safely carry the combined load of the entire right pressure is also important for safe and responsive vehicle
vehicle and its contents . Tire pressure is measured in kilopascals handling, traction, braking and load carrying . Tire pressures are
(kPal, the international measuring unit and in pounds per square particularly important when the vehicle is being driven at higher
inch (PSll. Tire pressure is based in part on the vehicle's design and speeds, and then especially when heavily loaded even within the
load limit - the greatest amount of weight that the vehicle can carry permissible load-carrying capacities approved for your vehicle.
safely and the tire size. The proper tire pressure is frequently
The recommended tire pressures for your Audi depend on the kind
referred to as the "recommended cold tire inflation pressure." Air in
of tires on your vehicle and the number of passengers and/or
the tires expands when the tire heats up because of internal friction
amount of luggage you will be transporting.
when it flexes in use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire has
warmed up than when it is "cold." It is the inflation pressure in a The tire pressure label located on driver's side B-pillar on your Audi
"co ld" tire that counts. There fore, you should never let air out of a lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle
warm tire to match "cold tire inflation pressure" recommendations. at its maximum capacity weight and tires that were on your vehicle
The tires would then be underinflated and could fail suddenly. at the time it was manufactured .
Main taining proper tire pressure is one of the most important If you wish to improve comfort when operating the vehicle at
things you can do to help avoid sudden tire failure . Underinflated normal load (no luggage) up to 2 occupants, you can adjust tire
pressures to those specified for normal vehicle load. Before oper- i.,.
__________________________________________________ T_ ir_e_s_ a_ n_d_ w_ h_e
_ e_l_
s __ __
at ing the vehicle at ma ximum load, you must increase the t ire pres- See the illustration~ page 242, fig. 160 for the location of the label
sures to those specified for maximum vehicle load ~ & . on driver's sid e B-pillar (co lor of the act ual label and exact loca ti on
on the veh ic le will vary slightly).
Bear in mind that the t ire pressure mo n itoring system can only
monitor the tire pressures you have stored . The system does not Note that the following tab le is accu rate at the time of going to
reco g nize the load cond itio n of your vehicle. press and is subject to cha nge . In t he event of discrepancies, the t ire
pressure label (on driver's side B-pillar) always takes precedence .
The effectiveness of the tire pressure monitoring system will be
impaire d if you stor e nor m al load pressures but t hen o perate t he The table be low lists t he recom m end ed cold tire i nfl atio n pressures
vehic le at its maximum load~ & . for the Audi mode l covered by your Owner's Literature at the
vehic le's capacity weigh t and the t ire size s insta ll ed o n t he respec -
tive models as original equipment , or as a factory option .
Engine Tire designation Tire pressure front II Tire pressure rear

(displace - = full load full load
"
ment in normal load normal load
c ondition condition
liter ) condition (up to condition (up
(2 oc c upants (2 oc c upants
2 o c cupants ) to 2 occupants)
plus luggage) plus luggage) I
I
PSI II kPA PSI II kPA II PSI II kPA PSI I[ kPA I
4-cylinder 225/50 R17 94H All Season 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
2.0
245/ 40 R18 93H All Season 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
245/ 40 R18 93Y XL High Performance 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
255/ 35 R19 95Y XL High Performance 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
6-cylinder 245/45 R17 95H All Season 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
3.2
245/ 40 R18 93H All Season 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
245 /40 R18 93V XL High Performance 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
255/ 35 R19 95V XL High Performance 32 220 32 220 29 200 29 200
XL = reinforced
The correct tire pressure for the spare wheel is located on a label on the tire p ressure label on your vehicle with the tires on your vehic le.
t he d river's side B-p illa r. Make sure t h at the tire size i nf o rmat ion on t he veh icle labe l is t he
Because technical changes may be made to vehicle equipment
dur ing th e mode l year, always co mp are the tire size designa ti on on
same as the si ze of the tires on the vehicle. This is especially impor -
t ant if t he ve hi cle belongs to so m eo ne else o r you bought the
.,
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
vehicle with different rims/tires or you bought the vehicle as a previ-

ously owned vehicle.
Remember, your safety and that of your passengers also depends • Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can also lead to
on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation,
includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load causing loss of vehicle control . •
limits are technically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating ("GVWR"). The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is
the maximum load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two
Checking tire pressure
axles. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight The correct tire pressure for the tires originally installed
Rating are listed on the safety compliance sticker label located on
on your vehicle is listed on the tire pressure label located
the driver's side 8-pillar. The tire pressure label on your Audi lists
on driver's side 8-pillar.
the maximum combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage
or other cargo that the vehicle can carry. For the location of the tire The recommended tire pressures are on the tire pressure label and
pressure label => page 242, fig. 160. in the table => page 242, "Cold tire inflation pressure". This means
that the pressure must be checked and adjusted when the tire has
& WARNING not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low
speeds during the previous three hours. Air in the tires expands
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or when the tire heats up as a result of internal friction as it flexes in
other accident, serious personal injury, and even death. use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire has warmed up than
• Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry when it is "cold."
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the It is the inflation pressure in a "cold" tire that counts. Therefore, you
risk of a loss of vehicle control. should never let air out of a warm tire to match "Cold tire inflation
• The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be pressure" recommendations=> page 242. The tires would then be
able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. underinflated and could fail suddenly.
• Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the recommended cold tire
causing loss of control and a crash. inflation pressures for the new, original equipment tires that were
on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured . For the location of
& WARNING the label => page 242, fig . 160.

Most tires lose air naturally over time. They can also lose some air if
• Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can lead to a you drive over a pothole or hit a curb while parking . It is usually not
serious or fatal accident. possible to see whether the radial tires used today are underinflated
• Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation cause increased just by looking at them .
tire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle.
Therefore, be sure to check tire pressures at least once a month and
always before going on a long trip . Make sure to take the number of
people and the amount of luggage into account when adjusting tire .,_
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ _
pressure for a trip - even one that you would not consider to be Wh e n s hould I c h eck th e tir e pr essu re?
" long." See => page 246, "Tires and vehicle load limits" for more The correct tire pressure is especially important at high speeds . The
important information . pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and
Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge when checking and always before sta rting a journey.
adjus t ing inflation pressures . Check all of the tires and be sure not
Wh e n s h o uld I a djust the tire p re ss u re s ?
to forget the spare tire . If the pressure in any tire is too high when
the tire is "cold," let air out of the tire slowly with the edge of the tire Adjust the tire pressure t o the load yo u are carrying . After changing
gaug e and keep checking the pressur e until you reach t he pressure a wheel or replacing wheels you have to adjust the tire pressures on
that is correct for the load (passengers and luggage) and kind of all whee ls. In addition, you must then initia lize the new tire pres -
driving you plan to do. sures in the t ire pressure monitoring system=> page 41.
If the pressure in any tire is too low, note the difference between the
pressure in the cold tire and the pressure you need and add the air
that you need to reach the correct pressure for the vehicle load
& WARNING
Incorrect t ire pressures and/ or underinfl ati on can lead sudden tire
(passengers and luggage) for the tires on your vehicle as listed on
failure , loss of contro l, collision, seriou s personal injury or even
the on your vehicle and in this manual and the kind of driving you
death .
plan to do.
• W hen the w arning symbol appear s in the instrument
Never exceed the maximum inflat ion pressure listed on the tire
cluster, st op and inspect the tire s.
sidewall for any reason.
• Incorrect tire pressure and/ or underin flati on can cause
Remember that the veh icle manufacturer, not the tire manufacturer , increased tire w ear and can affe ct the handling of the vehicle and
determin es the correct tire pressure for the tires on your vehicle . stopping ability.
It is important t o check the tire pressure when the tires are cold . • Incorrect t ire pressures and/ or underinfl atio n can also lead to
• Read the required tire pressure from the tire pressure label sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation ,
located on driver 's side 8 -pillar. causing loss of vehicle cont rol.
• Turn the va lve stem cap counter -clockwise to remove it from the • The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all
tire s on the vehicle . The appl icable pressure values are located on
tire valve .
a st icker on th e driver 's side B-pillar.
• Place the air pressure gauge on the valve .
• Only w hen all tire s on th e vehicle are filled to the correct pres-
• The tire pressures should only be checked and adjusted when sure, the tire pressure monitor ing syst em can work correctly.
the tires are cold. The slightly raised pressures of warm tir es mus t
not be reduced. • The use of incorrect t ire pressure values can lead to accidents
or other damage. The refore it is essenti al th at the driver observe
• Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are carrying . the specified tire pressure value s for the t ires and the correct pres-
• Reinstall the va lve stem cap on the valve . sures for t he function of the tire pressure monitoring system.
• Always inflate t ires to the recom mended and correct tir e pres-
sure before driving off. ~
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s
_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s_________________________________________________ _
technica lly referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle We ight Rating

& WARNING (continued ) ("GVWR").
• Driving with underinflated tires bend more, letting them get The "GVWR" includes the weight of the basic vehicle, all factory
too hot resulting in t read separation , sudden t ire failure and loss insta lled accessories, a ful l tank of fuel, oil, coolant and other f luids
of control. plus maximu m load. The maximu m load i ncludes th e numbe r of
• Excessive speed and / overloading can cause heat build-up, passengers that the vehicle is intended to carry ("seating capacity")
sudden tire failure and loss of control. w it h a n assu med we ight of 150 lbs (68 kg) f or each passen ger at a
• If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear designated seating position and the total weight of any luggage in
prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well . t he vehi cle.
• If the t ire is not flat and you do not have to change a wheel The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR"l is the maximum load that
immediately, drive at reduced speed to the nearest service station can be ap plied at each of t he vehic le's two axles.
to check the tire pressure and add air as required . The Gross Vehicle Weigh t Rating an d the Gross Axle Weight Rat ing
are listed on the safety comp liance stic ker label located on the
0 Note
dr iver's side B-pi llar. Your Aud i has 2 seati ng p osit ion s. Each seating
posit ion has a safety belt=> page 137, "Safety belts" .
Driving without valve stem caps can cause damage to the tire
valves. To prevent t his, always ma ke sure t hat f act ory insta ll ed valve The fact t hat the re is an up per lim it to yo ur vehicle's Gross Vehicle
stem caps on all whee ls are securely mounted on the valve . Weig ht Rating means that the t ot al we ight of what ever is bei ng
carr ied in t he vehicle is lim it ed. The mo re passengers in t he vehic le
or passe ngers w ho are heavier t han t he sta ndard weights assumed
<£>
For the sake of the environment mean that less weight can be carried as luggage.
Underinflated tires will also increase the fue l consumption. • The ti re pressure labe l on yo ur Aud i also list s the maxi m um
combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage or other cargo
th at th e vehicle can carry. For th e locat io n of t he label => page 242,
Tires and vehicle load limits
fig . 160.
There are limits to the amount of load or weight that any vehicle and
any tire can carry. A vehicle that is overloaded will not handle well
and is more difficu lt to stop. Overload ing can not only lead to loss
& WARNING
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control , a crash or
of vehicle contro l, but can also damage important parts of the
other accident, serious personal injury, and even death .
veh icle and can lead to sudden t ire f ailu re, inc lud ing a blowout a nd
sudden deflation that can cause the vehicle to crash. • Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the
Your saf ety and tha t of you r passenge rs also de pends on making risk of the loss of vehicle control .
sure that load l imits are not exceeded . Vehicle load includes every -
• The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be
body and everyt hing in and on the vehic le. These load limi t s are
able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. .,_
Tires and wheels 1111
& WARNING (continued) 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
• Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly,
driver and passengers from "XXX" kilo-
including a blowout and sudden deflation , causing loss of control grams or "XXX" pounds shown on the
and a crash. •
sticker =;>page 242, fig. 160.
Determining correct load limit 4. The resulting figure equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage load
Use the example below to calculate the capacity. For example, if the "XXX"
total weight of the passengers and amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
luggage or other things that you plan to be five 150 lbs. passengers in your
transport so that you can make sure that vehicle, the amount of available cargo
your vehicle will not be overloaded. and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
( 1400 -750 (5 x 150) = 650 Ibs.)
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit 5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on the
1. Locate the statement "THE COMBINED
vehicle. That weight may not safely
WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO
exceed the available cargo and luggage
SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX KG OR XXX
load ca pa city calculated in Step 4.
LBS"on your vehicle 's placard (tire infla-
tion pressure label) =;>page 242 , fig. 160. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be transferred
2. Determine the combined weight of the
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
driver and passengers that will be riding
determine how this reduces the avail-
in your vehicle.
able cargo and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle. .,_
Vehicle care I • •
_ __ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n
_ d_w_ h_e_e
_ ls_________________________________________________ _
Check the tire sidewall (=> page 249, make, there will be six to eight of them evenly p laced around the
t ire. Marks on the tire sidewall (for example "TWI" or other symbols)
fig. 164) to determine the designated indicate the positions of the tread wear indicators. Worn tires must
load rating for a specific ti re. • be rep laced. Different figures may apply in other countries =>& .
Tire p ressure
Tire service life Incorrect tire pressure causes premature wear and can cause
sudden tire blow-out . Forth is reason, tire pressure must be checked
The service life of tires depends on a lot of different things at least once a month ==> page 244.
including proper installation and balancing, correct tire
Driving style
pressure and driving style.
Driving fast around curves, heavy acceleration and hard braking
increase tire wear.
Rotating tires for more even wear

For all four tires on your vehicle to have the same service life, we
recommend that the front and rear tires are rotated according to the
tire manufacturer 's suggested tire rotation intervals. Please
remember the following:
Fig. 162 Tire trea d: • Tire rotation interva ls may differ from the vehicle service inter-
tre ad we ar indi cator s vals outlined in your Maintenance and Warranty Boo klet .
(TWll
• The longer one tire is used in one location on the vehicle, the
more it wears at certain points; therefore , we recommend that you
"'
M
follow the tire manufacturer's suggested tire rotation intervals.
J • Vehicles with front -wheel drive experience more tread wear on
the front wheels compared to all-wheel drive (quattro®l .
• Please rotate ti res as shown ;;:;:,fig. 163.
• Extra care must be taken when rotating direction -specific tires
==>
page 272.
Fig . 163 Rotating tires Wheel balancing

for more even wear The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. Howeve r, various situa-
tions during everyday driving can cause them to become unbal -
Tread Wear Indicator (TWll anced, resulting in vibrations you can usual ly feel through the
The original tires on your veh icle have 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high "wear steering wheel. ...
indicators" => fig . 162 running across the tread. Depending on the
__________________________________________________ T_ir_e_s_ a_n
_ d_ w_ h_e_ e_ls
_ ____.
1111
Unbalanced wheels must be rebalanced to avoid excessive wear on New tires and replacing tires and wheels
steering, suspension and tires . A wheel must also be rebalanced
when a new tire is installed. New tires and wheels have to be broken in.
Incorrect wheel alignment

Incorr ect wheel alignment can cause excessive tire wear, impairing
the safety of the vehicle . If tires show excessive wear, have the
wheel alignment checked by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified
workshop.
All Wheel Drive

Vehicles with quattro ® must always have tires of the same size,
construction and tread type. For details see => page 191.
& WARNING
Sudden tire failure can lead to loss of control, a crash and serious
personal injury!
• Never drive a vehicle when the tread on any tire is worn down
to the wear indicators .
• Worn tires are a safety hazard, they do not grip well on wet
roads and increase your risk of "hydroplaning" and loss of control .
• Always keep chemicals that can cause tire damage, such as
Fig. 164 Tire specification codes on the sidewall of a tire
grease, oil, gasoline and brake flu id away from tires .
• Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly,
No . Description
especially at high speeds . Tires that are more than 6 years old can
Passenger car tire (where app licable)
only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at
lower speeds.
©
Nominal width of tire in mi ll imeters
• Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of 0
their " previous history ." Old used tires may have been damaged Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
©
Radial
tire failure and loss of vehicle control. • ©
© iiRim diameter code
Load index and speed rating

©
Vehic le care I I irechnical data

.,,.___ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_ n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
holding, driving characteristics, and safety of the vehicle . The tab le

U.S. DOT tire identification number
0 (=> page 242) lists specifications of the tires approved for the Audi
Sever snow conditions models covered by your Owner's Literature.
©
Tire ply composition and materials used The tire pressure labe l located on driver's side 8-pillar (=> page 242,
G) fig. 161) lists the spec ifications of the original equipment tires
Maximum load rating installed on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured.
Treadwear, traction and temperature grades Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized inf or-
mation on the sidewall of all tires=> page 249, fig . 164. This informa-
@ Maximum permissible inflation pressure tion identifies and describes the fundamenta l characteristics, the
quality grade of the tire and also provides a tire identification
The tires and rims are essential parts of the vehicle's design. The number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
tires and rims approved by Audi are specially matched to the char-
acteristics of the vehicle and can make a major contribution to good T ire s p ec ifi ca t io ns
road holding and safe handling when in good condition and prop - Know ledge of tire specifications makes it easier to choose the
erly inflated =>& . correct tires . Radial tires have the tire specifications marked on the
sidewal l, for example:
We recommend that al l work on tires and wheels be performed by
an authorized Audi dealer . They are familiar with recommended P245 / 45 R 17 95 H
procedures and have the necessary special too ls and spare parts as This contains the following information :
we ll as the proper facilities for disposing of the old tires .
P Indicates the tire is for passenger cars
Authorized Audi dealers have the necessary information about tech - 245 Nominal tire width in mm of the tire from sidewall edge to side-
nical requirements for insta lling or changing tires and rims . wa ll edge . In general, the larger the number, t he wider the tire
R ep lac in g t ir es a nd w hee ls 45 Height/width ratio in percent (aspect ratio)
Tires should be replaced at least in pairs and not individually (for R Tire construction: Radial
example both front tires or both rear tires together) . 17 Rim diameter code (in inches)
95 Load rating code
Be sure to read and heed the information to the tire pressure moni -
toring system => page 251. H Speed rating letter code
XL (or "xi", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF") indicates that the tire is a"Rein -
Always buy replacement radial tires t hat have the same specifica -
forced" or an "Extra Load" ti re
tions as the tires approved for your vehicle by Audi . Replacement
tires must always have the same load rating specification as the M+ S (or "M/S") Indicates that the tire has some mud and snow capa -
original equipment or approved optional tires listed in the table bility
=> page 242. The tires could also have the information of direction of rotation
Audi -approved specification tires are specially matched to your => page 238.
vehic le and its load limits, and can contribute to the important road-
Tir es a nd wh ee ls -
----------------
T ire m a nu fact uri ng da t e ture. For example, the numbers 2207 mean that the tire was
The manufacturing date is also indicated on the tire sidewall produced in the 22th week of 2007. The other numbers are
(possibly only on the inner side of the wheell: marketing codes that may or may not be used by the tire manufac-
turer. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect
"DOT ... 2207 ... " means, for example, that the tire was produced in requires a recall.
the 22th week of 2007.
Tir e pl y c omp os iti o n and m at erial s u s ed
S p e ed ratin g (let t e r c od e)
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated
The speed rating letter code on the wheels indicates the maximum fabric in the tire . In genera l, the greater the number of p lies, the
permissible road speeds => & in "Winter tires" on page 254. more weight a tire can support. Tire manufacturers also must indi -
P up to 93 mph (150 km/h) cate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
Q up to 99 mph (158 km/h) and others .
R upto 106mph(170km/h)
Ma x imum Lo ad Rating
S upto110mph(180km/h)
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds
T upto118mph(190km/h) t hat can be carried by the tire.
U up to 124 mph (200 km/h)
H upto 130mph(210km/h) Tir e qu a lit y g ra din g for tr ea d wear, t rac ti o n , a nd
te mper a tu re resi stan c e
V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 2 >
Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 2> Tread wear, traction and temperature grades=> page 253.
W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) 2> M ax imum Pe rmi ss ibl e Inf la ti o n Pre ss ure
Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 21 This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever
Your vehicle is normally factory equipped with tires, which possess be put in the tire under normal driv ing conditions .
excel lent driving characteris t ics and give your Audi optimum
driving comfort. An electronic speed limiter=> page 26wil l normally Re pla ci n g tires o r rims on ve h icl e s e quipp e d with t ire
pres s ure monit o rin g sy st em
prevent your vehicle from going faster than the tire speed rating
=>& . The wheels on your vehicle are equipped with a sensor which
constant ly monitors the air pressure ins ide the t ire, and then trans -
U .S . D OT T ire Ident ifi c ation Nu m ber (TIN ) a nd tire mits this information to the tire pressure monitoring system. If you
m a nu fac tur e d a t e are going to replace the wheel rims on your vehic le, make sure the
This is the tire's "seria l number" . It begins with the letters "DOT" new rims also have these sensors . The sensors must be compatible
and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards . The next two with the tire pressu re monitoring system on your vehicle.
numbers or letters indicate the plant where it was manufactured, If the sensors are to be installed on different rims, the sea l, washer,
and the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufac- and valve cap for each sensor must be replaced.
21 For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire
If you instal l rims, which do not have the sensors, or have sensors
manufacturers sometimes use the letters "ZR." which are not compatible, then the tire pressure monitoring system ..,_
•
- Tires and wheels
P'tr:1-------------------
wi ll not work prope rly. In this case, t he tire pressure monitoring
syste m w ould not be ab le to mon ito r t he t ire p ressure o r wa rn yo u
if it is necessary . • All four wheels must be fitted with radial tires of the same type,
• The battery inside of the tire pressure sensor has a limited size (rolling circumference ) and the same tread pattern. Driving
service life . with different tires reduces vehicle handling and can lead to a loss
of control.
• Always d rive with the valve stem caps sec ur ely mounted . We
recommend using factory insta ll ed valve stem caps . Ask your au t ho - • If the spare tire is not the same as the tires that are mounted
rized A udi dealer to replace lost va lve stem cap s. on the vehicle - for example with winter tires - only use the spare
tire for a short period of time and drive with extra care . Refit the
The installation of rep laceme nt ti res wi th st eel cor d body p lies in
normal road wheel as soon as safely possible.
the tire sidewal l may cause malfunction of the tire pressure moni -
t or ing syste m, and is no t recom me nd ed (cord mater ial inf ormat ion • Never drive faster than the maximum speed for which the tires
in molded on the tire sidewa ll). on your vehicle are rated because tires that are driven faste r than
their rated speed can fail suddenly .
A lw ays check your tire p ressure m onito r ing system indicator afte r
• Overloading tires cause heat build-up , sudden tire failure ,
replacing o ne or m or e tir es o n you r v ehi cle. If th e ti re p ressu re
including a blowout and sudden deflation and loss of control .
monito ring syste m indicat or fla shes, o r is on, you r system is not
wo rkin g pr o per ly. Your rep lacem ent ti re m ig ht be inco m pat ibl e wi th • Temperature grades apply to tires that are properly inflated and
your tir e pressure monitoring syst em, or som e component of th e not over or underinflated .
tir e pr essu re monito ri ng syste m may be da mag ed. • For te chnical reasons it is not always possible to use wheels
from other vehicles - in some cases not even wheels from the
& WARNING same vehicle model.

• If you install wheel trim discs on the vehicle wheels, make sure
• Using incorrect or unmatched tires and/ or wheels or improper that the air flow to the brakes is not blocked. Redu ced airflow to
tire and wheel combinations can lead to loss of control, collision the brakes can them to overheat , increasing stopping distances
and serious personal injury . and causing a collision.
• Always use tires , rims and wheel bolts that meet the specifica- • Run flat tires may only be used on vehicles that were equipped
tions of original factory -installed tires or other combinations that with them at the fa ctory . The vehicle must have a chassis designed
have been spe cifically approved by the vehicle manufacturer. for run flat tires and a factory -installed tire pressure monitoring
• Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly , system that indi cate s a loss of tire pressure . Incorre ct use of run
especially at high speeds . Tires that are more than 6 years old can flat tires can lead to vehicle damage or accidents . Check with an
only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at authorized Audi dealer o r t ire specialist to see if your vehicle can
lower speeds . be equipped with run flat tires . If run flat tires are used , they must
be installed on all four wheels . Mixing tire types is not permitted. .,
• Never mount used tires on your vehi cle if you are not sure of
their "previous history. " Old used tires may have been damaged
even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
tire failure and loss of vehi cle control.
Tir es a nd wh ee ls -
----------------
Qua lity grades can be found where applicable on the tire side wall
0 Note b etween tread shoulder and maximum section width => page 249,
• For technical reasons, it is not genera lly possible to use the fig. 164.
whee l rims from other vehic les. This can hold true for wheels of the For example : Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Temperature A.
same vehic le type.
A ll passenger car tires must conform to Federa l Safety Require -
• If the spare tire is different from the tires that you have mounted
ments in addit ion to these grades.
on your vehicle (for example winter tires or wide profile t ires), then
use the spare tire for a short period of time only and drive with extra T read wear
care. Replace the fl at tire with the tire matching the others on your
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate
vehicle as soon as possible.
of t he tire when tes t ed under contro lled condit ions on a specified
• If you should put different wheels and tires on your vehic le (e.g. government test course.
winter wheels and tires), you must be certain that the wheels and
Fo r example, a tire g raded 150 would wear o ne and o ne half (1 1/2)
tires are compat ib le w ith t he tire pressure monitoring system.
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
Otherwise the system will register a malfunction and a fau lt
message will be displayed . For more i nformatio n, contact your Aud i The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi -
dea ler. tions of the i r use, however, and may depart sign ificantly from t he
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differ -
0 Note
ences in road characterist ics and climate .
Tra c tion
• When insta lling new tires, be carefu l not to damage the va lves or
t ire p ressure moni t oring syste m sensors . The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, Band C.
• Never drive without the va lve stem cap. The va lves could get Those grades represent the tire 's ability to stop on wet pavement as
damaged. measured under contro lled cond itions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
• If the sensors must be replaced, then the valve must also be
poor t raction performance => & .
replaced at t he same t ime.
Temperature
<i'For the sake of the environment The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, represent ing
the tire 's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi -
Dispose of o ld tires in accordance with the local requ irements . •
pat e heat when tested u nder con t ro ll ed co nditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Uniform tire quality grading Sustained high temperature can cause t he material of t he ti re t o
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
• Tread wear to sudden tire failure =:>& .
• Traction AA A B C The grade C corresp o nds to a level of performance which all
• Temperature A B C passenger car tires must meet under the Federa l Motor Vehicle
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher leve ls of Winter tires (snow tires) must always be fitted on all four whee ls.
performa nc e on t he la bor atory test w heel t ha n the mi nim um
Compatible ti re p ressure monit o ring senso rs must be instal led on
requ ired by law .
all four w inter tires for the tire pressure monitoring system to func -
tion proper ly :::::>
page 251.
& WARNING Ask your aut hori zed Audi deale r or quali fi ed w o rksho p fo r perm itte d
winter tire sizes. Use only radial winter tires.
The tr action grade assigned to this t ire is based on straight-ahead
braking traction tests , and does not include acceleration , Wi nter tires lose thei r effec t iveness when t he tr ead is worn down t o
cornering , hydroplaning or peak traction characteristi cs. a depth of 0. 157 inch (4 mm).
On ly drive with winter tires under winter conditions. Summer tires
& WARNING handle better when there is no snow or ice on t he roads a nd th e
temperature is above 45 °F (7 °C).
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire th at is
If you have a flat t ire, see not es o n spare w hee l :::::>
page 249.
properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
tion, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination , can Please always remembe r t hat w inte r t ires m ay have a lower speed
cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. • rating than the tires original ly instal led on your vehic le at the time
it was manu f act ured. Please see:::::>page 251, "Speed ratin g (letter
code)" for a listing of the speed rating letter codes and the
Winter tires m axi mum speed at which t he ti res ca n b e d ri ve n.
Win ter ti res can i mp rove vehic le ha n dl ing on sno w and The speed rating letter code(:::::, page 241) is on the side wa ll of the
ice. A t temp er a tures belo w 45 °F (7 °C) we recomme nd ti re :::::>
page 249.
cha ng in g to win ter tires.
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true & WARNING
winter o r "snow" ti res, those with ve ry deeply cut tread. These tires Winter tires have maximum speed limits that may be lower than
should only be used in pairs and be insta ll ed on all four wheels . your vehicle's ma ximum speed. Always know the maximum speed
M ake sur e you pu rchase snow ti res that are the same size and before driving off . Never drive faster than the speed permitted for
construct ion type as th e other ti res on your vehicle. your specific winter tires . This will cause damage to the tires
If your vehic le is equipped with al l-wheel drive * , this will improve leading to an accident and serious personal injury to you and your
t ract ion dur ing winter dr iv in g, eve n with the standard t ires . passengers.
However, we strongly recommend that you always equip all four
whee ls on yo ur vehicle with correc tly fitted winte r tires or all-seaso n
tires, when winter road conditions are expected . Th is also improves & WARNING
t he ve h ic le's brak ing perfo rmance an d reduces st op pi ng distances . Driving faster than the maximum speed for whi ch the winter tires
Summer ti res provide less grip on ice and snow. on your vehicle were designed can cause tire failure including a
blowout and sudden deflation , loss of control , crashes and serious _.,
Tires and wheels -
----------------
Remove wheel center covers and trim discs before putting snow
& WARNING (continu ed) chains o n yo ur vehicle ~ (D. For safet y reaso ns cover caps mus t
personal injur ies. Have worn or damaged tires replaced immed i- then be fitted over the whee l bolts. These are available from autho -
ately. r ized A ud i deale rs .
• Winter tires have maximu m speed rating th at may be lower
than your vehicle's maximum speed.
• Never drive faster than the speed for which the winter or other
& WARNING
tire s installed on your vehicle are rated. Using the wrong snow chain s for your vehicle or installing them
incorrectly can increase the risk of loss of control leading to
serious personal injury.
& WARNING • Snow chains are available in different sizes. Always make sure
Alway s adjust your driving to the road and traffi c condit ions. to follow the instructions provided by the snow chain manufac -
Never let the good acceleration of the winter tires and all-wheel turer .
drive tempt you into tak ing ext ra risks. Always remember : • When driving with snow chains never drive faster than the
• When braking , an all-wheel drive vehicle handles in the same speed permitted for your specific snow chains.
way as a front drive vehicle . • Always observe local regulations .
• Drive carefully and reduce your speed on icy and slippery roads,
even winter tires cannot help under black ice conditions.
0 Note
• Rem ove snow chai ns bef ore d r iving on roads not covered w ith
c£>
For the sake of the environment snow to avoid damaging t ires and wearing the snow chains down
unnecessar i ly.
Use summer tires when weather conditions permit. They are
quieter, do not wear as qu ickly and reduce fue l con su mp ti o n. • • Snow chains, which come into direct contact with the wheel rim,
can scratch or damage it. Therefore, make sure t hat the snow chains
are suitably covered.
Snow c hains
Snow chains may be fitte d only t o t he fr ont w heels , and only t o [i ] Tips
certain t ire sizes. Ask your authorized Audi dea ler on which tire Where snow chains are mandatory on certain roads, this normally
sizes snow chains can be used . also ap pl ies to veh icles w it h A ll Wheel Driv e. •
If you are going to use snow chains, then you must instal l them on
the front whee ls at least.
The snow chains m ust have low-pro fi le links and must not be t hicke r
than 0.53 inch (13.5 mm), including the lock.
•
_L_ T~ir~e:..:
s~ a~n~d
~ w
~ h
~ e~e~l~s'.,_______________________________________________ _
Wheel bolts possible with a to rque wrench - preferab ly by an authorized Audi

dea ler or qu alif ied wo rksh o p . •
Wheel bolts m ust always be tigh tened to the correct
torque.
Low aspect ratio tires
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the factory instal led rims . If
d ifferen t ri ms are fi tted, th e co rr ect w heel bo lts wit h t he rig ht length
Your Audi is f act ory-equip pe d wi t h low asp ect rati o ti res. Th ese ti res
and correctly shaped bolt heads m ust be used. This ensures that
have been thorough ly tested and been selected specifically for your
w hee ls are f itt ed secure ly and th at t he brake sys t em funct ion s
mod el f or thei r su per b p erf o rma nc e, road feel an d handl ing under
correctly .
a variety of driving conditions . Ask your author ized Aud i dea ler for
In certain circums t ances, yo u may no t use w heel bolt s fr o m a mo re deta ils.
differ ent vehicle - even if it is the same mode l ::::;,page 296.
The low aspec t rati o of t hese t ires is ind icate d by a numera l of 55 or
less in the t ir e's size designation. The numera l represents the ratio
&_ WARNING of th e ti re's sidewa ll height in relati o n to its tread w idth ex pressed
in percentage. Conventiona l tires have a height/width ratio of 60 or
Improperly tightened or maintained wheel bolts can become loose mo re.
causing loss of control , a collision and serious personal injury.
The performan ce of low -aspect -ratio t ires is part icularly sensitive to
• Always keep the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel hubs
improper inflation pressure. It is therefore important that low
clean so the wheel bolts can turn easily and be properly tightened. aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure and that the
• Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel inflation pressure is regularly checked and maintained. Tire pres-
hubs. They can become loose while driving if greased or oiled, sures should be checked at least once a month and alway s before a
even if tightened to the specified torque . page 244, "Checking tire p ressure".
long trip ::::;,
• Only use wheel bolts that belong to the rim being installed.
What you can do to a v oid tire and rim damage
• Never use different wheels bolts on your vehicle.
Low aspect ratio tires can be damaged more easi ly by impact with
• Always maintain the correct tightening torque for the wheel potho les, curbs, gull ies or ri dges on the road, particularly if th e t ire
bolts to reduce the risk of a wheel loss. If the tightening torque of is underinflated.
the wheel bolts is too low, they can loosen and come out when the
vehicle is moving . If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel In or de r to m in imi ze t he occurrence of im pact da m age to th e ti res
bolts and th reads can be damaged and the wheel can become of your vehicle, we recommend that you observe the fo llowing
loose. p reca ut io ns:
• A lways ma int ain reco mm ended in flat ion pressu res. Check your
0 Note
tire p ressure every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add ai r if neces sary.
• Drive car eful ly on roads with potholes, deep g ullies or ridges.
The specified torque for the wheel bolts is 90 ft lb (120 Nm) with a
Th e impact fr om d r iving t hro ugh o r ove r such obstac les can
t ole ranc e of ± 7,4 f t lb(± 10 Nm). Torque whee l bolts diag o nally.
dama ge you r tires . Impact w ith a curb may also cause da mage to
After changing a wheel, the torque must be checked as soon as
your tires . .,_
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ !II
• After any impact, immediately inspect your tires or have them We recommend that run-flat tires only be mounted on vehicles that
inspected by the nearest authorized Audi dealer. Replace a we re origina lly equipped with these special tires at the fact ory and
damaged tire as soon as possible . have a Tire Pressure M onitoring System .
• Inspect your tires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) for damage and Run-flat t ires can be ident ified by the letter s "RSC" on the tire side-
wear . Damage is not always easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of wall.
air and underinflation, which could eventua lly cause tire fai lure . If
If you do change the tires on your vehic le from normal to run -flat
you believe that a tire may have been damaged, replace the tire as
tires, you must buy the special rims required for run-flat tires, and
soon as possible .
the T ire Pressure M onitoring System must be reprogrammed by an
• These tires may wear more quickly than others. authorized Audi dea ler or other qualified workshop.
• Please also remember that, whi le these tires deliver responsive
handling, they may ride less comfortably and make more noise than Wh a t do run-fl a t tir e s d o ?
other choices. These special t ires have run-flat capabi lities that he l p keep you
moving if a tire loses pressure and goes flat. Under favorable condi -
R e du ce d p e rform a n ce in w in te r/ c o ld sea son t ions tires can be driven at least 30 miles (50 km), but you must not
co nditi o n s drive faster t han 50 mph (80 km/ hi=> page 258, "Driving with run -
All tires are designed for certain purposes. The low aspect ratio, flat t i res".
ultra high performance tires originally installed on your vehicle are
The Tire Pressure M oni t oring System constantly checks the air pres-
intended for maximum dry and wet road performance and hand ling.
sure in the tires. If the run-flat system is active (shown in the center
They are not suitable for cold, snowy or icy weather conditions . If
display), you must inspect the affected tire or tires and then decide
you drive under those circumstances, you should equip your vehicle
whether to continue driving . Be sure to follow these tips
with al l-season or winter tires, which offer better traction under
=> page 258, "Driving with run-flat tires" .
those conditions . We suggest you use the recommended snow or
all-season tires specified for your vehicle, or their equivalent . Wh e n it is not po s sibl e to c ontinue driving , ev en with
Refer to => page 254 f or more detai led in f ormation regarding winter run -fl a t tire s?
tires. • • If the Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) is not working or
keeps coming on.
• If the T ire Pressure M onitoring System does not work.
Run-flat tires • If the tire has been severely damaged, in a crash , for example .
The tread can separate from a damaged tire as the wheel turns, and
Ap plies to vehi cles: w ith Run -flat tir es
hit parts of the vehicle , such as the fue l tank filler neck, fuel lines or
Introduction brake li nes.
Run-flat tires help keep you moving if a tire goes flat. • Do not continue driving if severe vibration occurs or if the tire
starts to smoke because the tire is running hot.
Reinforced sidewalls give the ti res run -flat capability if tire pressure • Do not continue driving if damage to the tire, such as cracks in
is lost . the sidewall, appears . ~
•
- Tires and wheels
---------------------------------------------
Ap plie s to vehic les: wi th Run-flat ti res
& WARNING Driving with run-flat tires
Improper use of run-flat tires can cause vehicle damage that can Handling characteristics change when tire pressure is
lead to loss of vehicle control, a crash and serious personal injury.
low.
• Run-flat tires can only be used with special rims.
• Run-flat tires must always be monitored with a properly Driving on tires with low tire pressure changes the way a
programmed Tire Pressure Monitoring System. vehicle handles, part icularl y when cornering and braking.
• Always inspect a tire that has lost air to make sure it is safe to The handling characteristics of run-flat tires do not seem to
drive with the tire in the run-flat mode . change a lot even when driving on low pressure or in the
• Never drive with run-flat tires that have been damaged in a
run -flat mode . Nevertheless you must still take special
collision. precautions when operating a vehicle on run -f lat tires when
• Never drive with run-flat tires if heat build-up causes the tire to
tire pressure is low o r the tire(s) is flat:
give off smoke. - The Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) must be
• Never drive with run-flat tires if the vehicle shakes or vibrates switched on.
severely.
- Never drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h)~ & .
• Never drive with a run-flat tire that develops sidewall cracks or
other damage while in use. - Plan ahead when driving and anticipate what you will
have to do considering traffic and road conditions up
0 Note
ahead.
Run-flat tires have special characteristics and requirements, that are - Accelerate carefully.
very different from conventional tires . Run-flat t ires require special
rims for run -flat use and cannot be used on conventional wheel - Avo id unnecessary and sudden steering and braking
rims . maneuvers .
- Reduce your speed in plenty of time before intersections,
[i] Tips curves and other places where you may have to react
• If you are not able to continue driving with run-flat tires, please quickly.
seek professional assistance.
Please see: =:, page 257, "When it is not possible to continue driving,
• Please contact your authorized Audi dealer or Audi of America, even with run -flat tires?" ..,_
Inc. if you have questions about tires and rims. •
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ lfll
Handling characteristi c s c hange wh e n dri v ing with Ap plies to veh icles: wi th Run-f lat ti res
low air pressure or with flat tires even with special run - Replacing run -flat tires and rims
flat tires
Your vehicle w as especi ally designed to use special run-
A low pressure or flat front tire affects vehicle hand lin g charac t eri s-
t ics by pulling t he vehic le slightly to the side where t he tire is fl at tires.
mounted and reduces brak ing performance . You may use and co mbi ne o n ly approved r un-flat t i res an d specia l
A low pressure o r flat rear tire also affec t s driving characteristics by matching rims that have been designed for run -flat tires. Mounting
pul ling to the side where th e tire is mounted and also reduces special run -fla t t ires o n st and ard wheels w ill not work and wi ll not
b raki ng perf or mance . The eff ect o n veh icle han dl i ng is most not ice- provide the advantages fo the run -falt feature. Never use special
able when driving around curves . run-flat tir es on standard whee l rims.
After driving with a tire in the run -f lat mode, always have the vehicle
& WARNING and affected tire(s) and rim(s) inspected by an authorized Audi
dea ler. Ti res tha t have been driven in the run -fla t mode must be
Changed vehicle handling characteristics when driving in the run- replaced.
flat mode can cause loss of vehicle control , a crash and serious
personal injury.
• Driving on special run-flat tires in the run-flat mode will change & WARNING
vehicle handling characteristics during braking, when cornering Use of damaged run-flat tires and rims can causevehicledamage
and under heavy acceleration . that can lead to loss of vehicle control , a crash and serious
• Never drive faster than the max imum rated speed of 50 mph personal injury.
(80 km/ h) when driving in the run-flat mode . • Always have the vehi cle and affected tire (sl and rim(s )
• Always adjust vehicle speed to traffic , road and weather condi- inspected by an authorized Audi dealer after driving a tire in the
tions and drive slower than the maximum rated speed if necessary run-flat mode .
weather and road conditions are taken into account . • Tires that have been driven in the run-flat mode must be
• Always obey speed limits and other traffic laws . repla ced . •
0 Note
We always recommend driv ing with even more care when using
these special tires in the run -flat mode. A lways avoid sudden
maneuvers. •
•
11111...__ W
_ h_a_ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv
_ ?______________________________________________ _
What do I do now?
Trunk escape handle Vehicle tool kit

In case of an emergency, the rear lid can be opened from The tools are st ored underneath the floor panel in the
the inside using the trunk escape handle. luggage compartment.
Fig. 165 Luggage Fig. 166 Luggage

comp artm ent: Trunk compartm ent : vehicle
escape handl e t ool kit
- To open t he trunk lid pull the hand le down as indicated - Sw ing the luggage compartment floo r upwards .
by t he -arrow - ~ fig. 165.
- Remove the ve hi cle tool kit .
The trunk escape handle inside the storage compartment is made
The onboard tool ki t includes:
of fl uorescent materia l to glow in the dark.
• Hook for removing wheel covers *
& WARNING •
•
Plastic clip to remove wheel bolt covers*
Wheel bolt wrench
The tr unk escape handl e is to be used only in an em ergen cy. •
• A lignment pin for changing wheels
• Screwdriver wi t h reversible blade
• Replacement bit (reversible Torx bit for changing lamps)
• Open ended wrench 10 x 13
• Towing eye
Note: some of the on board items listed above are prov ided on
certain models only or a re optional extras.
_____________________________________________ W
_ h o_l _d_o:....:..
_ a_t _d.....;. n:..o:..w
.:.......
?:....:..--Jffllll
In the event of a tire fai lure, the TMS is in the luggage compartment
& WARNING u nde r th e fl oo r. It cons ists of th e tir e sealan t and an el ect ric air
pump .
• Using a bumper jac k to raise the vehicle will damage the
bumper system . The jack may slip , causing injury . Using TMS , tire damage caused by foreign bodies up to about
• Never support your veh icle on c inder blocks , bri cks or other 0.16 inch (4 mm ) in d iam eter can be seale d relia bl y.
obje cts. The se may not be able to support the load and could The foreign object can stay in the tire .
cause injury when they fail.
• Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is supported by T he tire sealant must not be used:
the jack . • for cuts or punctures in the tire which are large r than
0.16 inch (4 mm) ~ f ig . 167 G)
• If you mu st work under the vehicle, always use safety stands
specifically des igned for this purpose . • for damage to the rim 0
• Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the screw- • if you have been driving with very low tire pressures or tires w ith
driver to loo sen or tighten the wheel bolts . • n o air G)
Using the TMS is described in the sectio n ~ pa ge 264, "Preliminary
steps" .
Tire repair
TMS can be used at t em peratures down to - 4 °F (- 20 °C).
App lies to vehicles: with Tire M ob ility System
General and safety pointers & WARNING

Tire repair is in tended only for temporary, shor t-term use. Take the following precautions after repairing the tire :
• Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km / hi!
• Avoid full -throttle acceleration , heavy braking and fast
cornering .
® • The vehicle's road behavior c an be affe cted .

• Tires sealed with TMS are intended only for temporary , short-
term use .
Fig. 167 Tire damage • After using the tire sealant the tire pressure monitoring system
for which the Tire m ay no longer work properly . Drive carefully to the next profes-
Mobility System is not sional repair facility.
suited
• TMS must NOT be used ,
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire repai r kit, the Tire Mobil ity - for cuts or punctures in the tire whi ch are larger than
System (TMS) *. 0.16 inch (4 mm )
- for damage to the rim
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service irechnical data

1111...__ W
_ h_a
_ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv_ ?______________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) [i] Tips

- if you have been driving with very low tire pressures or tires • If sealant has run out, allow it to dry. Then you can peel it off.
with no air • Have the tire sealant replaced every 4 years at a dealership. •
• Seek professional assistance if it is not possible to repair the
tire with the tire sealant. Appl ies to vehic les: with Tir e Mob ility System
Preliminary steps
& WARNING Some preliminary steps are necessary for tire repair .
The tire sealant must not come into contact with skin, eyes or
clothing.
• If you get any tire sealant in your eyes or come into contact
with it, rinse the affected area thoroughly with clean water. Find a
physician immediately!
• Change any clothing contaminated with tire sealant immedi -
ately.
• Do not inhale the vapor!
Fig. 168 Tire Mobility
• If you have swallowed tire sealant, rinse your mouth thor- System under luggage
oughly right away and drink plenty of water . compartment floor
- Do not induce vomiting! Find a physician immediately!

- If you have a flat tire, park the vehicle as far as possible
• If you have allergic reactions, find a physician immediately .
from moving traffic.
• Keep the tire sealant away from children .
- Apply the parking brake firmly.
0 Note - On vehicles w ith manual transmission, engage 1st gear,

or move the selector lever to the P position on vehicles
Do not use commercially available tire sealants. The electrical
components of the tire pressure monitoring system will no longer w it h automatic transmission.
work properly.
- Check whether a repair using the Tire Mobility System is
possible~ page 263, "General and safety pointers".
'i>For the sake of the environment Have all passengers leave the vehicle and stay away from
Used sealant bottles can be dropped off at a recycling facility.
the danger zone~ & .
- Take the sealant bottle and the electric air pump from the
luggage compartment under the floor ~ fig. 168. .,_
_______________________________________________ W _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o
_ h_a _ w_ ?_ __.
111
- Remove the "max. 50 mph" (80 km/h) sticker from the
sealant bottle and affix it to the instrument cluster in the
driver's view.
& WARNING
• Turn the hazard flashers on and set up the warning triangle if
you have a flat tire in moving traffic . In this way you protect your - Fig. 170 Connector for
the Tire Mobility
self and other road users.
System
• Make sure that all passengers are in a safe place, out of the
danger zone (for example, behind a guard rail).
Assembling Tire Mobility System
- Open the lid 0 of the electric air pump~ fig. 169.
0 Note
- Pull the plug © and the pressure hose G) with the gauge
Particular care is necessary if you are making a tire repair on a steep
incline.
out of the housing.
- Screw the pressure hose © of the electric air pump onto
[i] Tips the flange © of the sealant bottle G).
Obey all laws. • - Push the sealant bott le with the flange down into the
recess G) on the lid of the electric air pump.
App lies to vehicles: with Tire Mobil ity System - Remove the dust cap from the valve of the defect ive tire.
Making a tire repair
- Screw t he hose @) onto the valve G) ~ fig. 170.
Tire repair consists of the following sections.
- Insert the plug © ~ fig. 169 into t he socket for the ciga-
rette ligh ter.
Inflating tire
- Move the switch ® ~ fig. 170 on the electric air pump 31
to position I. After 5 minutes, tire pressure must have
reached at least 1.8 bar. ~
Fig. 169 Parts of the

Tire Mobility System
3> Th e electric air pump should never run for longer than 8 minutes.

11111.___ W
_ h_a
_ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o
_ w_ ?______________________________________________ _
- Switch the electric air pump off - switch in position 0. If - Place the electric air pump in the luggage compartment
the required tire pressure of at least 1.8 bar has not been for the time being.
reached, follow the instructions in the section Re-
- Start driving right away so that the sealant is distributed
inflating tire.
in the tire.
Re-inflating tire
- Remove the hose from the valve and pull the plug out of & WARNING
the socket. • Follow the manufacturer's safety instructions on the decal for
the air pump and the sealant bottle .
- Drive the vehicle slowly 10 meters backward or forward.
This helps to distribute the sealant better. • If a tire pressure of 1.8 bar cannot be achieved after pumping
for 5 minutes, the tire is too severely damaged. Do not continue to
- Remove the empty inflation bottle and screw the hose G) drive.
=> page 265, fig . 169 from t he electric pump directly onto • Seek professional assistance if it is not possible to repair the
the valve. tire with the tire sealant.
- Insert the plug © => page 265, fig. 169 into the socket for
the cigarette lighter. [i] Tips
- Move the switch @ =>page 265, fig. 170 on the electric • Do not operate the electric air pump for more than 8 minutes
without stopping, otherwise it can overheat. When the air pump has
air pump 31 to position I. After 5 minutes, tire pressure
cooled down, you can continue to use it.
must have reached at least 1.8 bar.
• If sealant has escaped, allow it to dry, then you can peel it off. •
- Switch the electric air pump off - switch in position 0. If
the required tire pressure of at least 1.8 bar has not been
Applies t o vehic les: with Tir e Mobil ity Syste m
reached, it is not possible to make a repair with the tire
sealant. Seek professional assistance. Final check
Disassembling Tire Mobility System After driving for a short distance , tire pressure
must be checked
- Remove the hose from the valve and pull the plug out of
the socket. - After driving for about 10 minutes, stop and check the
tire pressure .
- Screw the dust cap onto the valve.
- If t ire pressure is still at least 1.3 bar, inflate the tire to
- Place the empty sealant bottle back in the original pack- specified pressure (see driveas side B-pillarl, drive to the
aging and cl ip it in place under the floor so that no tire next repair shop and have the tire and the sealant bottle
sealant can run out in to t he vehicle. replaced. ~
_____________________________________________ W
_ h
_ a_t _d_o_l_ d_o_ n_o_w
_ ?_ __._
- If tire pressure is less than 1.3 bar, the tire is too severely Ap pli es 10 ve hicles: with deco rative wheel covers
damaged. Do not continue to drive. Seek professional Decorative wheel covers

assistance. The decorative wheel covers must be removed first to
access the wheel bolts .
& WARNING
If tire pressure is less than 1.3 bar after driving for 10 minutes, the
tire is too severely damaged. Do not continue to drive. Seek profes-
sional assistance.
[i] Tips
After a tire repair, have the sealant bottle replaced at a dealership.
This restores full functionality to the Tire Mobili ty System. • Fig . 171 Wheel
change : removing the
wheel cover
What should I be aware of when Removing

changing a tire? - Insert the hook provided with the on board tool kit into
the hole on the center hub piece.
General information
- Pull off the decorative wheel cover => fig. 171. •
The following sections will provide you with important information
on how to change a tire using the vehicle too l kit .
However , we recommend that you have a qualified service center
change the tire and perform all work associated with changing it. •
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data

_L--_ W
:...:....:
h..:.
.:.:....:
a t ..:..
d=o....:...
I ..:
d.:..;
o:......;.
n..:..
o
.::;..;.
vv..:....:..
?______________________________________________ _
App li es to veh icles: w ith cap-cove red whee l bolt s Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts
Wheels vvith cap - covered wheel bolts
The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the
The caps must be removed first from the wheel bolts vehicle .
before the bolts can be unscrewed .
Fig. 173 Wheel

Fig. 172 Wheel change: loosening the
change: remo ving t he wheel bolt s
wh eel b olt caps
Lo os e nin g
Re mo v ing - Fit the wh eel bolt wr ench over t he wheel bolt and push it
- Push the plasti c clip provided with t he on board tool kit down as far as it wi ll go .
down over the wheel bo lt cap until it engages.
- Close your grip around the end of the wrench hand le for
- Pull on t he properly engaged plasti c clip to ext ract the maximum torque and turn the wheel bolts count er-clock-
cap =>fig. 172. wis e about one single turn i n the direct ion of arrow
=>f ig . 173.
R e fi tt ing
- Place the caps over the wheel bolts and push them back Tight e ning
1n. Fit the wh eel bolt wr ench ove r the wheel bolt and pus h it
down as far as it wi ll go.
The caps are there to prot ect and keep th e wheel bolts clean . •
- Close your gri p around the end of the wrench hand le for
maximum torque and turn eac h wheel bolt clockwi se
until it sits tight . _..
_______________________________________________ W _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ w_ ?_
_ h_a __.
fflll
& WARNING
• Using force without control to speed the wheel change up can
cause the vehicle to slip off the jack and cause serious personal
injuries.
• Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than one turn before you
raise the vehicle with the jack . - Risk of injury!
Fig. 175 Close-up:
proper positioning of
[i] Tips lifting jack
• Never try and use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the
screwdriver to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
- Find the mounting point on the rocker panel which is
closest to the flat tire ~ fig. 174 -arrows-.
• If a wheel bolt sits very tight, you may find it easier to loosen by
carefully pushing down on the end of the wheel bolt wrench with - Crank the jack up until it can be positioned under the lift
one foot only . As you do, hold on to the car to keep yourself stable point on the vehicle.
and take care not to slip. •
- Align the jack so the claw~ fig. 175@ grips the
mounting point on the rocker panel and the flexible base
Ra is ing the vehicle plate @ is flat on the ground.
The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first before the - Continue to crank the jack until the wheel is lifted just
wheel can be removed. clear of the ground.
Recesses at the front and rear of the underbody rib mark the proper
mounting locations for the jack=> fig. 174. There is only one desig-
nated jack mounting point for each wheel. Do not apply the jack
- anywhere else=> & .
The jack should be positioned approximately 6 in. (15 cm) behind
the front wheel or 10 in. (25 cm) in front of the rear wheel.
Fig. 174 Wheel
change: mounting
An unstable surface under the jack can cause the vehicle to slip off
points for the lifting the jack. Always provide a firm base for the jack on the ground. If
jack necessary place a sturdy board or similar support under the jack. On
hard, slippery surfaces (such as tiles) use a rubber mat or similar to
prevent the jack from slipping=> & . .,

1111...__ W
_ h_a
_ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ w_ ?______________________________________________ _
Taking the wheel off

& WARNING Follow these instructions step-by-step for changing the
• You or your passengers could be injured while changing a
wheel.
wheel if you do not follow safety precautions:
- Mounting the jack under the vehicle at any other place than
indicated above may damage the vehicle or may result in
personal injuries.
- A soft or unstable surface under the jack may cause the
vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide a firm base for the
jack on the ground. If necessary, use a sturdy board under the Fig. 176 Wheel
change : using the
jack. screwdriver handle
- On hard, slippery surface (such as tiles) use a rubber mat or (with the blade
removed) to turn the
similar to prevent the jack from slipping.
bolts
• To help prevent injury to yourself and your passengers:
- Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely
engaged.
- Passengers must not remain in the vehicle when it is jacked
up.
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from
the vehicle and well away from the roadway and traffic.
- Make sure jack position is correct, adjust as necessary and
Fig. 177 Wheel
then continue to raise the jack.
change : alignment pin
inside the top hole
0 Note
After you have loosened all wheel bolts and raised the
A floor jack or the pads on the hoist arms must not be positioned at
the points shown ~ page 269, fig . 174 -arrows -. •
vehicle off the ground, perform the following steps to
remove and replace the wheel:
Removing the wheel

Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to
completely turn out the topmost wheel bolt and set it
aside on a clean surface => fig. 176. ~
What do I do now? -
----------------
- Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin from the • The wheel bolts should be clean and easy to turn. Check for dirt
tool kit hand-tight into the now vacant bolt hole and corrosion on the mating surfaces of both the wheel and the
=:>page 270, fig. 177. hub . Remove all dirt from these surfaces before remounting the
wheel. •
- Then completely unscrew the other wheel bolts as
described above.
Notes on wheel change
- Take off the wheel leaving the alignment pin in the bolt
hole. Please read the information ~ page 249, "New tires and replacing
tires and wheels", if you are going to use a spare tire which is
Putting on the wheel different from the tires on your vehicle.
- Lift the spare wheel and carefully slide it over the align- After you change a tire:
ment pin to guide it in place.
• Check the tire pressure on the spare immediately after
- Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to mounting.
screw in and tighten all wheel bolts slightly. • Have the wheel bolt tightening torque checked with a torque
wrench as soon as possible by your authorized Audi dealer or a
- Unscrew the alignment pin and insert and tighten the qualified service station .
remaining wheel bolt slightly like the rest.
• With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel bolts are correctly
- Turn the jack handle counter -clockwise to lower the tightened at a torque of 90 ft lb (120 Nml.
vehicle until the jack is fully released. • If you notice while changing a tire that the wheel bolts are
corroded and difficult to turn, then they should be replaced before
- Use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten all wheel bolts
you check the tightening torque.
firmly =:>page 268. Tighten them crosswise, from one
• Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your
bolt to the (approximately) opposite one, to keep the
vehicle as soon as possible. Remount the wheel cover.
wheel centered.
Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced speeds.
[i Tips
J
Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the screwdriver to & WARNING
loosen or tighten the wheel bolts. • If you are going to equip your vehicle with tires or rims which
• Pull the reversible blade from the screwdriver before you use the differ from those which were factory installed, then be sure to read
hexagonal socket in the handle to turn the wheel bolts. the information ~ page 249, "New tires and replacing tires and
wheels".
• When mounting tires with unidirectional tread design make sure
the tread pattern is pointed the right way ~ page 272. • Always store the tools securely in luggage compartment.
Otherwise, in an accident or sudden maneuver they could fly
forward, causing injury to passengers in the vehicle.
• Do-it-yourself service
PU:I...__
- Wh a______________
t d o I d o n ow ? _
0 Note
Do not use commercially ava ilable ti re sealants . Otherwise, the elec -
trical components of the tire pressure monitoring system * wi ll no
longer work properly and the sensor for the tire pressure moni-
toring system will have to be replaced by a qua lified workshop. •
Tires with unidirectional tread design

Tires with unidirec tional tread design must be mounted
with their tread pattern pointed the right direction.
A unidirectional tire can be identified by arrow s on th e sidewall ,
which point in the direction of the rotation . You must fol low the
specified direction of rotation. This is necessary in order for these
tires to deve lop their optimum characteristics regarding grip, road
noise, wear, and hydroplaning. •
Fu ses and bul bs -
------------------
Fuses and bulbs
Fuses - Carefully pry the fuse cover off the instrument panel
using the ignition key or a screwdriver=> fig. 178.
Replacing a fuse - Check the fuse listing on t he next pages t o find out w hi ch
A problem in the electrical system may be caused by a fuse belongs to the component which has failed
blown fuse. => page 274, " Fuse Location, Instrument Panel left".
- Remove the blown fuse with the plastic clip provided .
The clip is located on the holder in the fuse box .
Replace a blown fuse (recognizable by the melted metal
str ip inside) with a fuse of the same amperage.
- Firmly snap the cover back onto the instrument panel
face.
Fig. 178 End face of
instr ume nt panel:
removing cover plat e Fuse c o v er in e ngin e c ompartment
t o access fuses
- Switch the ignition and the affec t ed co nsumer off .
- Unlatch the fuse cover, push the two sli des forward
=> fig . 179.
- Find out which f use belongs to the equipment which
stopped working=> page 276, "Fuse location, left side of
engine compartment".
- Remove the plastic from its retainer in the fuse box cover
Fig. 179 Left side of
engine comp artm ent:
(left face end of the instrument pane l), place it on the
fu se cover fuse in question and pull it out.
- If the fuse is burned out (recognizable by melted strips of
Fus e c ove r on the left e nd face of the instrum e nt metal), replace it with a new fuse of the same rating.
panel
- Replace the fuse cover.
- Switch off the ignition and the electr ica l component
affected . - Push the two slides to the rear => fi g. 179. Install the f use
cover carefully to prevent water from entering. .,

llffl.,___ F_u_s
_ e_s_a_n_d_ b_u_lb
_ s_______________________________________________ _
The various electrical circuits are protected by fuses . The fuses are Fuse Location , Instrument Panel left
clustered in a central ized unit. The unit is located behind the face
panel at the end of the instrument panel.
Two spare fuses and a sticker identifying the fuses are located on
the inside of the fuse box cover .
You are wel l advised to keep a supply of spare fuses in your vehicle .
Fuses with the proper ampere ratings are availab le at your autho-
rized Audi dealer .
& WARNING
Never replace a fuse with one that has a higher amperage rating .
• A fuse with a too high amperage could damage the electrical
part and cause a fire .
0 Note
• On no account should fuses be repaired (e.g. patched up with tin Fig. 180 Fuse carrier
foil or wire) as this may cause serious damage elsewhere in the elec- behind the instrument
trical circuit or cause fire. panel end face, cover
removed
• If a fuse blows repeatedly, do not keep replacing it. Instead, have
the cause for the repeated short circuit or overload tracked and
fixed. • Some of the equipment items listed are optional or only avail able on
certain model configurations .
Note that the following table is accurate at the time of going to
press and is subject to change. In the event of discrepancies , the
label on the inside of the cover always takes precedence.
The power seats are protected by circuit breakers, which automati -
ca lly reset after a few seconds after the overload has been reme-
died. _,.
Fuses and bulbs -
----------------
Equipment No. Equipment Amps
Engine relay, fuel tank control unit, Airbag Off 16 A/C system (control unit) 10
1 light, light switch (switch illumination), diagnos- 10 17 Tire pressure monitoring system (control unit) 5
tic connector
18 Not used
ABS, ASR, ESP,brake light switch 5
19 Not used
3 AFS headlight (left) 5
Not used
Oil level sensor (extended maintenance interval)
(WIV), tire pressure monitoring system, switch 21 Fuel injectors (gasoline engine) 10
4 for Electronic Stability Program (ESP), AFS head- 5 Wind deflector (Roadster) 30
lights (control unit), A/C system (pressure sen -
23 Horn 20
sorl, backup light switch
24 Transmission (control unit) 15
Automatic headlight range control, AFS head -
5 light (right)/ manual headlight range control, 5/10 Heater rear window Coupe/heated rear window
25 30/20
halogen headlights Roadster
Control unit for CAN data transfer (gateway), 26 Driver's side power window 30
6 electromechanical steering, automatic transmis- 5 27 Passenger's side power window 30
sion shift gate
28 Not used
Acoustic Park Assist, automatic dipping interior
rear view mirror, garage door opener, heatable 29 Washer pump 15
7 5
windshield washer nozzles, washer pump, wind 30 Cigarette lighter 20
deflector relay (Roadster)
31 Starter 40
8 Haldex clutch 5
32 Steering column module 5
9 Control unit Audi magnetic ride 5
33 Instrument cluster 5
Airbag control unit 5
34 Radio navigation system, radio 15
11 Mass airflow sensor, crankcase heating 5/10
35 Audio amplifier 30
Door control unit (central locking driver/passen-
12 10 36 Engine (control unit) 10
ger)
37 CAN (Gateway) 5
13 Diagnostic connector 10
38 Not used
Rain sensor, automatic transmission shift gate 5
15 Roof light (interior lighting) 5 39 Not used
• Do-it -yourself service

-L____: F_:
U::..:
S:::
e:::.
::::....::
S a::.n
:..:.:::
d:....:::
b:..:
U:.:
l.=
b:.::
S:..._____________________________________________ _
No . Equ ipm e nt Amps No . Equipm e nt Amps

40 Not used Fuse holder (black)
41 Not used 1 Not used
42
43
44
Not used
Not used
Not used
___
2
3
Not used
,Not used
4 Not used
45 Not used Anti-theft warning system (sensor), anti -theft
5 5
46 Not used warning system (horn)
47 SDARS tuner, cell phone package, TV tuner 5 6 Headlamp washer system 30
48 VDA interface 5 Electric fuel pumps (supplyl/volume control

7 15/10
valve
49 Not used • 8 Windshield w i pers 30
9 Heated seats (driver and passenger) 25
Fuse location , left side of engine
compartment 10 Lumbar support (driver and passenge r) 10
11 Not used
12 Ventilation blower 40
Fuse holder (brown )
1 Fuel pump 16-cylinder) 15
2 02 sensors (6-cylinderl 10
Fig. 181 Illustrat ion of 3 Mass airflow sensor 16-cylinderl 5
fuse holder on left side
of engine comp art- 4 02 sensors (6-cylinder) 10
ment : fu ses (with out
fuse cover) Relay coil relay volume con t rol valve 14-cylin-
5 5
de r)
Some of the equipment items listed are optional or only available on Secondary air pump valve 16-cylinder), 02 sen-
certain model configurations . 6 10
sors 14-cylinde r)
Note th at th e f ollowi ng t able is accurate at th e t ime of going t o 7 Positioning valves pre-wired engine harness 10
press and is subject t o change. In the event of discrepancies, th e
label on the inside of the cover always t akes precedence.
_______________________________________________ F_u
_s_ e_s_a
_ n_d_ b_u_l_b_s__ ffll
Due to the high electrical voltage, have t he bulbs replaced by a qual-
No. IIEquipment Amps
ified technician. Headlights with Xenon light can be identified by the
Ignition coils (4-cylinder)/ignition coils (6-cylin - high voltage sticker.
8 20/30
der)
-9 Engine (control unit)
Water pump delayed-off
25
10
& WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of the electrical system
11 Feed (clutch pedal, brake pedal) 5 and improper replacement of gas discharge (Xenon) headlight
Activated charcoal filter/charge pressure con- bulbs can cause serious personal injury and death.
12 10
- trol valve (4-cylinder)
- • • Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can explode when being
changed.
• Changing Xenon lamps requires the special training, instruc-
Bulbs tions and equipment .
• Only an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified workshop
Replacing light bulbs should change the bulbs in gas discharge lamps.
For your safety, we recommend that you have your autho-

rized Audi dealer replace burned out bulbs for you. & WARNING
It is becoming increasingly more and more difficult to replace There are parts with sharp edges on the openings and on the bulb
vehicle light bulbs since in many cases, other parts of the car must holders that can cause serious cuts.
first be removed before you are able to get to the bulb. This applies • If you are uncertain about what to do, have the work performed
especially to the light bulbs in the front of your car which you can by an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified workshop. Serious
only reach through the engin e compartment . personal injury may result from improperly performed work.
Sheet metal and bulb holders can have sharp edges that can cause
serious cuts, and parts must be correctly taken apart and then prop-
erly put back together to help prevent breakage of parts and long
[i] Tips
term damage from wa t er that can enter housings that have not • If you must replace the light bulbs yourself, always remember
that the engine compar t ment of any vehicle is a hazardous area to
been properly resealed.
work in. Always read and heed all WARNINGS => page 212, "Engine
For your safety , we recommend that you have your authorized Audi compartment"=> & .
dealer replace any bulbs for you, since your dealer has the proper
• It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer whenever you need
tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise.
to change a bulb. •
Gas discharge lamps (Xenon lights)*:
• Do-it-yourself service
.,,___ E
_ m_e_r-=
g:...
e_n _ c-=
y_ s_i_t _u_a_t_i_o_n_s_______________________________________________ _
Emergency situations
General
& WARNING
Thi s chapter is intended for trained emergen cy crew s and working Batteries contain electricity , acid , and gas . Any of these can cause
personnel who have the necessary tools and equ ipment to perform very serious or fatal injury. Follow the instructions below for safe
the se operations. • handling of your vehicle 's battery .
• Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning over the battery
whenever possible .
Starting by pushing or towing • A discharged battery can already freeze at temperatures just
below 32 °F (0 °Cl. Before connecting a jumper cable, the frozen
battery must be thawed completely , otherwise it could explode .
0 Note • Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin . Flush any
Vehicles with an automatic tran smission cannot be started by contacted area with water immediately.
pushing or towing . •
• Improper use of a booster battery to start a vehicle may cause
an explosion.
Starting with jumper cables • Vehiclebatteries generate explosive gases . Keepsparks, flame
and lighted cigarettes away from batteries.
If necessary, th e eng in e can b e sta rte d by conne ctin g it to • Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low ac id level in the
the ba ttery of anoth er veh icle . battery.
• The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12-Volt
If the engine shou ld fai l to start because of a discharged or weak
rating . The capacity (Ahl of the booster battery should not be
batte ry, t he bat t ery can be connected t o t he batt ery of another
lower than that of the discharged battery . Use of batteries of
vehic le, using a pair of jumper cables to start the engine.
different voltage or substantially different "Ah " rating may cause
Jumper cables an ex plosion and personal injury .
Use only jumper cables of suffic ie nt ly large cross section to safe ly • Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped in the ice may cause
carry th e st arter cu rre nt . Ref er to t h e m an uf acture r's spec if icat io ns. an explosion .
Use on ly jump er cables wh ich have insulated termina l clamps and • Never charge or use a battery that has been frozen . The battery
are prope rly marked for distinction : case may have be weakened.
• Use of batteries of different voltage or substantially different
plus (+l cable in mo st cases co lo red red
capacity (Ah ) rating may cause an explosion and injury . The
minus (-l cable in most cases co lored black . capacity (Ahl of the booster battery should not be lower than that
of the discharged battery . .,_
________________________________________________ E
_ m_ e_r,,::
gc..
e_n_ c..::
y;._s_i_t _u_a_t_i_o_n_s
_ ___.f
& WARNING !continued)
• Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always
read and heed all WARNINGS~ page 212, "Engine compartment".
0 Note Fig. 183 Jump start

using the battery in
• Applying a higher voltage booster battery will cause expensive another vehicle: A -
damage to sensitive electronic components, such as control units, Discharge, B- Female
relays, radio, etc . socket
• There must be no electrical contact between the vehicles as

otherwise current could already start to flow as soon as the positive On vehicles with the 6-cylinder engine, instead of the
(+) terminals are connected. battery, on the left side of the engine compartment there is
a Jump start connection=:> fig. 182. For jump starting, open
the cover on the positive terminal.
[i) Tips
The discharged battery must be properly connected to the vehicle's Preparatory measures
electrical system. •
1. Do not jump start a frozen battery! Replace such a
battery!
Use of jumper cables 2. Otherwise apply the hand brake and shift into idle gear if
Make sure to connect the jumper cable clamps in exactly your vehicle has manual transmission, and put the
the order described below! selector lever into P position if your vehicle has auto -
matic transmission.
3. For both vehicles switch off all consumers and the igni -
tion.
Connecting/disconnecting the jumper cable.

Fig. 182 For jump 4. Connect one end of the red jumper cable to the positive
starting or charging terminal G)=:> fig. 183 in the external starting point @ of
the battery, there is a
jump start connection your vehicle .
on the left side of the
engine compartment . 5. Connect the other end of the red jumper cable to the
positive terminal ® of the booster battery ® ·

llll1.--___; E
::.m
:..:..:.
e.::..:..
r_,.
g~e:..:
n
:..:..:
c:.!
y;__:
s:...
i..:.
t ..:.
u:...
a..:.
t:...
i..::
o..:.
n..:..
s::....
______________________________________________ _
6. Connect one end of the black jumper cable to the nega-

0
t ive t erm in al of t he booster bat t ery @ . & WARNING
To avoid serious personal injury and dam age t o the vehicle, heed
7. Connect the other end of the balck jumper cable to the
all wa rnings and instru ction s of th e jumper cable manuf acturer. If
negative terminal (bolt head) G) in the external starting
in doubt , call for road service.
point @ of your ve hic le.
• Jumper cables must be long enough so that the vehicle s do not
8. Route the jumper cables so tha t they cannot catch in any t ouch.
rotating parts in the engine compartment. • When connecting jumper cable s, make sure th at th ey cannot
get caught in any moving parts in the engine comp artment .
Starting the engin e • Before you check anyth ing in the engine comp artment , alw ays
9. Start the engine of the vehicle providing assistance and read and heed all WARNING S =:, page 212, "Engine compartment ".
allow it to run at idle.
10. Now start t he engine of the ve hi cle wit h the disc harged 0 Note
battery, wa it for two to three minutes until t he engine Improper hook -up of jumper cables can ruin the generator .
"runs" smoothly. • Always connect POSITIVE (+l to POSITIVE(+), and NEGATIVE( - ) to
NEGATIVE( - ) ground post of the battery manager control unit .
11. If the engi ne does not start : Stop tryi ng after 10 seconds
and t hen try ag ain after abo ut 30 secon ds. • Check that all screw plugs on the battery cells are screwed in
firm ly. If not, tighten plugs prior to connecting clamp on negative
12. In the vehicle that has received start assistance, turn on battery terminal.
the heate r blower and the rear window heating to elimi- • Please note that the procedure for connect i ng a jumper cable as
nate any voltage pea ks when disconnecting. Driving described above applies specifical ly to the case of your vehicle
lights must be switched off! being jump started. When you are giving a jump start to another
vehicle, do not connect the negative(-) cable to the negative 1-l
13. Disconnect the cable while the engine is running exactly terminal on the discharged battery @ . Instead, securely connect
in reverse order to that described in => page 279, the negative( - ) cable to either a sol id metal component that is
"Connecting/d isconnecting the jumper cable .". When firm ly bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself . If the
doing so, make sure t hat the cable cannot contact battery that is being charged does not vent to the outside, escaping
rotating engine parts. battery gas could ignite and explode! •
14. Close the cover on the pos itive terminal.
The battery is vented to the outside to prevent gases from entering

the vehic le interior. Make sure that the jumper clamps are well
connected with their metal parts in full contact with the battery
termina ls.
________________________________________________ E
_ m_ e_r,,::
gc..
e_n_ c..::
_ ___._
Emergency towing with commercial Front towing loop

tow truck Do not install the front towing loop until it is needed.
General hints
Your Audi requires special handling for towing.
The following information is to be used by commercial tow truck
operators who know how to operate their equipment safely.
• Never tow your Audi, towing will cause damage to the engine
and transmission.
Fig. 184 Front
• Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables around the brake bumper: removing the
grill
lines.
• To prevent unnecessary damage, your Audi must be transported
with a car carrier (flatbed truck).
• To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the towing loop found
in the vehicle tools and attach to the front or rear anchorage
=> page 281 and=> page 282.
& WARNING Fig. 185 Front

A vehicle being towed is not safe for passengers. Never allow bumper: screwing in
anyone to ride in a vehicle being towed, for any reason. • the towing loop
The towline eye fits into the threaded hole located on the
right side of the front bumper behind the grill.
- Remove the screwdriver and towing loop from the
vehicle toolkit=> page 262.
- Insert the screwdriver into the slot as shown and press
toward the center of the vehicle => fig. 184. At the same
time, pull the grill forward and out.
- Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded hole as
far as it will go => fig. 185. ~

IIJ!IL-----=----!.___;:_;_:_=..::..:..:.=~------------------------
Emergency situations
When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towline eye and put it - Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded hole as
back into the on -board toolkit. Make sure to have the towline eye far as it will go.
stored in the vehicle at all times.
When installing the grill for the air duct, be sure that the tabs on the When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towing loop and put it
grill are first inserted into their guides on the vehicle. Then push the back into the vehicle toolkit . Be sure to have the towing loop stored
grill into position. in the vehicle at all times.
& WARNING & WARNING

If the towing loop is not screwed in as far as it will go, the thread If the towing loop is not screwed in as far as it will go, the thread
can pull out when the vehicle is towed - potential risk of an
can pull out when the vehicle is towed - potential risk of an
accident. •
accident. •
Rear towing loop Loading the vehicle onto a flatbed truck
Do not install the rear towing loop until it is needed.
Fig. 187 Vehicle on

Fig. 186 Rear bumper : flatbed truck
screwing in the towing
loop
Front hook up
On the right side under the rear bumper there is a threaded - Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
hole for the towing loop. The threaded hole is protected by ramp.
a cover. - Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye previously
Remove the towing loop from the vehicle toolkit installed. .,,_
=:> page 262.
- Remove the cover.

________________________________________________ E
_ m_e_r,,::
gc..
e_n_ c..::
_ ___.
Rear hook up
- Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
ramp.
- Attach the winch hook to the rear towline eye previously
insta lled.
[i] Tips Fig. 189 Front lifting

point (right side)
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is secure before moving
the car up the flatbed truck ramp. •
- Read and heed WARNING =>& .
- Locate lifting points => fig. 188 => fig. 189.
Lifting vehicle
- Adjust lift ing arms of workshop hoist or floor jack to
Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor match vehicle lifting points.
jack - Insert a rubber pad between the floo r jack/workshop
The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting points illus- hoist and the lifting points.
trated.
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to work underneath, be
sure the vehicle is safely supported on stands intended for this
purpose.
Front lifting point

The lifting point is located on the floor pan reinforcement about at
the same level as the jack mounting point=> fig . 189. Do not lift the
vehicle at the vertical sill reinforcement.
Rear lifting point

Fig. 188 Rear lifting
The lifting point is located on the vertical reinforcement of the lower
point (right side)
sill for the on board jack=> fig. 188.
Lifting with vehicle jack

Refer to => page 269 .
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data

lllffl.___ E
_m_ e
_ r-==
g:...
e_n_ c...:
y_ s_i_
t_u_a_t_i_o_n_s_______________________________________________ _
& WARNING
• To reduce the risk of serious injury and vehicle damage .
- Always lift the vehicle only at the special workshop hoist and
floor jack lift points illustrated ~ page 283, fig. 188 and
~ page 283, fig. 189.
- Failure to lift the vehicle at these points could cause the

vehicle to tilt or fall from a lift if there is a change in vehicle
weight distribution and balance. This might happen, for
example, when heavy components such as the engine block or
transmission are removed.
• When removing heavy components like these, anchor vehicle
to hoist or add corresponding weights to maintain the center of
gravity. Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or slip off the hoist,
causing serious personal injury.
0 Note
• Be aware of the following points before lifting the vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from under-
neath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or
rear axle or the body side members . This could lead to serious
damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or chassis frame, a rubber
pad must be inserted between the floor jack and the lift points.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, check that the vehicle
weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the
hoist .
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is
sufficient clearance between the hoist and low parts of the
vehicle. •
________________________________________________ _ m_ e_r.:g:;,.
E e_ n_c...:
y:.-s_i_t_u_a_t_i_o_n_s__ ffll
• Do-it -yourself service

_,
~.>--
\\ -
o:i,
\'?>
o.0. .......
...
~ 'A
___ G
_ e_n
_ e_r_a_l_ in_f _
o_r_m
_ a_t_i_o_n
__________________________________________________ _
General information
Explanation of technical data

Some of the technical data listed in this manual require
further exp lanation .
The tecical data for your vehicle are listed in the charts starting on
~ page 291 . This chapter provides general information, notes and
restrictions which apply to these data. • Fig. 191 Th e vehi cle
identificat ion label -
inside th e luggage
compartm ent
Vehicle identification
The Vehicle Id e nt ification Numb e r (V IN )
The key data are given on the vehicle identification
is located on the driver's side so that it is visible from the outside
number (VIN) plate an d the vehicle d ata sticker.
through the winds hield - see ~ f ig. 190.
Th e veh ic le id e ntifi c at ion lab e l

is located in the luggage compar t ment in the spare whee l well .
The label~ fig . 191 shows the following vehic le data :
0 Production contro l No.
Fig. 190 Vehicle Identi -
0 Vehicle identification No.
ficati on Number (VIN) G) Type code number
plat e: location on
driver's side dash
© Type designation/engine output in Kilowatts
panel @ Engine and transmission code letter
© Paint No./lnterior
0 Optiona l equipment No.'s
Vehicle data 2 to 7 are also found in your Maintenance & Warranty
booklet.
Th e s afety c o mpliance sticker

is your assurance that your new vehicle complies with all app licable
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the
time the vehicle was manu f actured. You can find this sticker on the
left door jamb . It shows the month and year of production and the .._
_________________________________________________ G
_ e_n_e_r_a_l_i_n_f_o_r_m
_ a_ t_i_o_n
__ lftl
vehicle identification number of your vehicle (perforation) as well as The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of the basic
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight vehicle plus full fuel tank, oil and coolant, plus maximum load,
Rating (GAWRl. which includes passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
seating position) and luggage weight.
The high voltage warning label
is located on the lock carrier. Gross Axle Weight Rating
The spark ignition system meets all requirements of the Canadian

The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum load that can be
applied at each axle of the vehicle~ & .
Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. •
Vehicle capacity weight
The vehicle capacity weight (max. load) is listed either on the
Displaying Vehicle Identification driver's side 8-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap.
Number in the Driver Information
display & WARNING
• The actual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the front and rear axles
should not exceed the permissible weights, and their combination
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
• Exceeding permissible weight ratings can result in vehicle
damage, accidents and personal injury.
Fig. 192 Driver Infor-

0 Note
mation display: Vehicle
• The vehicle capacity weight figures apply when the load is
ID number (VIN) distributed evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
transporting a heavy load in the luggage compartment, carry the
You can also display the Vehicle Identification Number of load as near to the rear axle as possible so that the vehicle's
handling is not impaired.
your vehicle in the Driver Information display=:> page 27. •
• Do not exceed the maximum permissible axle loads or the
maximum gross vehicle weight. Always remember that the vehicle's
Weights handling will be affected by the extra load. Therefore, adjust your
speed accordingly.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating • Always observe local regulations. •
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for front and rear are listed on a sticker on the left
door jamb.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical dat a
ment
___ G
_ e_n
_ e_r_a_l_ in_f _
o_r_m
_ a_t_i_o_n
__________________________________________________ _
Dimensions
The specifications refer to the basic model. Differences may occur

depend ing on the mode l type and op t ions ordered, for examp le, t ire
sizes.
0 Note
When driving up steep ramps, on rough roads, over curbs, etc. it is
importan t to remembe r tha t so me parts of your vehicle, such as
spo ilers or exhaust system components, may be close to the
ground. Be careful not to damage them. •
_______________________________________________________ D_a
_t_
a__ llll
Data
Ap plie s to vehic le s: w ith 2.0 lit er 4-cy l. engi ne
200 hp, 2.0 liter 4-cyl. turbo engine
En g in e da t a
Maximum output SAE net hp@rpm 200@ 5100 - 6000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 207 @ 1800 - 5000
No. of cylinders 4
Displacement CID (cm 3) 121 (1984)
Stroke in (mm) 3.65 (92.8)

Bore in (mm) 3 .25 (82.5)
Compression ratio 10.3 : 1
Fuel Premiumunleaded (91 AKI) Recommended for maximum engine performance. Fur-
ther details => page 274 , "Gasoline"
Dim e n s ion s (app rox.)
Length (with licence plate bracke t ) in (mm) 164 .5 (4178)

Width (across mirrors) in (mm) 76.9 (1952)
Height (unloaded) in (mm) 53 .2 (1352)
Turning circle diameter (curb to curb) ft. (ml 34 .7 (10.60)
Ca p ac iti es (a pp rox.)
Fuel t ank
- Total capacity gal/litres 14.5 / 55 .0
- Reserve (of total capacity) gal/litres 1.9 / 7.0
Wind shield and headlight * was her fluid container quarts/litres 4.3 I 4.0
Engine oil with filter change quarts/l itres 4.8 I 4.5
•
ment
___ D_a
_ ta______________________________________________________ _
Ap pli es to ve hi cles : wit h 3.2 liter 6-cyl. engi ne
250 hp, 3 .2 liter 6-cyl. engine
Engine data
Max imum output SAE net hp@ rpm 250@6300

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 236 @ 2500 - 3000
No . of cy linders 6 cylinder
Displ acement CID (cm 3 ) 195 (3189)
Stroke in (mm) 3.77 (95.9)

Bore in (m m ) 3.30 (84.0)
Comp ression ratio 11.25 : 1
Fuel Premium unleaded {91 AKll Recommended for maximum engine performance . Fur -
t her deta ils =:>page 214, "Gasoli ne"
Dimensions (appro x.>
Length (with licence plate b rac ket) in (m m ) 164.5 (41 78)

Width (across mirrors) in (m m ) 76.9 (1952)
Height (un loaded) in (mm) 53 .2 (1352)
Turn ing ci rcle diameter (curb to curb) ft . (ml 34.7 (10.60)
Capacities {approx .>
Fuel tank
- Total capacity gal/litres 16.3 / 62 .0
- Reserve (of total capacity) gal/ lit res 1.9 / 7.0
Windshield and headlight* washer fluid container quarts/litres 4.3 I 4.0
Engine oil with fi lter change quarts/l it res 5.8 / 5.5
•
_______________________________________________ _ o_n
C _ s_u_m
_ e
_ r_l_n_f_o_r_m
_ a_ t_i_o_n
__ _
Consumer Information
Warranty coverages Administrator

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
400 Seventh Street, S.W.
Your Audi is covered by the followi ng wa rrant ies:
Washington, D.C. 20590
• Limited New Vehicle Warranty
You can also obtain other i nformat ion about m ot or vehicle safety
• Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perforation from :
• Emissions Control System Warranty
www .safer car.gov •
• Emissions Performance Warranty
• California Emissions Control Warranty (USA vehicles only)
Applicable to Canada only
• California Emissions Performance Warranty (USA vehicles only)
Detai led information regarding your warrant ies can be found in Canad ian custome rs who wish to repo rt a safety -re lated defect to
your Mainten ance & Warranty booklet . • Transport Canada, Defect Investiga t ions and Recalls, may telephone
the toll free hotline:
Tel.: 1-800-333 -0371

Reporting safety defects
or contact Transport Canada by m ai l at :
Applicable to U.S.A . only Road Safety and Motor Vehic le Regulation Directorate
Transport Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which cou ld cause a Tower C, Place de Ville,
crash or cou ld cause injury or death, you should immediately inform 330 Sparks St reet
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSAl in addi- Ottawa, ON K1A ON5
tion to notifying Audi of America, Inc.
For additional road safet y informatio n, p lease visit the Road Safety
If NHTSA receives simi lar complaints, it may open an invest igation, website at:
and if it finds that a safety defects exists in a group of vehicles, it
http ://www .tc.gc .ca/roadsafety/men u.htm •
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
become invo lved in individual problems between you, your dealer ,
or Audi of America, Inc .
Operating your vehicle outside the
To contact NHTSA, you may cal l the Vehic le Safety Hotline toll -free
at: U.S.A. or Canada
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) Governmen t regulations in the Un ited States and Canada require
or write to: that automobiles meet specific emission regu lations and safety .,_
ment
___ C_o_n_s_u_m
_ e_r_ ln
_f _
o_r_m
_ a_t_i_
o_n______________________________________________ _
standards. Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Canada differ Maintenance
from vehicles sold in other countries.
If you plan to take your vehicle outside the continental limits of the General
United States or Canada, there is the possibility that
• unleaded fuels for vehicles with catalytic converter may not be Your vehicle has been designed to help keep maintenance require-
available; ments to a minimum. However, a certain amount of regular mainte -
nance is still necessary to assure your vehicle 's safety, economy and
• fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating. Improper fuel
reliability. For detailed vehicle maintenance consult your Mainte -
may cause engine damage;
nance & Warranty booklet .
• service may be inadequate due to lack of proper service facilities,
tools or testing equipment; Under difficult operating conditions, for example at extremely low
outside temperatures, in very dusty regions, etc., some service work
• replacement parts may not be readily available .
should be performed between the intervals specified . This applies
• Navigation systems for vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Canada particularly to:
will not necessarily work in Europe , and may not work in other coun-
tries outside of North America. • oil changes , and
• cleaning or replacing the air filter.
0 Note
~ For the sake of the environment
Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical damage that could
result from inadequate fuel , service or parts availability . • By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you help make sure that emis -
sion standards are maintained, thus minimizing adverse effects on
the environment. •
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature Important considerations for you and your
vehicle
Audi Official Factory Service Manuals are published as soon as
possible after model introduction. Service manuals are available The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated fuel injection and
from : emission control systems, and the generally increasing technical
Audi Technical Literature Ordering Center complexity of today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the scope
of maintenance and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle
Call toll -free:
owners. Also, safety and environmental concerns place very strict
Tel.: 1 (800) 544- 8021 limits on the nature of repairs and adjustments to engine and trans-
mission parts which an owner can perform.
(from 8:00 AM to 8:00 PM, EST, Monday through Friday)
Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually require special tools,
or access their website www.audi.ddsltd.com on the Internet to
testing devices and other equipment available to specially trained .,_
order repair manuals and other Audi literature. •
_______________________________________________ _ o_n
C _ s_u_m
_ e
_ r_l_n_f_o_r_m
_ a_ t_i_o_n
__ _
workshop personne l in order to assure proper performance, reli -

abil it y and saf et y of the vehicle and it s many syst em s.
Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs can impair the • Do not attempt any of the maintenance , checks or repairs
operation and reliabil ity of your vehicle and even void your vehicle described on the following pages if you are not fully familiar with
war ranty. Theref ore, proof of serv icing in accorda nce with t he mai n- these or other procedures with respect to the vehicle , or are uncer-
tenance schedule may be a condition for uphold ing a possible tain how to proceed.
war ranty claim m ade withi n t he warranty per iod . • Do not do any work without the proper tools and equipment.
Above all, operat ional safety can be adverse ly affected, creating Have the necessary work done by your autho rized Audi dealer or
another properly equipped and qualified workshop .
unnece ssary r isks fo r you and you r passengers .
• The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially
If in doubt about any servici ng, have it do n e by your authorized Aud i
hazardous area . Never reach into the area around or touch the
dea ler or any other properly equipped and qua lified workshop. We
radiator fan . It is temperature controlled and can switch on
str o ngly u rg e you to give your auth o ri zed Audi dealer t he oppo rtu -
suddenly - even when the engine is off and the ignition key has
nity to perform al l scheduled maintenance and necessary repairs.
been removed . The radiator fan switche s on automatically when
Your deale r has th e facil iti es, o rigi nal par t s and trained special ist s
the coolant reaches a certain tempe rature and will continue to run
to keep your vehic le running proper ly.
until the coolant temperature drops .
Performing limited maintenance yourself • Always remove the ignition key before anyone gets under the
The fo llow ing pages describe a limited numbe r of procedures which vehicle.
can be perfo rme d on you r vehicle wi t h o rdi nary too ls, should t he • Always support your vehicle with safety stands if it is neces-
need arise and trained personne l be unavailab le. Before performing sary to work underneath the vehicle. The jack supplied with the
any of these proced ur es, always thor o ug h ly read all of th e appli- vehicle is not adequate for this purpose and could collapse
cable text and carefu lly fo llow the instructions given. Always rigor - causing serious personal injury.
ously o bserve th e WARNINGS provided . • If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels on
Before you check anything in the engine compartment , alway s read the ground, always make sure the vehicle is on level ground , that
& &
and heed all WARNINGS :::> and :::> in "Wo rking in the engine the wheels are always securely blocked and that the engine
compartment" on page 220. cannot be started .
• Always make sure the transmission selector lever (automatic
& WARNING transmission) is in "P" (Park position ) (automatic transmission ) or

Neutral (manual tr ansm ission) and the hand brake is firmly
• Serious persona l injury may occur as a result of improperly applied.
performed maintenance , adjustments or repairs.
• Always be extremely careful when working on the vehicle .
Always follow commonly accepted safety practices and general
<ci?
common sense. Never risk personal injury.
• Chang i ng t he engine sett in gs wi ll adverse ly affect em ission
levels. This is detrimenta l to the environment and increases fuel
co nsu mp ti o n.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Tec hn ica l da t a
ment
___ C_ o_n_s_ u_m
_ e_r_ ln_ f _
o_r_m_ a_t_i_o_n______________________________________________ _
• Always observe environmenta l regulations when disposing of

o ld eng in e o il, used brake flu id, di rt y engine co ol ant, spe nt batter ies & WARNING
or worn out tir es. Using the w rong spare parts or using non-approved acce ssorie s
• Undep loyed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classi- can cause serious personal injury.
fied as Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply , see • Use only accessories expressly appro ved by Audi and genuine
www .dtsc.ca .gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or Audi spare part s
parts of the restraint system including ai rbag modules safety be lts
with pretensioners are scrapped , all applicable laws and regula - • The se parts and accessories have been spe cially designed to
tions must be observed . Your authorized Audi dealer is familia r with be used on your vehic le.
these requirements and we recommend that you have your dea ler • Never inst all accessorie s such as telephone cradle s or
perform this service for you . • beve rage holders on airb ag cover s or within the airbag deploy -
ment zones . Doing so w ill increase the risk of injury if airb ags are
triggered in an acciden t!
Additional accessories, • Before you che ck anyth ing in the eng ine comp artment , alwa ys
modifications and parts replacement read and heed all WARNING S=> page 2 12.
Additional accessories and parts 0 Note

replacement • If items other than genuine Audi spare parts, add -on equipment
and accessory items are used or if repair work is not performed
Al w ays consult an authorized Audi dealer bef ore
accor d ing to specified methods, this can resul t in severe damage to
pur chasing ac cessories. your vehic le's engine and body (such as corrosion) and adversely
Your vehicle incorporates t he latest safety design features ensuring affect your vehicle's warranty .
a high standard of active and passive safety . • The innovative aluminium concept of your Audi TI means that all
servicing, repai rs or other work on the veh icle body must be carried
This safety could be compromised by non -approved changes to the
out exclusively by an Audi workshop.
vehic le. For this reason, if parts have to be replaced , please observe
t he follow ing po i nts when installing addit ional accessories: • If em ergency repa irs must be performed elsewhere, have the
vehicle examined by an authorized Audi dea lership as soon as
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi parts are availab le possible .
from authorized Audi dealer s.
• The manufacturer cannot be held liable for damage which occurs
These dealers also have the necessary faci lities , too ls and trained due to f ailure to comply with these stipu lations. •
specialists to install the parts and accessories properly .
_______________________________________________ _ o_n
C _ s_u_m
_ e
_ r_l_n_f_o_r_m
_ a_t_i_o_n
__ !II
Technical Modifications
Our guidelines must be complied with when technical
modifications are made.
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before starting work on
any modifications.
This will help ensure that vehicle function, performance and safety
are not impaired =>& .
Attempting to work on electronic components and the software
used with them can cause malfunctions . Because of the way elec-
t ronic components are interconnected w ith each other , such
malfunctions can also have an adverse affect on other systems that
are not directly involved. Th is means t hat yo u risk both a substantial
reduction in the operational safety of your vehicle and an increased
wear of vehicle parts =>& .
Authorized Audi dealers will perform this work in a professional and
competent manne r or, in specia l cases, refer you to a professiona l
company t hat special izes in suc h modificat ions.
& WARNING
Improper repairs and modifi cation s can change the w ay vehicle
systems work and cause serious personal injury.
0 Note
If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the
veh icle examined by an authorized Audi dea lership as soon as
poss i ble . •
ment
Alphabetical index
___ A---"
lp_h
_ a_b_e_t_i_c_a_l_ in_d
_ e_x______________________________________________ _
A Air distribution
Climate control 101
Alternator
See Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A/C operation Air recirculation mode Anti -freeze
Climate control 102 Climate control .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. . 102 See Engine coolant system .. .. .. .. 227
ABS Air vents Anti-glare inside day-night mirror ...... 82
See Anti -Lock Brake System . . . . . . . . 189 Climate control 102 Anti-Lock Brake System .............. 189
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Airbag Anti -lo ck brake system
Acoustic park assist Warning/indicator ligh ts ..... .. .... 19 Warning/indicator lights . .. .. .. .. .. . 20
rear .. .. .. .. . .. ... . ...... .. .. . . . 109 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 165 Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR)
Acoustic parking system 109 Care ... . .......... .. .. .. .. . ..... 160 How the system works . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Adaptive Light Child restraints ...... .. .. .. .. .. . . 170 Anti-theft systems
defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Components (front airbags) .. . .. .. . 153 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... . .... 56
Adaptive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the Electronic immobilizer ............. 49
front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Ashtray .............. . .......... .. . . 94
Adding
Engine coolant . .. .. .. . .......... 228 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
ASR
Front airbags . . ............... . .. 150
Engine oil ....................... 225 How the Anti-Slip Regu lation System
How do the front ai irbags work? . . . . 155
Windshield washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . 236 works ......................... 186
How many airbags does my vehicle have?
Additiona l accessories .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 296 Asterisk
153
Additives What does it mean when something is
Important safety instructions on the knee
Engine oi l ....................... 225 marked with an asterisk? . .. . ... .... 6
airbag system .. . ....... . ...... . 163
Adjustable steering column .......... 105 Important things to know ......... 146 Audi magnetic ride .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 17, 112
Adjusting front seats . .. .. .. .. . ... .. . . 87 Indicator ligh t .. ..... .. .. . .. ..... 157 Description . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 112
Knee airbags .. .. . ... ......... . .. 161 Indicator light .. .. .. .. . ........... 17
Adjusting steering column ... . .. .. .. . 105
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature .
Adjusting the seats .. .. .. .. .. . ....... 89
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light . .. .. 157 294
Advanced Airbag System
Repairs .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. 160 Auto Safety Hotline . . ... . ... . ... .. .. . 136
Children ........................ 169
Components .. . ................. 153 Side airbags . .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. . 164 Auto-Check Contro l ................... 29
Front airbags ..... .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 151 When must the system be inspected? . . . Automatic transmission . ........... 31
How the components work together 154 157 Auto -Check-Control
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 All Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Manual transmission 31
Weight -sensing mat . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 169 Alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Automatic belt retractor 141
air conditioning All -wheel drive Automatic car wash
Temperature .. . ........... . .. . .. 100 Winter tires ..................... 254 See Washing .................. .. 201
______________________________________________ A_l.p
:..
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ _
Automatic folding top Before driving . .. . . . .. ... . .. .. . . . . .. 128

closing . . . ... .. .. . ...... .. ... . .. . 62 Bi-Xenon headlights .................. 75
C
opening . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. 62 Blended gasoline . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 214 California Proposition 65 Warning . .. .. 221
Automatic headlight control . . ......... 70 Body cavity sealing .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. . 207 Battery specific . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 234
Automatic transmission .. . ... . ... .. .. 113 Booster seats .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 175 Capacities ... . ... . ....... . .. .. .. .. .. 291
Driving Notes ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 114 How do I properly install a booster seat in Car care . .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 200
Emergency program . ... .. .. .. .. . . 119 my vehicle? . ...... . ... . ... . .. .. 175 Interior ..... .. .. .. .. .. . .......... 208
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Safety instructions . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 175 Plastic and vinyl .................. 204
Ignition key safety lock . .. .. .. .. ... 106 Brake fluid Weatherstrips .. . .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. . 206
Kick-down .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 117 Changing the brake fluid .. .. ...... 230 Care of exterior .. . ... . ...... . ....... 200
Launch Control Program ........... 117 Checking the brake fluid level .. . ... 230 Cargo area
Selector lever lock . . ...... . ... . ... 116 What is the correct brake fluid level? 230 See Luggage compartment . . .. .. .. . 135
Selector lever positions .. .. .. ... . . 115 What should I do if the brake fluid warning Catalytic converter .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 193
Tiptronic . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 118 light comes on? . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 230 CD changer . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .... 96
Tiptronic controls on the steering wheel Brake fluid reservoir . .. . ... .. .. .. . ... 230 Certification .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. .. 45
119 Brake light defective .... . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 36 Changing a flat tire ... . ... . ... . ...... 267
Average speed . .. . .. .. ... . .. . ... .. .. . 39
Brake system ... . .. .. .. .. . ....... 32, 230 Changing engine oil ....... .. .. .. .. .. 226
Avoid damaging the vehicle .. . .. .. .. . 194 Anti - lock brake system .. . ...... .. .. 20
Chassis
Brake Assistant .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . 189
Undercoating .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. 207
B Brake fluid . .................. . ... 230
See also Audi magnetic ride .. .. .. .. 112
Brake f lu id specifications for refill and
Battery .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 231, 234 Check in g
replacement .. .. .. . ... .. .. .. . ... 230
Battery location inside the engine Battery acid level .. . ...... . .. . 234, 235
Brake pads ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 193
compartment . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 221, 222 Engine coolant level ... . .......... 228
General information .......... . ... 188
Charging ..... . .................. 235 Checking tire pressure . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 244
How does the moisture or road salt affect
Checking battery acid level .. .. 234, 235 the brakes? .. . .. ...... .. .. .. . ... 188 Child restraint
Connecting ...................... 231 Warning/indicator l ights . . ...... . ... 20 Danger of using child restraints in the
Disconnecting .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 231 front seat . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 147
Break-in period .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. 192
Important warnings when working on the Child restraints
Brake pads ...................... 193
battery ........................ 232 Where can I get additional information
Tires .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 192
Replacing the battery .. ...... .. .. . 231 about chi ld restraints? ... . ....... 180
Winter operation ................. 231 Bulbs .. .. . .. .. .. . . . . . .............. 277
Child safety .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 168, 173
Working on the battery . .. .. .. .. .. . 232 Booster seats .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . 175
Battery voltage . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. 35 Convertible child safety seats . .. . .. 174
ment
___ A_l.p
:,.
_h_a_ b_e_t_ic
_ a_l _in
_ d_e_x____________________________________________ _
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . 177 Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Coolant System

Important safety instructions for using Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Expansion tank 228
child safety seats .. . . . . . .. .. . . .. 171 Economical use .................. 103 Coolant system .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. 227
Important things to know when driving Fan . .. . ... .. . . ... .. .. .. .. . ... .. 100 Cornering light . ... . ...... . ...... .. .. 72
with chi ldren . . ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. . 168 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Cruise contro l ...................... 110
Infant seats .. .. ...... . ...... .. .. 173 Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Changing speed ................. 111
Older children and safety belts ..... 177 Switching on and off .. ... . .. .. .. . 100 Presetting your speed ......... . ... 111
Safety belts and older children . . . . . 177 Climate controls . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . ... . . 98 Switching off . .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. . 111
Which restraint system should my older Air recirculation mode .. .. .. .. .... 102 Switching on .. . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. . 110
child wear? .. .. .. . ... . .. ... .. . . 177
Controls ......................... 98 Warning/indicator lights . .......... . 19
Child safety seat . ... . ... . .. .. .. . ... . 173 Dust filter ..... . .............. . ... 98 Cruising range .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 39
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . 177 Heating .. ...... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 98
Installing ..... . ........... . ..... 177 Cup holder . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 94
Pollen fi lter .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 98
Child safety seats Venti lation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 98
How do I properly install a chi ld safety Clock ... . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ... . .. . ... .. 13
D
seat in my vehicle? . . ... . . . . . .. .. 171
Cold tire inflation pressure . .. .. .. .. .. 242 Damp ing
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Coming -home -function ............... 73 See Audi magnet ic ride .. . .. .. .. .. . 112
Cigarette lighter ... .. . . . ... .. .. . .. .. . 95
Compass mirror ..... .. .. ... . .. .. . ... 85 Data ... .. .. . .. ... . ...... .. .. .. .... 291
Cleaning
Consumer Inf ormation .. .. .. .. .. . 136, 293 Data recorder . .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. 184
Alcantara (synthetic suede) . . . . . . . . 211
Engine compartment . .. .. .. .. .. .. 212 Contacting NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Date display .. .. .. . ... . .............. 13
Fabrics and fabric coverings . .. .. .. 208 Cont rols and displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Daytime running lights .. . ...... . ..... 71
Instrument panel . .. .. . ... . .. .. .. 209 Conve ni ence close/open feature Daytime running lights (Canada) .. . ... . 71
Interior .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 208 Power top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Declaration of conformity ............. 45
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Windows . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 58 def
Plastic and viny l .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. 204 Convertible chi ld seats What does this mean when it appears in
Plastic parts ..................... 209 How do I proper ly install a convertib le the trip odometer disp lay? .. .. .. .. 14
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 chi ld seat in my vehic le? . .. . ... . . 174 Defrosting the windows ......... .. . . . 101
Trim strips .................. 204, 205 Safety instructions ............... 174 Det ermining correct load li m it . .. .. . .. 247
Cleaning and protection . .. .. .. .. . ... 200 Convertible locking retractor Digital clock . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. ... . ... 13
Climate control Activating . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 179 Setting the time ................... 13
A/C operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Deactivati ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Digital compass ... . ...... .. .. .. . ... . 85
Air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Using to secure a chi ld safety seat . . 177,
Digital speedometer .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 24
Air vent s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 179
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_ a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lllll
Dimensions . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 290 Electronic differential lock (EDU Radiator fan . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 229
Dipstick How the system works ...... .. .. .. 186 Temperature gauge ................ 13
Reading the dipstick properly 224 Warning/indicator l ights ............ 20 Engine cooling system
Direct Shift Gearbox Electronic immobilizer .. . ... . .. .. .. 14, 49 Malfunction . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 32
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Electronic power cont r o l Engine data .. . .............. .. .. .. . 291
Distance ... .. . .. .. .. .. ..... ...... .. . 40 EPCwarning/indicator light ..... . ... 17 Engine hood
Driver information system . . ... . ... . .. . 22 Electronic Stability Program .......... 184 Closing . . ... .. ...... . ... . .. . .... 220
Digital speedometer . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 24 Electronic stabilization program (ESP! How to release the hood . .. ... . .. .. 219
Fuel filler cap .. . ... . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 24 Warning/indicator l ights .. ...... .. .. 18 Engine oil . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . . .. .. . . 222
Menu button ..................... 28 Emergency flasher Adding .. .. . ...... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 225
Menu display ..................... 27 Warning/ind icator l ights .. .. .. .. .... 19 Additives .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 225
Open door or rear lid warning . ... . .. 24 Emergency flashers .................. 75 Changing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ..... . 226
Outside temperature display .. . ... . . 23 Emergency locking . . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. 54 Checking the engine oi l leve l . .. .. .. 224
Parking brake warning ............. 30 Indications and conditions requiring extra
Emergency operation
red symbols .. ...... .. ..... .. .. . .. 31 checking . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 224
Folding top ....................... 64
Setting . ..... .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 28 Oil consumption . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 224
Rear lid .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. . ... . 56
Sound system disp lay ............ .. 23 Oil grades . . ...... . ... . ... . ...... 222
Emergency release for selector lever . . . 120
Text messages . . ... . ... . ... . ... . .. 30 Pressure malfunction .............. 33
Emergency starting .. . . . ... . .. .. .. .. . 278 Recommended oil check intervals ... 224
Driver seat
Emergency towing .. .......... . .. .. . 281 Specification and viscosity ...... . .. 222
See Seating position . ............. 130
Engine Engine oi l leve l .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . 35
Driving
Cecking and fil ling locations . .. ... . 222 Engine oil sensor defective .. .. ...... . . 35
Run-flat tires . .. .. .. .. . ...... .. .. . 258
Checking and filling locations ...... 221
Driving messages . .. .. . .. .. ... . ... . .. 30 Environment
Coolant . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . .. .. 227
Driving safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Break-in period .. . .. .. ... . ... . ... . 192
Hood . .. . .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 219
Driving time ... . ... . .. .. ... . ... . ... . . 39 Catalytic converter ..... .. ... . .. .. . 193
Starting ..................... 106, 107
Disposing of your vehic le battery .. . 231
Duplicate key .. .. .. .. ...... . ...... . .. 47 Starting with jumper cables ........ 278
Driving at high speeds . .. . ... . ... . 194
Dust filter . . ...... . ... . ... .. .. . ... . .. 99 Stopping . . .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. . .. . 107
Driving to minim ize pollution and noise .
Engine compartment .. .. ...... .. .. .. 221 194
E Safety instructions ................ 220 Fuel .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 216
Working in the engine compartment 220 Fuel economy ......... .. ...... .. . 194
Electro -mechanical power assist . .. 21, 190
Engine coolant syst em ..... . ... .. . ... 227 Leakage from your vehicle . .. .. .. . . 220
Adding coolant .. .. .. .. . . . .. ... .. . 228 Letting the vehicle stand and warm up ..
Checking the engine coolant leve l .. . 228 195
ment
__ _!:_
A~l'.!:p~
h~a~ b~e~
t~ic~a..'....
l ~in~d~e
~x~ --------------------------------------------
Proper disposal of drained brake fluid ... Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Fuse arrangement . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . 274
230 For the sake of the env i ronment
Proper disposal of drained engine
coolant . ...... .. .. .. .. .. ...... . 228
Gasoline fumes and th e environment 216 G
Letting your engine warm up . .. . .. 107
Proper disposa l of drained engine oil Reducing engine noise by early Garage door opener . .. .. . ....... . ... 121
225,226 upshifting .................. . ... 12 Gas discharge lamps .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . 277
Recycling used engine oil ..... .. .. 225 Refueling . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ..... 216 Gauges
Un leaded fuel .. .. .. ............. 214 Saving fuel by early upshifting .. .. .. 12 Engine coolant temperature ........ 13
What should I do with an old battery? Fuel gauge . ... . ... . ...... . ... . ... 14
Front airbags
231
Description .. ... ..... .. .. .. . ..... 150 Tachometer . .......... .. . ... . ... . 12
EPC
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Gearshift lever
See Electronic power control . . . . . . . . 17
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6-speed manual transmission . .. .. . 113
ESP
Adjusting ......... .. .. .. .. . ..... 131 Generator
See Electronic Stability Program .... 184
Adjusting the manual seats .. .. .. ... 89 Warning/indicator lights ............ 19
Event Dat a Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Child restraints in the front seat . . . . 147 Glossary of tire and loading terminology .. .
Expansion tank 228 Fronta l col li sions and the laws of physics .. . 239
138 Glove compartment ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 96
F Fuel Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) .. . 289
Additives .. .. ..... .. .. .......... 214
Fan 100
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Blended gasoline .................
Consumption .. .. . .......... .. .. .. 39
214
H
Flat tire Head restraints . ....... . .. .. ...... .. 132
Filler neck . . ... . ....... . .. .. ..... 215
Changing ....................... 267 Adjusting .. . .......... .. .. .. .. . . 132
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Gasoline ....... . ... . .. .. .. . ... . . 214 Headlight
Fog lights, front ..................... 73 Gasoline additives . ... . ... . .. .. .. . 215 Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Folding master key with remote contro l . 47 Octane rating . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 214 Headlight range control
Folding top .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .... 60 Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 defective .......... . ... . ...... .. .. 35
Automatic folding top . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Refuelling . . ... . ....... . ... . .. .. . 216 Headlights . ... . ...... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 69
Care and cleaning .. .. .. . ....... . . 203 Reserve .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 14 adaptive light ...... . ....... .. .. .. . 72
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Tank capacity . . ... . .. .. .. .. ... . .. 291 Front fog li ghts . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 73
General . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 60 Unlocking the fue l filler flap by hand 218 Switching off . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 69
manual folding top . .......... . .... 61 Fuel fi ll er cap . . ....... . ... . ... . .. .. .. 24 Switching on .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. .. 69
Warning/indictor lights .. .. .. . ... . . 18 Fuel supply too low .. .. . ... . ...... ... 35 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ _
Heated Improperly worn safety belts . .. . . ... .. 144

front seats (climate control) .. .. .. .. 104
K
Indicator light
rear window ...... . ...... .. ... .. . 103 Airbag system .. ...... .. .. .. .. .. . 157 Key ..... .. ...... . ....... .. . ... . .. .. . 47
Heated outside mirrors . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83 Audi magnetic ride ................ 17 Battery replacement ...... .. .. .. .. . 49
Heated seats ......... .. . ...... .. .. . 104 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF . .. . ...... 157 Conven ience opening and closing of pow-
Seats ...... .. .. .. .. .. . ....... . .. 104 Indicator lights .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 16 er top . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .......... 63
Convenience opening and closing of
Heated washer je ts Infant seats .. .. .. .. ...... . .. . ... . .. 173
windows ............ .. .. .. ...... 58
Wiper and washer system . ......... 78 How do I properly insta ll an infant seat in
my vehicle? . ...... .. .. .. . ...... 173 Emergency key .. .. .. .. . ........... 47
Heating .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. . 98
Key replacement .. . ...... .. .. .. . .. 47
High beam ...... . ................ 69, 76 Safety instructions ..... .. .. . ...... 173
Master key . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . . 47
Warning/indicator lights ... . .. .. .. .. 18 Inside rearview mirror ......... .. .. .. . 82
Valet key . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47
High voltage warning label ...... .. ... 288 Installing child safety seats
Keyless entry remote contro l .......... . 48
Homelink® . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .......... 121 Safety belts ...................... 177
Kick-down
Homelink® universal remote control . .. 121 Instrument cluster and controls . .. .. .. . 12
Automatic transmission ... . ....... 117
Hood Instrument pane l
Knee airbags . ....... . .. .. .. . ....... 161
Opening .. . .............. . .. .. .. 219 Illumination ..... . ... . ............ 74
Description . .. .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. 161
Release lever .................... 219 Ins truments and controls
How they work ................... 163
Horn ..... .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 11 Genera l il lustration ................ 11
Important safety instructions . .. .. .. 163
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . Interior lights . ...... .. ... . ...... . ... . 77
Luggage compartment .. . ...... .. .. 77
153
L
How often should I check my tire pressures?
245 J Launch Control Program ............. 117
How safety belt tensioners work .. .. .. . 144 Leather ... . .. .. .. . ...... .. .. .. . ... . 209
Jump start location ....... . ... . .. .. .. 279
Hydroplaning .. ...... .. .. . ... .. .. . .. 249 Cleaning .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . 210
Jump starting ...................... 279
Leaving -home-function ................ 73
Jumper cables . .. .. ... . ..... .. .. .. .. 279
I Jump-starting . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. 278
Lifting jack ......................... 269
Lift ing vehicle .. .. .................. 283
Igni tion key 106
Light sensor defective ... . ....... . ..... 36
Ignition lock ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 106
Light sensor package
Ignition lock positions ............... 106 Automatic headlight control .. .. ..... 70
Immobili zer . .. ............. .. ... . .. . 14
Important things to do before driving .. 128
ment
__ _:._
A..:.:
l:p:...:
.!:h..:.:
a==b:..:
e:...:
t:.:..
ic=-=
a..:..
l ..:.:
in
:..:..::
d:...:
e:...:
x-=-----------------------------------------------
Lights Menu display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)

Bi-Xenon headlights . .. .. .. .. . ... . . 75 Mileage Data Link Connec t or (DLC) . .. .. .. . .. 26
Coming-home/leaving-home-function 73 Average .. . ....... . ... . ...... . ... 39 Electronic speed limiter . .. . ....... . 26
Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Instantaneous .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 39 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU .. . . 26
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Mirror Open door or rear lid warning .. .. .. . ... 24
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Inside rearview mirror, manua l ...... 82 Opening folding top
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 76 Mirrors manually .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . . .. 61
High beam warning/indicator light . .. 18 Activa t ing the digital compass . .. .. . 85 Operate your vehic le economically and mini-
Instrument pane l illumination . .. . . .. 74 Anti-glare rearview mirror . ... . .. ... 82 mize pollution . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 194
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Automatic d im m ing for the outs ide Optional equipment
Turn signals .. .. ... . ...... . ... . ... 76 mirrors .............. . . .. .. . .. .. 84 Marked with an asterisk .. .. . . .. . .... 6
Loading the luggage compartment 135 Automatically dimm ing inside mirror . 82 Outside mirrors . .. . .. .. .. .. .. ... . ... . 83
Locking Manual glare dimm i ng . .. . ... .. .. .. 82 Outside temperature display . .. . . .. . . .. 23
Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . ..... 53 Outside mirrors ...... . ... . ... . ... . 83
Owner's manual
Rear lid/trunk lid . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. . . . 55 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System How the Owner's Manual is organized . 6
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 51 157
Using the key . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 53
p
Luggage compartment N
Ligh t . .......... . ... . ... . ........ 77 Paint
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Natural leather 209
Touch-up ..... . ... . ............. 205
Ski bag . . ... .. . .. .. .. . ... .. . ... .. 93 New tires and wh eels . .. ... . .. .. .. . .. 249
Paint No. . . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 288
Lumbar support .. .. .. .. .. .. . ........ 91 NHTSA
Parking .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . .......... . . . 108
Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Automatic transmission .. .. .. .. . . . 114
M Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Parking brake . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 108
Parking brake warn ing . . .. .. .. . ... . .. . 30
Maintenance . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . . 294
0 Parking li ght
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU 18, 26
Occupan t seating positions . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual folding t op
Octane rating . ... . . . . . . .. . ... . .. .. . 214 Parking on a decline (downhil l) . ... . ... 108
closing ..... . .. . ... . .... . ........ 61
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Parking on an incline (uphill) ...... .. . . 108
Manual transmission .. .. .. . ... . ..... 113
Oil Parts replacement . ... .. .. .. .. . ... .. . 296
Maste r key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 See Engine oil ... . ... . .. .. .. . .. .. 222 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light . ... .. .. 157
Menu button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Older children and safety belts . . . . . . . . 177 Passive safety system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lll
Pass-through . . . . ... . ... . . . . . .. . ... .. 93 Proper safety belt position . . . . .. ...... 142 Remote control .. .. ... . .. . . .. . . . .. ... 48
Pedals .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ...... .. .. .. .. 134 Proper seating position Resetting remote control .. . ... . .. .. 52
Physical principles of a frontal collision 138 Front passenger . .. .. .. . .......... 131 Remote control garage door opener
Polishing .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ...... . ... . 204 Occupants .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. 130 (Homelink®l .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 121
Pollen filter ......................... 99 Remote control key
Pollutant fi lter .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. 99 a Unlocking and locking .. . .. .. .. .. .. . 51
Remo t e master key
Power locking switch ..... ... . .. .. .. .. 53 Quartz clock .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 13 Battery replacement ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 48
Power locking system . .. .. .. . ... . ... . . 50
quattro® Check light .. .. .. . .. .. .. . ... .. .... 48
Convenience close/open feature . ... . 58
See All Wheel Drive ............... 191 Remote rear lid release . ... . .. .. .. . ... . 55
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from
Question Repair manuals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 294
inside . . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 53
What happens to unbelted occupants? . Repairs
Opening and closing the windows ... 58
139
Rear lid/trunk lid . .. .. . ... .. .. .. .. . 55 Airbag system ................... 160
Why safety belts? . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 137
Remote control .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. 48 Replacement parts ... . ... . .. . ... ... . 296
Unlocking and locking vehicle . . ... . . 51 Replacing
Power seats R Wheel rims .... . ... . .. . ...... 249, 251
Adjusting the seatback . ...... .. .. .. 91 Radiator fan .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 229 Replacing a fuse .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 273
Adjustment .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 89 Rain sensor defective ................. 36 Replacing li ght bulbs .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . 277
Power steering Reading lights ... . .. . .... . .. .. .. . ... . 77 Replacing tires and wheels ...... . .... 250
See Electro -mechanical power assist 21, Reporting safety defects .. . .. .. .. 136, 293
Rear lid .. .. . ... . ...... .. . . .. .. .. .. .. 55
190
Emergency release .. .. ..... .. .. .. . 56 Reset button . .. .. .. ...... . ... . .. .. .. . 14
Power top
Rear light Resetting remote control ..... .. .. .. .. . 52
Care and cleaning . . ...... . ... . ... 203
Defective . . .................. . ... . 36 Retractor ....... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . 141
Convenience close/open feature . .. .. 63
Rear spoiler . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ...... 187 Reverse
Convenience opening/closing . .. .. . . 63
Rear window defogge ir ............... 103 Automatic transmission . ... . .. . ... 115
Power window switches .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 57
Reactivating the system . ... . ... . ... 59 Rearview mirror Rims
Inside rearview mirror .. .. .. . ... . .. . 82 Cast alloy .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 207
Pregnant women
See also Mirrors ... . ....... . ...... . 82 Replacing .. .. .. .. . ...... . .. . 249, 251
Special cons id erations when wearing a
safety belt . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. . 143 Red symbols . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. . 31 Stee l rims . . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. 206
Programming the Homelink® universal re- Refuelling ............... . . .. .. .. . .. 216
mote contro l . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. . 121 Release lever for hood .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 219
Proper occupant seating positions .. .. . 130
ment
__ _.!::.
A~IEp~h~a~b~e~ti~c~a~
l~i~n~d~e:,:
x~ -------------------------------------------
Run-flat tires 257 Securing child safety seats .. ... . . . 177 Power seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Driving . .. .. . .. .. . ... .. .. .. . . .. . 258 Special considerations for pregnant Safety guide lines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87
Introduction . ... . ... .. . .. .. .. .. . . 257 women . . ... . ...... .. .. .. . .... . 143 Seat position
Replacing defects parts . ... .. . . .. . 259 Tensioners ... . ..... . .. .. .. . .... . 144 Incorrect seat position ... . ... . .. .. 133
Unfastening . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 143 Seating capacity .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. . 137
s Warning / indicator ligh t .. .. .. .. . . .
Why YOU MUST wear them ....... .
137
137
Seating position
Driver ...................... . ... 130
S tronic 113 Worn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Front passenger ................. 131
Driving Notes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 114 Safety compliance sticker ...... . .. .. . 288 How to adjust the front seats ... .. . 131
Emergency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Safety equipment . ... .. . ... . .. .. .... 128 Occupants 130
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Safety features for occupant restra int and Seats
Launch Control Program .. .. .. . ... 117 protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Number of seats . .. .. .. . .. ... . ... 137
Selector lever lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Safety guidelines Selector lever positions
Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Seat adjustment .................. 87 Automatic transmission . ... . ... .. . 115
Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Safety instructions Service and disposal
Tiptron ic controls on the steering wheel .
Engine compartment ... . ... . .. .. . 220 Safety belt tensioner . ... . ... . ..... 145
119
for booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Service i nterval disp lay .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 25
SAFE ....... . .. . .................... 14
for using child safety seats ... . .. .. 171
Safe driving habits . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 128 Service position for windshie ld wipers . . 80
for using convertible child seats .... 174
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Set menu ........................... 28
for using infant seaits ............. 173
Safety belts worn by pregnant women For using safety bel ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Set/Check button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
143 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System Setting
Safety belt tens ioner 159 Date display . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. 13
Service and disposal . .. .. .. . . . . . . . 145 Safety lock Digital clock 13
Safety belt warning light .. . ... . .. . 19, 137 Ignition key, automatic transmission 106 Side airbags
Safety be Its . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Seat adjustment Description ...................... 164
Cleaning .. .. .. . ... . ...... . ... . .. 212 Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Danger to passengers who do not wear a Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Ski bag .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . 93
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Snow chains . . . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . 255
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Sockets ............................. 95
Improper ly worn .. .. .. . ....... . .. 144 Head restraints, front seat ... . .. .. .. 92 Soft top
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Lumbar support .. . .. .. .. ...... . ... 91 Care and cleaning .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. 203
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Manual controls .. . .. . .. . ...... .. . 88
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lll
Sound system display Technical modifications .. . .. .. .. .. . .. 297 Tires and wheels
Driver info rmati on system .. .. .. .. .. 23 Tempera t ure ............ . . . . . .. .. .. 100 Checking tire pressure . .. .. .. . ... . 244
Speed rating letter code ... . ....... . .. 251 The firs t 1,000 miles (1,500 kml and Cold tire inflation pressure . . .. ... . . 242
Speed warning 1 . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . 35 afterwards . .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 192 Dimensions . . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . . 249
Speed warning 2 . .. .. .. .. . .. ... . .. .. . 35 Tightening whee l bolts . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 267 General notes .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... . 238
Tire mobility system . ... . . . .... . ... . . 263 Glossary of tire and loading terminology
Speed warning system . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . 37
239
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Tire pressure . . . . . . ...... . . .. . ...... 244
New tires and wh eels . ... . ... . ... . 249
Starting assistance .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 279 Tire pressure monitor i ng system . ..... . 42
Replacing .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 250
Starting the engine .. .. .. . ... . .. . 106, 107 Changing wheels ... . ....... . ... .. . 44
Snow chains .. . ... . ... . . . .. .. .. .. 255
What should I do if the engine does not Declaration of conform ity . .. .. .. .. .. 45
Ti re pressure monitoring system ... . 251
star t ? ........ . ... . ... . .. .. ... . 107 Learning process . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... . 44
Tires and vehicle load limits . .. . ... . 246
Stee l wheels . . .. .. . . . .. .. .. . . . . . ... 206 Loss of air pressure ........... . . 17, 43
Wheel bo lts . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. . ... 256
Steering Malfunctions . . . .. . ... . . .. . ... . .. . 45
Winter tires . .. .. .. .. .. . ...... . . .. 254
See Electro-mechanical power assis t 21, Sensors ........... . .. .. .. . ...... 251
Ti res/Wheels
190 Storing tire pressures ............. . 44
Low aspect ratio t ires . .. .. .. . ... . . 256
Steering co lumn Tires and wheels ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 251
Tire mob ility system .. . .. .. .. .. .. . 263
Adjusting . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 105 Valves .. . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 25 1
Tire pressure mon itoring system .. 17, 42
Locking the steering . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 106 Warning light .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 37
Tire repair kit ..... . .......... . ... 263
Steps fo r determining co rrect load limit 247 Tire repair kit ... . . . ...... . . .. .. .. .. . 263
Tool kit . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 262
Stopping the engine .. .. .. .. . .... .. .. 107 Tire service life .. .. . ... . ... . .. . ... . . 248
Touch -up paint . . . .. . . .. .. .. . ... . ... 205
Storage . .. .. . ... . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 95 Tires .. .. . . . ... . . . ................. 238
Towing
Compartment in the front seats . .. . . 96 Replacing . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 249, 251
Front eyelet . .. . .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. 281
Cup holder . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. . 94 run -flat .. .. .. . .. . ... .. .. .. .. . ... 257
Rear eyelet . .. . . .. . ... . ... . ...... 282
Glove compartment ... . .. .. .. . . .. . . 96 Service lif e . . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. 248
Tow truck procedures .. .. .. .. .. .. . 281
speed rati ng let t er code .. . .. .. ... . 251
Sun visors . . .. .. .. . .. ... .. . .. .. .. . .. 77 Trailer towing ....... . .. .. .. . ... . ... . 196
Tire manufacturing date . . ... . ..... 251
Switches Transmission
Tire specifica t ions . .. . ... . .. . ... . . 250
Emergency flasher .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75 6-speed manua l transmission .. . ... 113
Tread depth .. . .. . ... ... . .. .. .. .. 248
Uniform tire quality grading . .. .. ... 253 S tronic transm ission ..... ... . . ... 113
T Winter tires .. .. . ... . .. .. .. . ...... 254 Transport Canada . . ...... . . .. . ...... 293
Tires and vehicle load limits . .. .. . . . .. 246 Tread W ear Indicator (TWI) . .. .. .. .. .. . 248
Tachometer . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 12
Tank flap
Un locking the fuel filler flap by hand 218
ment
__ _!:_
A~l'.!:p~
h~a~ b~e~
t~ic~a..'....
l ~in~d~e
~x~ --------------------------------------------
Trip computer Vehicle-care products .. . ... .. .. . ... . 200 Power top cleaning .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . 203
Fuel consumption ................. 39 Venti lation . .. .. .......... .. .. .. .. .. . 98 with a power washer . ...... .. .. .. . 202
Mi leage .. .. ...... . ....... . ... .. . 39 Waxing ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. . 203
Trip odometer .. .. .. .. .. .. . .......
What does it mean when dEF appears in
. .. 14 w Wear indicator .. . .. ... . .. .. .. . ......
Weatherstrips .. .. .. .....
248
.. .. .. .. . .. 206
the trip odometer display? ... . .. .. 14 Warning light
Weights .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 289
Trunk lid .. .. .. ...... ..... .. ...... .. 55 Tire pressure monitoring system 37
What happens if you wearyoursafety belt too
Trunk escape handle . .. .. .. .. .. . . 262 Warning lights ...................... 16 loose? .. . .. .. .. .. . ............. 142
Turn signals ................. . ...... 76 Warning/Indicator ligh t What happens to unbelted occupants? . 139
Warning/indicator lights ....... .. .. 19 Rear spoi ler ... . .. .. .. .. ...... .. .. 18
What impairs driving safety? ... . ... .. . 129
Warning/indicator ligh1ts . .. .. · · · · · · · · · 12 What should I do after changing a wheel? ..
u Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 245
Anti -lock brake system (ABS) · · · · · · · · 20 What shou ld I do after replacing whe els?
Undercoating 207 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 245
Unfastening safety belts .. .. .. .. . ... . 143 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Wheel bolts
Unidirectional tires .................. 238 Electronic power contro l ........... 17
Torque ......................... 256
Uniform tire quality grading . .. ....... 253 Electronic stabili zation program (ESP) 18
Wheels .............. . ...... .. .. .. . 238
Universal Radio- Frequency Remote Control Folding top ... . .. . . . . . ... . .. .. .. .. 18
Cast alloy .................... .. . 207
(Homelink®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Checking tire pressure .. . ......... 244
Un locking High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cold tire inflation pressure ... . ... . 242
Power locking switch ......... .... . 53 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU .... 18
General notes .......... .. ........ 238
Rear lid/trunk lid .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 55 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Glossary of tire and loading terminology .
Remote control key .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 51 Safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
239
Using the key . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 53 Tire pressure monitoring system .... 17
New tires and whee ls .. . .. .. .. .... 249
Turn signals .. . ...... .. .. .. . ...... 19
Tires and vehicle load li mits ... . ... 246
V Warranty coverages .. .. ...... .. .. .. . 293
Wheels/Tires
Washer reservoir ..... .. .. ... .. . .. .. . 236 Steel wheels . .. .. .. . ... .. . ... .. .. 206
Vanity mirror ... . .. .. .. .. . ....... . ... 77 Washing .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. . . 200 When must the airbag system be inspected?
Vehic le electrical system .. .. ...... .. .. 19 Automatic car wash ... . ....... . .. 201 157
Vehicle Identification Numb er (VIN) .. . . 288 by hand .. . ...... .. ....... . .. .. . 201 When should I adjust the tire pressures?
Vehic le jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Folding top cleaning .. . ... . .. .. .. . 203 245
Vehicle literatu re ............. . ....... 5 General information ......... .. . .. 200 When should I check the tire pressures? 245
Vehic le tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Alphabetical index -
-------------=----
Where can I find the tire pressures for my X
car? ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. 244
Why safety belts? ............... 137, 138 Xenon-Lights .. ..... .. .. ...... .. .. .. 277
Wind deflector . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . ..... 64
Cleaning .. . ..................... 203 Y
Windows
Cleaning 205 Yellow symbols .. .. . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 34
Convenience close/open feature .. . .. 58
Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Windshield washer fluid
Low level . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. . 35
Windshield wipers
Installing new wiper blades .. . . ... .. 81
Service position ................... 80
Washer fluid reservoir .. .......... . 236
Winter operation
Battery .......................... 231
Coolant system .. . ............... 227
Defrosting windows .. .. ......... . 101
Heated seats (climate control) ...... 104
Tires ...... . ... . .. .. ............ 191
Windows ........................ 205
Winter tires .. . .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. ... . . 254
All-wheel drive ................... 254
Wiper and washer system ........ .. .. . 78
Intermittent wiping . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 78
One-tap wiping ... . ...... .. .. .. .. . 78
Wiper blades
Installing new wiper b lades ......... 81
Worn brake pads .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. 35
ment
It has always been Audi's policy to continuously improve its prod - "Audi", "quattro" and the four rings emblem are registered trade -
ucts . Audi, therefore, reserves the right to make changes in design marks of AUDI AG. "TT" is trademark of AUDI AG.
and specifications, and to make additions or improvements in its
Editorial deadline: 04/13/2007
products, without incurring any obligation to install them on prod-
ucts previously manufactured.
Text, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the c£>
most up -to -date information available at the time of printing. Printed on environmentally friendly paper (bleached without chlo -
rine, recyclable).
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or
in part without the written consent of AUDI AG. Specifications are Printed in Germany
subject to change without notice . © 2007 AU DI AG
vvvvvv .audi.com
2008 Audi TT Roadster

Owner's Manual
Englisch Nordamerika 5 .07
282 .561 .8J9.21

2008 Audi TT Roadster 71989

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi TT Roadster 71989

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi TT Roadster 71989

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi TT Roadster

Knee airbags .. ... ... .... .. ... . 161

Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Displaying Vehicle Ident ifica t ion

Alphabetical index .. . . .. 299

The Maintenance & Warranty booklet

If you sell your Audi

About this Owner's Manual

General illustration - Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) . . . . . .. . .. . 184

Controls and equip - I • •

Instruments and warning/indicator lights

Instruments - trip odometer 14

Tachometer (engine rev counter)

To hide or display the date

Engine coolant temperature gauge

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

system. The catalytic converter could then overheat and be

[i ] Tips Calling up the driver information

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Warning / indicator lights USA model s: =>page 18

¢ Left turn signa l => page 19

~ Right turn signal => page 19

012 Canada mod els: =>page 19

Generator => page 19

USA models: anti-lock brake system

Controls and equip - I • •

The warning/indic ator light monitors the folding top func-

The warning/indicator light monitors the electronic stabi-

Additional information about the electrical ly retractable rear spoiler

The CRU ISEwarning/indicator

This warning/indicator light monitors the airbag and the

Controls and equip - I • •

Brake system BRAKE

Malfun c tion in the brak e system Electro-mechanical power assist t / @

Malfunction in the electronic differential

Controls and equip - I • •

Driver information system

Introduction The Driver Information System provides the following functions:

Fig. 7 Instrument [i ] Tips

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Fig. 10 Display: Digital Fuel filler cap not closed properly

Current speed appears in the disp lay. Speed is shown in 1 mph

Warning : engine hood , door or rear lid open

A message CLOSEFUELTANK CAP ! in the driver informa t ion display

Controls and equip - I • •

"' Lighting* => page 71, "Daytime

Ent e ring and co nfirming

R e turning to th e S t art menu

Select your sett ings as fo ll ows :

- Press the (Reset ) button. The Start menu appears

- If necessary, scroll by selecting and activating the

Auto-Check Cont rol automatically checks specific functions and

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I Technical data

Driver information messages [i ]Tips

Parking brake warning

- Release the parking brake.

Ap pli es to vehi cles: wi th m anua l transmi ss ion Red symbols

On vehicles with automatic transmission*, the driver message 'e:1:

Controls and equip - I • •